Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 10 दंतकथा Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

12th Marathi Guide Chapter 10 दंतकथा Textbook Questions and Answers

कृती

1. अ. कारणे शोधा व लिहा.

प्रश्न 1.
लेखकाला दातांबद्दल अजिबात प्रेम नाही, कारण ………
उत्तर :
लेखकांना दातांबद्दल अजिबात प्रेम नाही; कारण लहानपणी दात येत असताना त्यांनी घरातल्या माणसांना रडवले होते आणि त्यांच्यावरही रडण्याची पाळी आली होती.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

प्रश्न 2.
दातदुखीच्या काळात दाते किंवा दातार यांना भेटू नये असे लेखकाला वाटते, कारण ………
उत्तर :
दातदुखीच्या काळात दाते किंवा दातार यांना भेटू नये, असे लेखकांना वाटते; कारण त्यांची सहनशक्ती पूर्णपणे संपली होती आणि दातांशी नावानेसुद्धा जवळीक असलेल्या व्यक्तींना भेटण्याची त्यांना इच्छा नव्हती.

आ. कृती करा.

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 1
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 4

प्रश्न 2.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 2
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 5

प्रश्न 3.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 3
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 7

इ. स्वभाववैशिष्ट्ये लिहा.

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 8
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 10

प्रश्न 2.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 9
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 11

2. चौकटी पूर्ण करा.

प्रश्न 1.
अ. लेखकाच्या मते सहावे महाभूत. [ ]
आ. लेखकाने दुखऱ्या दाताला दिलेली उपमा. [ ]
इ. ऐटीत चालणारा परशा म्हणजे जणू. [ ]
ई. लेखकाच्या मते जन्मात एकही दात न दुखणारा माणूस असा असतो. [ ]
उ. लेखकाच्या मते कवीने दाताला दिलेली उपमा. [ ]
उत्तर :
अ. लेखकाच्या मते सहावे महाभूत. दात
आ. लेखकाने दुखऱ्या दाताला दिलेली उपमा. राक्षस
इ. ऐटीत चालणारा परशा म्हणजे जणू. वनराज
ई. लेखकाच्या मते जन्मात एकही दात न दुखणारा माणूस असा असतो. कमनशिबी
उ. लेखकाच्या मते कवीने दाताला दिलेली उपमा. कुंदकळ्यांची

3. व्याकरण.

अ. खालील वाक्यांतील प्रयोग ओळखा व लिहा.

प्रश्न 1.
चार दिवसांनी दात दुखायचा थांबतो-
उत्तर :
चार दिवसांनी दात दुखायचा थांबतो – कर्तरी प्रयोग

प्रश्न 2.
सगळे खूष होतात-
उत्तर :
सगळे खूष होतात – कर्तरी प्रयोग

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

प्रश्न 3.
त्याने माझ्या हिरड्यांत इंजेक्शन दिले-
उत्तर :
त्याने माझ्या हिरड्यांत इंजेक्शन दिले – कर्मणी प्रयोग

प्रश्न 4.
डॉक्टरांनी लीलया दात उपटला-
उत्तर :
डॉक्टरांनी लीलया दात उपटला – कर्मणी प्रयोग

आ. खालील तक्ता पूर्ण करा.

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 12
उत्तर :

सामासिक शब्दसमासाचा विग्रहसमासाचे नाव
1. पंचमहाभूतेपाच महाभुतांचा समूहद्विगू
2. परमेश्वरपरम असा ईश्वरकर्मधारय
3. शब्दप्रयोगशब्दाचा प्रयोगविभक्ती तत्पुरुष
4. शेजारीपाजारीशेजारी, पाजारी वगैरेसमाहार द्वंद्व
5. विजयोन्मादविजयाचा उन्मादविभक्ती तत्पुरुष

इ. खालील वाक्यात दडलेला वाक्प्रचार शोधा व लिहा.

प्रश्न 1.
माणसाला शरण आणताना तृण धरायला एखादी चांगली जागा असावी, म्हणून दातांची योजना झालेली आहे.
उत्तर :
वाक्प्रचार → दाती तृण धरणे.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

ई. खालील वाक्यांचे कंसातील सूचनेनुसार वाक्यपरिवर्तन करा.

प्रश्न 1.

  1. परशाने प्रश्न नम्रपणे विचारला नव्हता. (होकारार्थी करा.)
  2. शिंव्हाला काय भ्या हाय व्हय कुणाचं? (विधानार्थी करा.)
  3. तुझ्या अंगात लई हाडं हैत. (उद्गारार्थी करा.)

उत्तर :

  1. परशाने प्रश्न उद्धटपणे विचारला होता.
  2. शिंव्हाला कुणाचचं भ्या नाही.
  3. किती हाडं हैत तुझ्या अंगात!

4. स्वमत.

प्रश्न अ.
पाठातील विनोद निर्माण करणारी पाच वाक्ये शोधा. ती तुम्हांला का आवडली ते सकारण लिहा.
उत्तर :
दंतकथा हा वसंत सबनीस यांचा बहारदार विनोदी लेख आहे. दातदुखी हा तसे पाहिले तर कारुण्यपूर्ण, वेदनादायक आणि गंभीर असा विषय. पण लेखकांनी नर्मविनोद, प्रसंगनिष्ठ विनोद, अतिशयोक्ती, कोट्या अशा अनेक साधनांच्या साहाय्याने अत्यंत प्रसन्न व वाचनीय असा लेख निर्माण केला आहे. त्यातली काही उदाहरणे आपण पाहू.

मराठी भाषेलाही दातांबद्दल आदर नाही; कारण मराठी भाषेत अशी म्हण किंवा शब्दप्रयोग नाही ज्यांत दातांबद्दल मंगल भावना व्यक्त झाली आहे. लेखकांची ही दोन वाक्ये पाहा. त्यांना दातदुखीचा खूपच त्रास झाला होता. यामुळे त्यांच्या मनात दातांबद्दल प्रेम नाही. किंबहुना काहीसा रागच आहे. हा राग व्यक्त करण्यासाठी त्यांनी मराठी भाषेचा किती चपखल उपयोग केला आहे पाहा. मराठी भाषेत दातांबद्दल मंगल भावना व्यक्त करणारी म्हण नाही. हे त्यांचे म्हणणे पहिल्यांदा वाचताना जरा गंमत वाटते. थोडे बारकाईने पाहिल्यावर, अनेक म्हणी आठवल्यावर लेखकांचे म्हणणे खरे असल्याचे लक्षात येते.

डोळे, रंग, ओठ, एखादा तीळ, एखादी खळी माणसाला गुंतवतात; पण दात पाहून वेडा झालेला प्रियकर मला अजून भेटायचा आहे. हेसुद्धा एक गमतीदार वास्तव आहे. लेखकांच्या सूक्ष्म निरीक्षणशक्तीचा येथे प्रत्यय येतो. दात पाहून वेडा झालेला प्रियकर हा उल्लेख नुसता वाचताक्षणी हसू आल्याशिवाय राहत नाही.

दातदुखीतल्या ठणक्याची तीव्रता सांगताना लेखकांनी दिलेले उदाहरण लक्षणीय आहे. ते लिहितात, “एखादा लाकूडतोड्या माझ्या दाताच्या मुळाशी खोल बसलेला असतो आणि तो एकामागून एक घाव घालीत असतो.” हा दाखलासुद्धा अप्रतिम आहे. हे उदाहरण चमत्कृतीपूर्ण आहे. दातदुखीच्या वेदनेचा ठणका हे उदाहरण वाचतानाही आपण अनुभव. लेखकांचे हे विनोद निर्मितीचे कौशल्य विलक्षणच आहे.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

प्रश्न आ.
लेखकाने दुखऱ्या दाताची तुलना अक्राळविक्राळ राक्षसाशी केलेली आहे, याबाबत तुमचे मत लिहा.
उत्तर :
दातदुखीच्या भयानक वेदनांचा अनुभव तसा सगळ्यांनाच परिचयाचा आहे. त्या वेदना सहन करण्याच्या पलीकडच्या असतात. बोंबा मारणे याखेरीज दुसरा मार्गच नसतो. हाताला, पायाला किंवा डोक्याला कुठेही जखम झाली, तर मलमपट्टी करता येते. दातदुखीबाबत मात्र काहीही करता येत नाही. डोके दुखत असेल, अंग दुखत असेल, तर शेक दिल्यावर जरा आराम पडतो. डोके दाबून दिले, अंग जरा रगडले, पाय चेपून दिले, तर बरे वाटते. दातदुखीबाबत मात्र यातला कोणताच उपाय उपयोगी येत नाही.

दातदुखीच्या प्रसंगातील लेखकांचे निरीक्षण मात्र बहारीचे आहे. ते इतके अचूक आहे की, स्वतःची दातदुखी आठवू लागते. दातदुखी, दाढदुखी ठणके जीवघेणे असतात. आपल्या दाढेच्या मुळाशी एखादा लाकूडतोड्या बसून एकामागून एक दातांच्या मुळावर घाव घालीत तर नाही ना, असे वाटत राहते. डॉक्टरांनी दिलेल्या औषधाने काही क्षण थोडे बरे वाटते. पण तेवढ्यात जीवघेणे ठणके सुरू होतात. प्रत्येक ठणक्याबरोबर वेदना कपाळात शिरते आणि ती डोके फोडून बाहेर पडेल, असे वाटत राहते. वेदनेचे स्वरूप अवाढव्य असते. तिला राक्षसाखेरीज अन्य कोणतीही उपमा लागू पडत नाही.

दिवस कसाबसा जातो. पण रात्री मात्र छातीत धडकी भरायला सुरुवात होते. आता रात्री ठणके मारू लागले तर? या कल्पनेनेच जीव अर्धमेला होतो. ठणके सुरू झाल्यावर मात्र बोंबा मारण्याखेरीज आपल्या हातात काहीही राहत नाही. रात्री वाहन मिळत नाही. डॉक्टरांचा दवाखाना बंद असतो. हॉस्पिटल कुठेतरी खूप दूर असते. भीतीने जीव अर्धा जातो. डोक्यात घणाचे घाव पडत असतात. अन्य लोक आपल्याला मदत करू शकतात. पण ते आपल्या वेदना घेऊ शकत नाहीत. त्या वेदना सहन करणाऱ्यालाच लेखकांनी दातदुखीला दिलेली अक्राळविक्राळ राक्षसाची उपमा कळू शकेल.

प्रश्न इ.
लेखकाच्या दातदुखीबाबत शेजाऱ्यांनी दिलेल्या प्रतिक्रियांच्या संदर्भात एक छोटे टिपण तयार करा.
उत्तर :
आपला देश परंपराप्रिय आहे. अनेक परंपरा आपण प्राणपणाने जपतो. या परंपरांमधली एक आहे आजारी माणसाला भेटायला जाणे. एखादा माणूस जर हॉस्पिटलमध्ये दाखल झाला, तर मग काही विचारायलाच नको. लोक जथ्याजथ्याने आजारी माणसाला भेटायला जातात. यामागची कल्पना अशी की, आजारामध्ये माणूस कमकुवत बनतो. मानसिक दृष्टीनेही थोडा कमकुवत बनतो. या काळात आजारी माणसाला धीर दिला पाहिजे, शुभेच्छा दिल्या पाहिजेत, या समजुतीनेही भेटायला जातात. आपण आजाऱ्यासोबत थोडा वेळ बसलो, गप्पागोष्टी केल्या तर त्याला विरंगुळाही मिळतो. हे असेच घडले तर ते चांगलेच आहे.

प्रत्यक्षात काय दिसते? माणसे भेटायला जातात. पण गप्पागोष्टी काय करतात? थोड्या इकडच्या तिकडच्या गोष्टी झाल्या की, गप्पांची गाडी आजारी व्यक्तीच्या रोगावरच येते. मग त्या रोगांसंबंधात नको नको त्या गोष्टी चर्चिल्या जातात. रोग कसा भयंकर आहे, किती त्रास होतो, नुकसान कसकसे होत जाते, काही माणसे कशी दगावली आहेत इत्यादी इत्यादी. या गप्पांमुळे आजारी व्यक्तीचे मनोबल वाढण्याऐवजी त्याचे खच्चीकरण होते. त्याची चिंता वाढते, तो नकारात्मक दृष्टीने विचार करू लागतो. तो मानसिकदृष्ट्या खचतो. अशा स्थितीत आजाराशी लढण्याची उमेद कमी होते. याचा प्रकृती सुधारण्यावर विपरीत परिणाम होतो.

माणसे हॉस्पिटलमध्ये भेटायला जातात, तेव्हा वेळ मर्यादित असतो. तो ठरावीक कालावधीतच असतो. त्या वेळी ठीक असते. पण आजारी व्यक्ती घरी असली, तर माणसे कधीही, कितीही वाजता आजारी व्यक्तीच्या घरी थडकतात. कितीही वेळ बोलत बसतात. त्या व्यक्तीची अन्य काही कामे आहेत का, घरच्यांच्या काही अडचणी आहेत का, घरच्यांपैकी कोणाला बाहेर जायचे आहे का, विश्रांतीची वेळ आहे का, वगैरे वगैरे अनेक गोष्टी असतात. त्यांचा कोण विचार करीत नाहीत. आजारी व्यक्तीला अडचणीत आणतात. खरे तर आजारी व्यक्तीला अन्य व्यक्तींचा कमीत कमी संसर्ग झाला पाहिजे. पण हे पथ्य तर कोणी पाळतच नाहीत. आजारी व्यक्तींना भेटण्यासंबंधात काही एक पथ्ये, नियम करून त्यांचा प्रचार करणे खूप गरजेचे आहे.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

5. अभिव्यक्ती.

प्रश्न 1.
प्रस्तुत पाठ तुम्हांला आवडण्याची वा न आवडण्याची कारणे लिहा.
उत्तर :
पाठ्यपुस्तकात वेगवेगळे पाठ आहेत. त्यांपैकी ‘दंतकथा’ हा विनोदी पाठ मला खूप आवडला. पुन्हा पुन्हा वाचून मी आनंद घेतला. लेखक आहेत वसंत सबनीस.

वास्तविक दातदुखी हा अत्यंत वेदनादायक, माणसाला असहाय करणारा प्रसंग. त्या प्रसंगावर हा लेख आधारलेला आहे. मात्र लेखक त्या प्रसंगाकडे कारुण्यपूर्ण नजरेने न पाहता एका गमतीदार, खेळकर दृष्टीने पाहतात. घटनेकडे पाहण्याचा कोनच बदलल्यामुळे घटनेचे रूपच बदलून जाते. त्यामुळे माणसाच्या वागण्यातील हास्यास्पद, विसंगती अधिक ठळकपणे लक्षात येतात. हे बदललेले रूप लेखकांनी नर्मविनोदी शैलीत चित्रित केले आहे.

प्रसंग खेळकर, तिरकस नजरेने पाहिल्यामुळे, नर्मविनोदी शब्दयोजनेमुळे वाचकाच्या चेहेऱ्यावर स्मित रेषा उमटतेच. कधी कधी वाचक खळखळून हसतो. लेखकांनी मनुष्यस्वभावाचे नमुने मार्मिकपणे टिपले आहेत. तसेच विसंगतीही वाचकांना हसवत हसवत दाखवून दिल्या आहेत. दातदुखीच्या वेळी वास्तवात घडणारे प्रसंग अतिशयोक्तीचा बहारदार वापर करीत वर्णिले आहेत. म्हणी-वाक्प्रचारांवर कोटी करून गमती साधलेल्या आहेत. शाब्दिक कोट्यांचा सुरेख वापर केला आहे. यांमुळे संपूर्ण लेख चुरचुरीत, वाचनीय झाला आहे.

एक-दोन उदाहरणे पाहू. लेखाच्या सुरुवातीलाच दाताची पंचमहाभूतांशी सांगड घातली आहे. पंचमहाभूते ही संपूर्ण विश्वाच्या रचनेतील मूलभूत तत्त्वे आहेत. तर दात हा एक माणसाचा सामान्य अवयव. या दाताला लेखकांनी सहावे महाभूत म्हटले आहे. अत्यंत सामान्य गोष्टी महान दर्जा दिल्यामुळे गमतीदार विरोधाभास निर्माण झाला. पुढच्याच परिच्छेदात, परमेश्वराला दाताची कल्पना सहा-सात महिन्यांनंतर सुचली असावी, असा लेखकांनी उल्लेख केला. हे वाचताक्षणी हसू येते. परमेश्वर सर्वशक्तिमान, परिपूर्ण. तरीही दातांची कल्पना उशिरा सुचल्याचे लिहून लेखकांनी ईश्वराला माणसाच्या जवळ आणले. त्यामुळे इथेही एक गमतीदार विरोधाभास निर्माण होतो.

भाषेतील निरीक्षणही बहारीचे आहे. दातासंबंधात एकही मंगलमय म्हण वा वाक्प्रचार मराठीत नाही. दातांवरून ज्या म्हणी-वाक्प्रचार आहेत, त्या दारिद्र्य, भिकारपणा व असभ्यपणा यांचा निर्देश करणाऱ्या आहेत. हा उल्लेख भाषेला खमंगपणा आणतो. ‘दात पाहून प्रेयसीसाठी वेडा झालेला प्रियकर’ अजून पाहिला नसल्याचे ते नमूद करतात. या अशा उल्लेखांमुळे लेखाला खेळकरपणा चुरचुरीतपणा व गमतीदारपणा प्राप्त झाला आहे. कोणत्याही वाचकाला तो सहज आवडेल असा आहे.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

उपक्रम :

डोळे व नाक या अवयवांशी संबंधित वाक्प्रचारांची यादी करा.

तोंडी परीक्षा.

खालील वाक्प्रचारांचे अर्थ सांगून वाक्यात उपयोग करा.

  1. नक्षा उतरणे
  2. शंख करणे
  3. दात घशात घालणे
  4. खल करणे
  5. चारीमुंड्या चीत होणे
  6. सिंहाचा बकरा होणे
  7. मेख मारणे

Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 10 दंतकथा Additional Important Questions and Answers

कारणे शोधा व लिहा :

प्रश्न 1.
लेखकांच्या मते, मानवी देहाची परिपूर्ण रचना केल्यानंतर जवळजवळ सहा-सात महिन्यांनी ही दातांची कल्पना परमेश्वराला सुचली असावी; कारण –
लेखकांच्या मते, मराठी भाषेलाही दातांबद्दल आदर दिसत नाही; कारण –
आपण हाडांच्या मजबुतीबाबत तरी परशाच्या वरचढ आहोत, याचा लेखकांना आनंद अधिक वाटायचा; कारण –
परशा चार-आठ दिवसांतून एकदा केव्हातरी दात घासण्याचे सोंग करायचा; कारण –
उत्तर :
लेखकांच्या मते, मानवी देहाची परिपूर्ण रचना केल्यानंतर जवळजवळ सहा-सात महिन्यांनी ही दातांची कल्पना परमेश्वराला सुचली असावी; कारण माणसाला जन्मत:च सर्व अवयव फुटतात; पण फक्त दातच जन्मानंतर सहा-सात महिन्यांनी येतात.

लेखकांच्या मते, मराठी भाषेलाही दातांबद्दल आदर दिसत नाही; कारण मराठी भाषेत दातांबद्दल मंगल भावना व्यक्त करणारी एकही म्हण किंवा वाक्प्रचार आढळत नाही.

आपण हाडांच्या मजबुतीबाबत तरी परशाच्या वरचढ आहोत, याचा लेखकांना आनंद अधिक वाटायचा; कारण परशा स्वतःला लेखकांपेक्षा प्रचंड ताकदवान समजायचा आणि येताजाता लेखकांची मानहानी करायचा.

परशा चार-आठ दिवसांतून एकदा केव्हातरी दात घासण्याचे सोंग करायचा; कारण परशाला दात घासायचा कंटाळा यायचा.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

कृती करा :

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 13
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 14

चौकटी पूर्ण करा :

प्रश्न 1.

  1. परशाने लेखकांच्या हाडांना दिलेली उपमा [ ]
  2. परशा स्वत:ला म्हणवून घ्यायचा [ ]
  3. परशाची सपाटून मार खाल्लेल्या कुत्र्यासारखी अवस्था करणारा [ ]

उत्तर :

  1. परशाने लेखकांच्या हाडांना दिलेली उपमा – दगडाची
  2. परशा स्वत:ला म्हणवून घ्यायचा – शिव्ह (सिंह)
  3. लेखकांच्या मते, जन्मात एकही दात न दुखणारा माणूस असा असतो – कमनशिबी

कारणे शोधा व लिहा :

प्रश्न 1.
आपल्या दाताला मूळ नसून झाडासारख्या मुळ्या असल्या पाहिजेत आणि त्या हिरड्यांत सर्वत्र पसरल्या असल्या पाहिजेत, असे लेखकांना वाटते; कारण –
उत्तर :
आपल्या दाताला मूळ नसून झाडासारख्या मुळ्या असल्या पाहिजेत आणि त्या हिरड्यांत सर्वत्र पसरल्या असल्या पाहिजेत, असे लेखकांना वाटते; कारण त्यांचे सर्व दात दुखत असल्याचा त्यांना भास होत होता.

प्रश्न 2.
दातदुखीवरील परिसंवादात लेखकांचे विव्हळणे बुडून जाते; कारण –
उत्तर :
दातदुखीवरील परिसंवादात लेखकांचे विव्हळणे बुडून जाते; कारण हजर असलेले सगळेच जण इतके मोठमोठ्याने बोलत की लेखकांचे विव्हळणे ऐकूही येत नसे.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

प्रश्न 3.
दातदुखी थांबल्यावर लेखक प्रत्येकाला त्याच्याच उपायाने दातदुखी थांबल्याचे सांगतात; कारण –
उत्तर :
दातदुखी थांबल्यावर लेखक प्रत्येकाला त्याच्याच उपायाने दातदुखी थांबल्याचे सांगतात; कारण लेखक कोणालाही दुखवू इच्छित नव्हते.

वैशिष्ट्ये लिहा :

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 15
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा 16

पुढील कोष्टक पूर्ण करा :

प्रश्न 1.

दिवसा सभ्य दिसणारा माणूसदुखरा दात
दिवसा
रात्री

उत्तर :

दिवसा सभ्य दिसणारा माणूसदुखरा दात
दिवसासभ्यपणे वागतो.सभ्यपणे हळूहळू दुखत राहतो.
रात्रीरात्री खरा (म्हणजे वाईट) वागतो.रात्री राक्षसासारखा अक्राळविक्राळ होतो.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

चौकटी पूर्ण करा :

प्रश्न 1.

  1. दाताच्या ठणक्यामुळे लेखकांना दिसू लागते ते [ ]
  2. रात्रीच्या वेळीच गडबड करणारे दोघे [ ]
  3. दातांशी जवळीक दाखवणारी दोन नावे [ ]

उत्तर :

  1. दाताच्या ठणक्यामुळे लेखकांना दिसू लागते ते – ब्रह्मांड
  2. रात्रीच्या वेळीच गडबड करणारे दोघे – चोर आणि दुखरा दात
  3. दातांशी जवळीक दाखवणारी दोन नावे – दाते व दातार

व्याकरण

वाक्यप्रकार :

वाक्यांच्या आशयावरून वाक्याचे प्रकार ओळखा :

प्रश्न 1.

  1. दात हे एखादया सभेच्या मुख्य पाहुण्यासारखे मागाहून का यावेत? → [ ]
  2. बापरे! दात येताना ताप आणि गेल्यावर पश्चात्ताप! → [ ]
  3. मानवी देह पंचमहाभूतांचा बनला आहे. → [ ]

उत्तर :

  1. प्रश्नार्थी वाक्य
  2. उद्गारार्थी वाक्य
  3. विधानार्थी वाक्य

क्रियापदाच्या रूपांवरून वाक्यप्रकार ओळखा :

प्रश्न 1.

  1. दात दुखणे सरळ असावे → [ ]
  2. जेव्हा माझा दात दुखायला लागला, तेव्हा माझी खात्री झाली. → [ ]
  3. सहाव्या महाभूताला ‘दात’ म्हणतात. → [ ]
  4. दाताचे दुखणे तू सहन कर. → [ ]

उत्तर :

  1. विध्यर्थी वाक्य
  2. संकेतार्थी वाक्य
  3. स्वार्थी वाक्य
  4. आज्ञार्थी वाक्य

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

अलंकार :
पुढील ओळीतील अलंकार ओळखा :

प्रश्न 1.
1. ओठ कशाचे? देठचि फुलल्या पारिजाताचे। → ………
2. होई जरी सतत दुष्टसंग
न पावती सज्जन सत्त्वभंग
असोनिया सर्प सदा शरीरी
झाला नसे चंदन तो विषारी → ………
उत्तर :
1. अपन्हुती अलंकार
2. अर्थातरन्यास अलंकार.

दंतकथा Summary in Marathi

पाठ परिचय :

‘दंतकथा’ हा एक विनोदी लेख आहे. दातदुखी या अनुभवाकडे लेखक खेळकर, गमतीदार नजरेने पाहतात. त्या अनुभवाचे घडवलेले दर्शन म्हणजे हा लेख होय. हे दर्शन घडवता घडवता त्यांनी मानवी जीवनातील विसंगतीकडेही बोट दाखवले आहे.

दातदुखी हा जीवनातील एक वेदनामय असा अनुभव. या अनुभवाच्या वेदनामय भागाकडे लेखकांचे लक्ष नाही, त्यांचा रोख मानवी स्वभावातील विसंग:कडे आहे.

सुरुवातीला लेखक दातांचे महत्त्व सांगण्याचा पवित्रा घेतात. दात हा अवयव पंचमहाभूतासारखेच एक सहावे महाभूत आहे असे सांगतात, पंचमहाभूते म्हणजे विश्वरचनेची पाच मूलतत्त्वे होत. दात तसेच एक मूलतत्त्व असूनही लेखक त्याला महत्त्व देत नाहीत. मराठी भाषेतही दाताला महत्त्व नाही. कारण दाताविषयी मंगल भावना व्यक्त करणारी एकही म्हण किंवा शब्दप्रयोग मराठीत नाही. प्रियकर प्रेयसीच्या प्रेमात पडतो तेव्हा डोळे, रंग, ओठ, एखादा तीळ, गालावरची खळी यात त्याचा जीव अडकतो. पण प्रेयसीच्या दाताच्या प्रेमात पडलेला प्रियकर आढळत नाही.

मात्र, दात त्रासदायक ठरू शकतो. शक्तिमान अशा परशा पहिलवानाला दातदुखीने पूर्ण नामोहरम केले. मरण आणि दातदुखी कोणाला चुकवता येत नाही, हे नवीन भान लेखकांना आले.

एके दिवशी लेखकांचा एक दात दुखू लागला. प्रचंड वेदना होऊ लागल्या, एखादा लाकूडतोड्या दाताच्या मुळावर घाव घालत असावा, तसा लेखकांना अनुभव आला.

दातदुखीने लेखकांना हैराण केले. त्यांना रात्रभर विव्हळत राहावे लागले, पण लहान मुलाप्रमाणे मोठमोठ्याने आरडाओरड करणे लेखकांच्या पत्नीला पसंत नव्हते.

दातदुखीच्या बातमीने लेखकांचे शेजारी एकएक करून सगळे तब्येतीच्या चौकशीसाठी जमले. दातदुखीबद्दल चर्चा झाली.’ प्रत्येकाने आपापला उपाय सुचवला. लेखकांनी व त्यांच्या पत्नीने स्वत:चे उपाय करून पाहिले.

अखेरीस लेखकांनी दंतवैदयाकडून दुखरा दात काढून घेतला. त्या वेळी लेखकांची दातदुखीपासून मुक्तता झाली.

शब्दार्थ :

  1. मेख – खोच, रहस्य, गूढ गोष्ट.
  2. नकटे (नाक) – कापलेले, आखूड, चपटे, बसके (असे नाक).
  3. प्रेमविव्हल – प्रेमासाठी व्याकूळ झालेला.
  4. कुंदकळ्या – कुंदा नावाच्या फुलझाडाच्या कळया.
  5. (त्या. शुभ्र व सुंदर असतात. सुंदर दातांना त्यांची उपमा देतात.)
  6. विकट – भयानक, हिडीस, कुरूप.
  7. अल्याड – अलीकडे.
  8. ब्रह्मांड – अवकाशातील संपूर्ण विश्व.
  9. असार – निःसत्त्व, खोटे, निकामी.
  10. मिथ्या – खोटे, नश्वर, भ्रामक.
  11. लोकापवाद – अकारण पसरवलेले गैरसमज, आळ.
  12. आळी – गल्ली, गल्लीच्या आधाराने उभा राहिलेला घरांचा समूह.
  13. थैमान – रडण्या-ओरडण्याचा प्रचंड कल्लोळ, आदळआपट.
  14. मतैक्य – एकमत.
  15. खलदंत – दुष्ट दात.
  16. नतद्रष्ट – दुष्ट, वाईट (अत्यंत कंजूष.)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 10 दंतकथा

वाक्प्रचार व त्यांचे अर्थ :

  1. मेख मारणे – एखादया कामात युक्तीने अडचण निर्माण करून ठेवणे.
  2. दाती तृण धरणे – शरण येणे.
  3. स्वत:चीच मनगटे चावणे – शत्रूविरुद्ध काहीही करता येत नसल्याने चडफडत बसणे.
  4. दातांत धरता येणे – सामान्य, क्षुल्लक, किरकोळ वस्तू बाळगणे.
  5. बोलणी खाणे – दोषारोप, निंदा, ठपका ऐकून घ्यावा लागणे.
  6. चारीमुंड्या चीत होणे – पुरता पराभव होणे.
  7. मागमूस नसणे – ठावठिकाणा न आवळणे, चिन्हहीन आढळणे.
  8. नक्षा उतरणे – ताठा, घमेंड, अभिमान उतरणे.
  9. साक्षात्कार होणे – ईश्वराचे प्रत्यक्ष दर्शन घडणे, (यावरून एखादया गोष्टीचे मर्म अचानक कळणे.)
  10. थैमान घालणे – आदळआपट, प्रचंड गोंधळ करणे.
  11. दात उपटून हातात देणे – घमेंड घालवणारा पराभव करणे.
  12. दात घशात घालणे – पुरता पराभव करणे.
  13. शक्तीचे प्रदर्शन करणे – शक्तिमान असल्याचा देखावा करणे.
  14. हसे करणे – हास्यास्पद करणे.
  15. दातओठ खाणे – मनात मोठा राग, त्वेष असणे.
  16. शंख करणे – बोंबाबोंब करणे, आरडाओरड करणे.
  17. खल करणे – (बहुतेकदा गुप्तपणे) चर्चा करणे.
  18. सिंहाचा बकरा होणे – सर्व अवसान गळून पडणे.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Bhag 4.3 अहवाल Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

12th Marathi Guide Chapter 4.3 अहवाल Textbook Questions and Answers

कृती

1. अहवालाचे स्वरूप स्पष्ट करा.
उत्तर :
कोणत्याही संस्थेच्या कार्यक्रम/सभांची योग्य पद्धतीने सविस्तर नोंद करून ठेवणे म्हणजे अहवाललेखन होय. कार्यक्रम/ समारंभाच्या प्रत्यक्ष सुरुवातीपासून ते अखेरपर्यंत सर्व बाबींच्या नोंदी अहवालात केलेल्या असतात. अहवालात कार्यक्रमाचा हेतू, तारीख, वेळ, सहभागी व्यक्ती, विचार मांडणी, प्रतिसाद इत्यादी मुद्द्यांचा समावेश केलेला असतो. कोणत्याही संस्थेसाठी अहवाललेखन दस्तऐवज मानले जाते. संस्थेच्या भविष्यकालीन नोंदींसाठी अहवाललेखन महत्त्वाची भूमिका पार पाडत असते.

संस्थेचे कार्यक्षेत्र, विषय इत्यादींनुसार अहवाललेखनाचे स्वरूप वेगवेगळे असू शकते. तसेच संस्थेच्या कार्यक्षेत्रानुसार अहवाललेखनाचा आराखडा भिन्न असू शकतो. अहवालातील नोंदी अचूक आणि वस्तुनिष्ठ स्वरूपाच्या असतात. अहवालाचे महत्त्वाचे वैशिष्ट्य म्हणजे अहवालाची विश्वसनीयता होय. अनेक गुंतागुंतीच्या समस्येत अहवालाचा पुरावा म्हणूनही वापर करता येतो. अहवाल निःपक्षपातीपणे लिहिला जातो. वास्तवदर्शी वर्णन हा अहवालाचा आत्मा असतो.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

2. अहवालाची आवश्यकता लिहा.
उत्तर :
अहवाल हा कोणत्याही कार्यक्रमाचा आरसा असतो. कार्यक्रमातील बारीकसारीक गोष्टींची नोंद अहवाललेखनात घेतली जाते. संस्थेच्या कामकाजात अहवाल विश्वसनीय घटक मानला जातो. संस्थेच्या कार्यक्रमाच्या/सभेच्या नोंदी ठेवणे आवश्यक असते. संस्थेच्या भविष्यकालीन योजना, उपक्रम यासाठी निश्चितच याचा उपयोग केला जातो. अहवालाच्या साहाय्याने भविष्यकाळात संस्थेचा विकास, परंपरा इत्यादींची माहिती मिळवणे शक्य होते. भविष्यातील नियोजनासाठी अहवालाचा उपयोग होऊ शकतो. विविध संस्था, लघुउदयोग ते मोठमोठे उदयोगधंदे आणि ग्रामपंचायत ते महानगरपालिका अशा सर्व ठिकाणी होणाऱ्या घडामोडींना अधिकृतता प्राप्त व्हावी यासाठी अहवालाची गरज असते. एखादया क्षेत्रात महत्त्वाकांक्षी उपक्रम सुरू करायचा असेल, तर आरंभी त्यासंदर्भात योग्य ती माहिती घेऊन अहवाल तयार करणे गरजेचे असते.

3. वास्तवदर्शी लेखन हा अहवालाचा आत्मा आहे, हे विधान स्पष्ट करा.
उत्तर :
अहवालात कार्यक्रमातील घटनांची विश्वसनीय नोंद असते. संस्थेच्या सभा/कार्यक्रमांचा हेतू, तारीख, वेळ, सहभागी मान्यवरांचे विवेचन, प्रतिसाद, समारोप इत्यादींचा तपशील क्रमाक्रमाने अहवालात सांगितलेला असतो. ‘जसे घडले तसे सांगितले’ असे अहवालाचे स्वरूप असते. काल्पनिक गोष्टी, लेखकाच्या मनातील विचार या बाबींचा अहवालात समावेश नसतो. वस्तुनिष्ठपणे घटनेचे वर्णन अहवालात केलेले असते. अहवाल कुठल्याही संस्थेचा असो वा कुठल्याही कार्यक्रमाचा सर्वांमध्ये एकसामायिक वैशिष्ट्य असते ते म्हणजे, निःपक्षपातीपणा.

अहवाललेखकाला स्वतःच्या मर्जीनुसार लेखन करता येत नाही. त्या त्या सभेमध्ये, संशोधनामध्ये अहवाल लेखकाने काय अनुभवले, पाहिले, ऐकले यांविषयीचे खरेखुरे लेखन अहवालात करणे आवश्यक असते. अहवालावर संस्थेच्या भविष्यातील नियोजनाचा आराखडा निश्चित होत असतो. सदय:स्थिती जाणून घेण्यासाठी अहवालाचा उपयोग होत असतो. वास्तवदर्शी लेखन हा अहवालाचा आत्मा आहे असे म्हटले तर अतिशयोक्ती होणार नाही.

4. अहवाल लेखनाची वैशिष्ट्ये खालील मुद्द्यांना अनुसरून स्पष्ट करा.

प्रश्न 1.
वस्तुनिष्ठता आणि सुस्पष्टता
उत्तर :
एखादया घटना/प्रसंगाची योग्य पद्धतीने नोंद करून ठेवणे म्हणजे अहवाल होय. अहवाललेखनात संस्थेच्या कामकाजाचे प्रतिबिंब उमटत असते. भविष्यातील निरनिराळ्या योजनांच्या नियोजनासाठी अहवाल आवश्यक असतो. अहवालाचे महत्त्वाचे वैशिष्ट्य वस्तुनिष्ठता आणि सुस्पष्टता आहे. अहवालाच्या स्वरूपानुसार कार्यक्रमाचा विषय, तारीख, वेळ, ठिकाण, सहभागी मान्यवर, लोकांचा सहभाग, प्रतिसाद, निष्कर्ष, सांख्यिकीय माहिती इत्यादी अनेक बाबींच्या नोंदी केलेल्या असतात. त्या नोंदी वस्तुनिष्ठ असणे आवश्यक असते. अहवालात नोंदवलेल्या माहितीच्या बाबतीत संदिग्धता असून चालत नाही. अहवालातील वाक्यरचना स्पष्ट असणे आवश्यक असते. सहज अर्थबोध होणे अभिप्रेत असते. माहितीचे स्वरूप सुस्पष्ट असावे. अहवाललेखकाला स्वतःच्या विचारांचा परामर्श अहवालात घेता येत नाही. कार्यक्रम प्रसंगी जे जे घडले आणि जे जे पाहिले, ऐकले त्याचे खरे रूप अहवालात येणे प्रधान असते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

प्रश्न 2.
शब्दमर्यादा
उत्तर :
अहवालाच्या विषयावर अहवालाची शब्दमर्यादा अवलंबून असते. स्थानिक पातळीवरील अहवाल आकाराने लहान असतात, शब्दमर्यादा आटोपशीर असते. सहकारी संस्था, वार्षिक सर्वसाधारण सभा यांचे अहवाल तुलनेने विस्तृत असतात. साहित्यिक, सामाजिक, सांस्कृतिक कार्यक्रमांचे अहवालाची शब्दमर्यादा कमी असते. कार्यक्रमाचा संपूर्ण गाभा अहवालात मांडायचा असल्याने शब्दमर्यादा हा घटक महत्त्वाचा मानला जातो. अहवालात कार्यक्रमातील घटनांचे वर्णन पाल्हाळीक असू नये. एकाच मुद्द्याची पुनरावृत्ती असू नये.

एखादया समस्येच्या संदर्भात संशोधनात्मक अहवाल, सार्वजनिक क्षेत्रातील उदयोगव्यवसाय यांच्या संदर्भातील अहवाल खूपच विस्ताराने लिहिले जातात. अशा अहवालात भरपूर माहिती, आकडेवारी, निरीक्षणे, तपशील, निष्कर्ष नोंदवलेले असतात. एखादया समारंभाचा अहवाल तीन-चार पृष्ठांचा असू शकतो, तर एखादया आयोगाचा अहवाल सुमारे १००० किंवा अधिक पृष्ठांचा असू शकतो.

प्रश्न 3.
नि:पक्षपातीपणा
उत्तर :
कोणत्याही अहवालाचे महत्त्वाचे वैशिष्ट्य म्हणजे नि:पक्षपातीपणा होय. अहवाललेखन कुठल्याही एककल्ली विचारांचा अवलंब करीत नसते. अवास्तव व्यक्ती/घटना यांच्या वर्णनाला अहवालात स्थान नसते. अहवाल घडलेल्या कार्यक्रमाचा आरसा असतो. त्यामुळे अहवालात कुठल्याही अतार्किक, कल्पनारम्य गोष्टींना स्थान नसते. अहवाललेखकाला स्वतःच्या विचारांचे रोपण अहवालात करता येत नाही. वास्तवदर्शी लेखन हे अहवालाचे प्रमुख वैशिष्ट्य मानले जाते. निःपक्षपातीपणा अहवालात केंद्रस्थानी असतो.

5. अहवाल लेखन करताना लक्षात घ्यावयाच्या दोन बाबी सोदाहरण स्पष्ट करा.
उत्तर :
अहवाललेखन ही एक कला आहे. अहवाललेखन तांत्रिकपणे करणे आवश्यक असले, तरी अहवालाच्या भाषेत लालित्यपूर्णता आणता येऊ शकते. अहवाललेखनात दोन महत्त्वपूर्ण बाबींचा विचार विस्तृतपणे करता येऊ शकतो.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

(१) अहवाललेखकाचे भाषेवरील प्रभुत्व : अहवाललेखकाचे भाषेवर प्रभुत्व असणे महत्त्वाचे असते. अहवालात घडून गेलेल्या घटनेचे शब्दरूपात सजीव आणि बोलके चित्र उभे करण्याची कला अहवाललेखकाकडे असणे आवश्यक असते. अहवाल सादर केला जातो; त्यामुळे वाचन करणाऱ्या व्यक्तीलाही तेवढेच महत्त्व आहे. वाचक लक्षात घेऊन अहवालाची भाषा सहज, सोपी चटकन आशय लक्षात येईल अशी असावी. अतिशयोक्तीपूर्ण वर्णन नसावे. अहवाललेखकाला विशिष्ट पारिभाषिक शब्द, संज्ञा इत्यादींची माहिती असली पाहिजे व योग्य ठिकाणी तिचा उपयोग करता आला पाहिजे.

उदा., अहवाललेखनात भाषेतील शब्दांचे संदर्भानुसार उपयोजन माहीत नसेल, तर मजकुराचा अर्थभेद होऊ शकतो. एखादया कार्यक्रमाच्या अहवालात ‘प्रमुख पाहुण्यांनी उपस्थित राहून शोभा वाढवली’ या वाक्यरचनेऐवजी ‘प्रमुख पाहुण्यांनी उपस्थित राहून शोभा केली’ अशी वाक्यरचना जर लिहिली गेली, तर अर्थाचा अनर्थ होऊ शकतो.

(२) सारांश रूप : अहवाल हा कार्यक्रमाचा गाभा असतो. कार्यक्रम झाल्यानंतर संपूर्ण कार्यक्रम संक्षिप्तपणे कागदावर अहवालाच्या माध्यमातून चित्रित केला जात असतो. सर्व घटना/प्रसंग शब्दांत मांडणे शक्य नसते. कार्यक्रम प्रसंगी घडलेल्या घटनांचा क्रमबद्धरीतीने सारांश रूपाने आढावा घेण्याचे काम अहवाल करीत असतो. अहवाललेखनात पाल्हाळ असता कामा नये. मोजक्या परंतु नेमक्या घटनांची समर्पक शब्दांत मांडणी करता येणे अपेक्षित असते.

उदा., महाविदयालयातील वक्तृत्व स्पर्धेच्या अहवाललेखनात पारितोषिक प्राप्त विदयार्थ्यांच्या भाषणातील काही महत्त्वाचे मुद्दे नावासहित उद्धृत करणे अपेक्षित असते. सर्व विदयार्थ्यांचे संपूर्ण भाषण नमूद करणे योग्य नाही. सारांश रूपाने विषय मांडणी करणे अभिप्रेत असते.

6. खालील विषयांवर अहवालाचे लेखन करा.

प्रश्न अ.
तुमच्या कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयातील स्नेहसंमेलन.
उत्तर :
चेतना कला आणि वाणिज्य कनिष्ठ महाविदयालय
नागपूर

वार्षिक स्नेहसंमेलन २०१९ – २०२०
अहवाल

शनिवार, दिनांक ४ जानेवारी २०२० रोजी सायंकाळी ५ वाजता महाविदयालयाच्या भव्य प्रांगणात सन २०१९ – २०२० या शैक्षणिक वर्षाचे वार्षिक स्नेहसंमेलन विदयार्थ्यांच्या उपस्थितीत मोठ्या जल्लोषात संपन्न झाले.

समारंभाचे अध्यक्षस्थान संस्थेचे अध्यक्ष आणि सामाजिक कार्यकर्ते मा. श्री. गणेश दिघे यांनी भूषवले होते. सुप्रसिद्ध डबिंग कलाकार श्रीमती कार्तिकी दाते या प्रमुख पाहुण्या म्हणून उपस्थित होत्या. स्नेहसंमेलनास शिक्षण संस्थेचे अध्यक्ष, उपाध्यक्ष, कार्याध्यक्ष व इतर सर्व पदाधिकारी उपस्थित होते. कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयाचे सर्व अध्यापक, विदयार्थी मोठ्या संख्येने उपस्थित होते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

कार्यक्रमाचा आरंभ ‘तू बुद्धी दे, तू तेज दे’ या प्रार्थनेने करण्यात आला. कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयाच्या बारावी विज्ञान शाखेतील मोहिनी काळे या विदयार्थिनीच्या सुमधुर गीताने सर्वांची मने जिंकली. उपस्थित मान्यवरांच्या हस्ते दीपप्रज्वलन करण्यात आले. त्यानंतर प्रा. कुमार दाढे यांनी कार्यक्रमाचे प्रास्ताविक केले. समारंभात सादर होणाऱ्या कार्यक्रमाची रूपरेषा त्यांनी सांगितली. प्रा. दीप्ती राणे यांनी उपस्थित मान्यवरांचे शाल आणि सन्मानचिन्ह देऊन स्वागत केले.

सर्वांच्या सत्कारानंतर कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयाचे प्राचार्य डॉ. महेश देशपांडे यांनी सन २०१९ – २०२० या शैक्षणिक वर्षातील कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयात झालेल्या शैक्षणिक, सांस्कृतिक, कला क्रीडाविषयक घडामोडींचा थोडक्यात आढावा घेतला. सर्व अध्यापकांच्या कामाचे आणि विदयार्थ्यांच्या उत्साहाचे कौतुक केले.

कनिष्ठ महाविद्यालयाच्या अकरावी (अ) मधील विदयार्थांनी नृत्य सादर केले. कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयाच्या सर्व शाखांमधील निवडक विदयार्थ्यांनी मिळून राष्ट्रीय एकात्मतेवर आधारित नाटिका सादर केली. लागोपाठ समूह नृत्य आणि एकल गीत गायन मिळून चार सांस्कृतिक कार्यक्रम सादर करण्यात आले होते.

कार्यक्रमाच्या प्रमुख पाहुण्या सुप्रसिद्ध डबिंग कलाकार श्रीमती कार्तिकी दाते यांनी विदयार्थ्यांशी संवाद साधला. डबिंग क्षेत्रातील संधी समजावून सांगितल्या. संभाषण कौशल्यासोबत वाचनाचे महत्त्वही सांगितले. प्रात्यक्षिकांच्या साहाय्याने आवाजातील वैविध्य विदयार्थ्यांना दाखवले.

यानंतर उच्च माध्यमिक परीक्षेत सर्वांत अधिक गुण मिळवून यशस्वी होणाऱ्या विदयार्थ्यांचा प्रमुख पाहुण्यांच्या हस्ते सत्कार करण्यात आला. आंतरमहाविदयालयीन स्पर्धांमध्ये महाविदयालयाची नाममुद्रा उमटवणाऱ्या विदयार्थ्यांचे महाविदयालयाच्या वतीने सन्मान चिन्ह देऊन कौतुक करण्यात आले होते. वादविवाद, कवितावाचन, वक्तृत्व, निबंध, टी-शर्ट पेंटिंग या स्पर्धांची पारितोषिके अनुक्रमे वितरीत करण्यात आली. दरवर्षी स्नेहसंमेलनात सर्वांच्या उत्सुकतेचा विषय म्हणजे कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयाचा ‘आदर्श विद्यार्थी पुरस्कार’. बारावी (अ) कला शाखेच्या कपिल बोरसे या विदयार्थ्याने २०१९ – २०२० या वर्षातील ‘आदर्श विदयार्थी पुरस्कार’ देण्यात आला. सर्वांनी टाळ्यांच्या गजरात अभिनंदन केले.

अध्यक्षीय भाषणात मा. श्री. गणेश दिघे यांनी अध्यक्षीय भाषणात आपल्या महाविदयालयीन जीवनातील विविध प्रसंगांना उजाळा दिला. शिक्षकांची विदयार्थ्यांप्रती असणारी मायेची भावना सांगितली. सामाजिक कार्यातील अनेक उदाहरणे सांगून विदयार्थ्यांना सदय सामाजिक प्रश्नांची जाणीव करून दिली. पारितोषिक प्राप्त करणाऱ्या सर्व विदयार्थांचे अभिनंदन केले.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

कार्यक्रमाचे सूत्रसंचालन व पारितोषिक प्राप्त विदयार्थ्यांच्या यादीचे वाचन विदयार्थी प्रतिनिधी मंदार भावे आणि अश्विनी भोसले यांनी केले. प्रा. माणिक कढे यांनी सर्वांचे आभार मानले. तीन तास रंगलेल्या कार्यक्रमाची सांगता राष्ट्रगीताने झाली.

प्रा. दीप्ती राणे
अर्थशास्त्र विभागप्रमुख

दि. ……………                                                 सचिव                                                 अध्यक्ष

प्रश्न आ.
तुमच्या कनिष्ठ महाविद्यालयातील वृक्षारोपण कार्यक्रम.
उत्तर :
नालंदा शिक्षण संस्थेचे, डॉ. बाबासाहेब आंबेडकर माध्यमिक विद्यालय आणि कला, विज्ञान उच्च माध्यमिक विद्यालय
नांदेड

जागतिक पर्यावरण दिन : वृक्षारोपण कार्यक्रम
अहवाल

दरवर्षीप्रमाणे यंदाही ‘जागतिक पर्यावरण दिन’ बुधवार दि. ५ जून २०२० रोजी सकाळी आठ वाजता महाविदयालयात साजरा करण्यात आला. यावर्षी जागतिक पर्यावरण दिनाच्या निमित्ताने कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयात वृक्षारोपण कार्यक्रमाचे आयोजन करण्यात आले होते. महाविदयालयाच्या मागच्या बाजूस असणाऱ्या पटांगणात वृक्षारोपणाचा कार्यक्रम संपन्न झाला.

वृक्षारोपण कार्यक्रमास महाविदयालयाच्या प्राचार्या डॉ. शीतल देवस्थळी यांनी अध्यक्षस्थान भूषवले. शहरातील पर्यावरण प्रेमी आणि निवृत्त प्रशासकीय अधिकारी मा. श्री. अर्जुन नवले प्रमुख पाहुणे म्हणून उपस्थित होते. कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयातील अध्यापक, शहरातील निमंत्रित नागरिक आणि विदयार्थी मोठ्या संख्येने उपस्थित होते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

महाविदयालयाच्या प्रांगणात असलेल्या ‘गुलाब’ फुलाच्या रोपाला पाणी देऊन कार्यक्रमाला आरंभ करण्यात आला. महाविदयालयाचे जीवशास्त्र विभागाचे प्रा. डॉ. अनिल राऊत यांनी कार्यक्रमाचे प्रास्ताविक केले. जागतिक पर्यावरण दिनाचे महत्त्व प्रास्ताविकात नमूद केले. महाविदयालयाचे उपप्राचार्य डॉ. आकाश परांजपे यांनी प्रमुख पाहुण्यांना शाल आणि तुळसीचे रोप देऊन स्वागत केले. बारावी कला शाखेची विदयार्थिनी मृण्मयी बडे हीने प्रमुख पाहुण्यांचा परिचय करून दिला.

यानंतर प्रमुख पाहुणे मा. श्री. अर्जुन नवले यांनी विदयार्थ्यांशी संवाद साधला. सर्वप्रथम त्यांनी उपस्थितांना पर्यावरण दिनाची माहिती सांगितली. वेगवेगळ्या वृक्षांची नावे, उपयोग सांगितले. वृक्षांचे पर्यावरणातील महत्त्व ऐकताना उपस्थित श्रोते भारावून गेले होते. अर्जुन नवले यांनी गोष्टीच्या माध्यमातून वृक्षांची उपयुक्तता अधोरेखित केली. औषधी वनस्पतींची महत्त्वाची माहिती त्यांनी भाषणातून सांगितली.

महाविदयालयाच्या प्राचार्या डॉ. शीतल देवस्थळी यांनी अध्यक्षीय भाषणात पर्यावरणाविषयी तज्ज्ञ व्यक्तींचे विचार सांगितले.

यानंतर उपस्थित सर्वजण वृक्षारोपणात सहभागी झाले. प्रथमतः प्रमुख पाहुण्यांच्या हस्ते आंबा आणि चिंच यांचे रोपण करण्यात आले. प्राचार्यांच्या हस्ते निलगिरीच्या रोपाचे रोपण करण्यात आले. यावर्षीच्या वृक्षारोपण सोहळ्यात कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयातील वर्ग प्रतिनिधींनी देखील वृक्षारोपण केले. गुलाब, मोगरा, तुळस, जास्वंदी अशा फुलांच्या रोपांचे रोपण चार वर्ग प्रतिनिधींनी अनुक्रमे केले.

वृक्षारोपण कार्यक्रमाचे सूत्रसंचालन राहुल गोखले या बारावीतील विदयार्थ्याने केले होते. भूगोल विभागातील प्रा. गीता नाईक यांनी उपस्थित सर्वांचे ऋण व्यक्त केले.

दोन तास सुरू असणाऱ्या कार्यक्रमाची सांगता ‘वृक्षवल्ली आम्हा सोयरी वनचरे’ या संत तुकाराम महाराजांच्या अभंग गायनाने करण्यात आली.

डॉ. अनिल राऊत
जीवशास्त्र विभाग

दि. ……………                                                 सचिव                                                 अध्यक्ष

अहवाल प्रस्तावना

सामाजिक, सांस्कृतिक, आर्थिक, शैक्षणिक क्षेत्रांमध्ये लोकोपयोगी नवनवीन उपक्रम राबवले जात असतात. या उपक्रमांच्या कार्यवाहीसाठी शासकीय/खाजगी संस्थेला समिती स्थापन करावी लागते. या समितीच्या माध्यमातून वेळोवेळी राबवल्या गेलेल्या कार्यक्रमाचा लेखी स्वरूपात सविस्तर आढावा तयार केला जातो. हा आढावा म्हणजे अहवाल होय. कोणत्याही संस्था कार्यकारिणीतील सदस्यांसाठी अहवाल महत्त्वाचा घटक मानला जातो.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

शाळामहाविदयालयांमध्ये आयोजित केल्या जाणाऱ्या विविध स्पर्धा, स्नेहसंमेलने यांचे अहवाल आवर्जून लिहिले जातात. संस्थात्मक पातळीवर अहवाललेखन अपरिहार्य असते. कार्यक्रम/समारंभाची तपशील माहिती अहवालातून मिळत असते.

अहवाललेखनाचे स्वरूप :

  • एखादया कार्यालयात, संस्थेत कार्यक्रमांची, समारंभांची योग्य पद्धतीने नोंद ठेवणे म्हणजे ‘अहवाललेखन’ होय.
  • अहवालाचे स्वरूप लेखी असते. अहवाललेखन संस्थेच्या कामकाजात महत्त्वाची भूमिका बजावत असते.
  • संस्थेच्या कार्यक्रमाच्या आरंभापासून ते संपन्नतेपर्यंत कार्यक्रमाची सविस्तर परंतु मुद्देसूद नोंद अहवालात केली जाते.
  • संस्थात्मक कामांच्या निर्णय प्रक्रियेतील लहानात लहान घटकापासून ते संचालकांपर्यंत अहवालाचे महत्त्व अनन्यसाधारण असते.
  • अहवाललेखनात सत्यता आणि वस्तुनिष्ठपणा फार महत्त्वाचा असतो.
  • अहवाल मुद्देसूद आणि नेमका असणे आवश्यक असते.
  • कार्यक्रमाच्या अहवालाच्या आधारे संस्थेच्या पुढील योजनांचे नियोजन करणे, प्रगती साधणे शक्य होते. प्रगती अहवाल, तपासणी अहवाल, चौकशी अहवाल, आढावा अहवाल, मासिक अहवाल, वार्षिक अहवाल अशा स्वरूपाचे अनेकविध अहवाल असतात.

अहवाललेखनाची उपयुक्तता :

  • कार्यक्रम/समारंभाच्या नोंदी ठेवण्यासाठी अहवाललेखनाचा उपयोग होतो.
  • संस्थेचा विकास, गती, उणिवा अहवालाद्वारे संस्थाचालकांपर्यंत पोहोचण्यास साहाय्य होते.
  • संस्थेच्या कामकाजातील, कार्यक्रमातील विविध अडचणी जाणून घेण्यासाठी तसेच त्यावर उपाययोजना करण्यासाठी अहवाल महत्त्वाचा धागा मानला जातो.
  • विविध संस्था, लघुउद्योग ते मोठमोठे उद्योग आणि ग्रामपंचायत ते महानगरपालिका अशा सर्व ठिकाणी होणाऱ्या घडामोडींना अधिकृतता प्राप्त व्हावी यासाठी अहवालाची गरज असते.
  • संस्था, शासकीय कार्यालयांतील कामकाजाचा दस्तऐवज म्हणून अहवाललेखनाकडे पाहिले जाते. वर्षानुवर्षे संस्था अहवालाचे जतन करीत असतात.
  • कार्यक्रमाचा हेतू, तारीख, वेळ, सहभागी व्यक्ती, मांडलेले विचार, प्रतिसाद, समारोप अशा विविध मुद्द्यांचा अहवालात समावेश केलेला असतो.
  • अहवालात माहितीची सत्यता, सविस्तर परंतु नेमक्या नोंदी, वस्तुनिष्ठता इत्यादी बाबींचा अवलंब करताना लेखनकौशल्यावरील प्रभुत्व सिद्ध होत असते. सरावाने अहवाललेखनात मुद्देसूदपणा प्राप्त करता येतो.
  • अहवालाच्या साहाय्याने संस्थेला भविष्यकालीन योजनांचा कृतिआराखडा ठरवणे शक्य होते.

अहवालाचा आराखडा :

  • कार्यक्रमाच्या स्वरूपावर अहवालाचे स्वरूप अवलंबून असते.
  • संस्थेच्या कार्यक्षेत्र विषयानुसार अहवालाच्या आराखड्यांचे मुद्दे बदलत असतात.
  • एकाच महाविदयालयातील वक्तृत्व स्पर्धा, स्नेहसंमेलन आणि क्रीडास्पर्धा यांच्या अहवालाचे स्वरूप भिन्न असू शकते.
  • स्पर्धेचे, कार्यक्रमाचे स्वरूप बदलले की अहवाललेखनातील मुद्दे बदलतात.
  • विषयाच्या स्वरूपानुसार अहवाललेखन, त्यांची रचना, घटक, मुद्दे, क्रम म्हणजे एकूणच आराखडा काही प्रमाणात वेगळा असतो.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

अहवाललेखनाची वैशिष्ट्ये :

  • कोणत्याही संस्थेच्या कार्यालयीन कामात अहवाललेखन अत्यंत विश्वासार्ह दस्तऐवज मानले जाते. कार्यक्रमाची संपूर्ण माहिती अहवालातून मिळत असते. अहवाललेखनाची काही वैशिष्ट्ये समजून घेऊ.

वस्तुनिष्ठता आणि सुस्पष्टता :

  • अहवाललेखनात कार्यक्रमाचा हेतू, तारीख, वार, वेळ, स्थळ, सहभागी व्यक्ती, पदे, विवेचन, महत्त्वपूर्ण घटना, संख्यात्मक माहिती, निष्कर्ष इत्यादी अनेक महत्त्वाच्या बाबींची नोंद असते. यात वस्तुनिष्ठता असणे गरजेचे असते.
  • अहवाललेखनात घटना-प्रसंग वर्णनात संदिग्धता असता कामा नये. अहवाललेखनातील नोंदी अचूक आणि सुस्पष्ट असाव्यात.
  • अहवाललेखनातील सर्व मुद्दे पारदर्शी असणे आवश्यक असते.
  • अहवालातील मांडणी तार्किक असावी. अहवालाच्या शेवटी आवश्यक संदर्भ तसेच शिफारसी जोडाव्यात.

विश्वसनीयता :

  • संस्थेच्या प्रमुख दस्तऐवजांमध्ये अहवालाचा समावेश केला जातो. अहवाललेखनात विश्वसनीयता महत्त्वाची मानली जाते.
  • अहवाललेखनातील घटक सत्य असावे.
  • अहवाललेखनात लेखनकर्त्याचे मत अथवा निष्कर्ष असू नये.
  • कार्यक्रमातील नोंदी, माहितीस्रोत, संदर्भ, शिफारसी यांचा अहवालात समावेश केल्याने अहवालाची विश्वसनीयता निश्चितच वाढते.
  • संस्थात्मक कामात कधी गुंतागुंतीची, संभ्रमाची परिस्थिती उद्भवली तर पुरावा म्हणूनही अहवालाचा वापर केला जाऊ शकतो.

भाषेचा सोपेपणा :

  • अहवालाची भाषा सहज, सोपी असावी. सर्वसामान्य व्यक्तीलाही अहवालाचा आशय कळेल असा सोपेपणा अहवालात असावा.
  • वस्तुनिष्ठता हे अहवालाचे एक वैशिष्ट्य असल्याने अहवालात अतिशयोक्ती, आलंकारिकता टाळली जाते.
  • तांत्रिकता, बोजड शब्दप्रयोग, व्याकरणदृष्ट्या सदोष भाषा अहवालात असणार नाही, याची काळजी घेणे अपरिहार्य असते.
  • अहवालातील मजकूर सविस्तर मांडत असताना आशयाचा नेमकेपणा कायम ठेवणे हे आव्हानात्मक काम असते.
  • प्रत्येक क्षेत्राशी निगडित संज्ञा, प्रक्रिया, पारिभाषिक शब्द यांचा यथोचित वापर करणे अहवाललेखनात गरजेचे असते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

शब्दमर्यादा :

  • संस्थेच्या कार्यस्वरूपावर अहवालाची शब्दमर्यादा किंवा पृष्ठसंख्या अवलंबून असते.
  • सर्वसाधारणपणे अहवाल संक्षिप्त स्वरूपात असणे आवश्यक असते; परंतु यासाठी अहवाल अर्धवट राहणार नाही याची काळजी घेणे गरजेचे असते.
  • सांस्कृतिक, साहित्यिक, क्रीडाविषयक यांसारखे अहवाल आटोपशीर असतात. सहकारी संस्था, वार्षिक सर्वसाधारण सभा इत्यादींचे अहवाल विस्तृत असतात. अशा अहवालांचे स्वरूप निश्चित असते.
  • एखादया समस्येच्या संदर्भात संशोधनात्मक अहवाल, सार्वजनिक क्षेत्रातील उदयोगव्यवसाय, सार्वजनिक सेवा (बस वाहतूक) यांसारख्या विषयाशी संबंधित अहवाल आकाराने मोठे असतात. विस्तृतपणे लिहिले जातात.
  • निरीक्षणे, तपशील, आकडेवारी, संख्यात्मक आलेख, निष्कर्ष अशा माहितीचा समावेश अहवालात असल्याने संशोधनात्मक, चौकशी अहवालांची शब्दमर्यादा अधिक असल्याचे दिसते.
  • एखादया समारंभाचा अहवाल तीन-चार पृष्ठांचा असतो, तर एखादया आयोगाचा अहवाल सुमारे १००० किंवा अधिक पृष्ठांचा असू शकतो.

नि:पक्षपातीपणा :

  • अहवाललेखन दस्तऐवजाच्या स्वरूपात असल्याने त्याचे सर्वांत महत्त्वाचे वैशिष्ट्य म्हणजे पारदर्शीपणा.
  • प्रकार आणि स्वरूप कुठलेही असो, अहवालाचा नि:पक्षपातीपणा हे त्याचे महत्त्वाचे वैशिष्ट्य होय.
  • अहवाललेखनात व्यक्तिसापेक्षता असू नये.
  • अहवाललेखकाच्या विचारांचे प्रतिबिंब अहवालात असू नये. उलट संबंधित विषयाला बाधा आणणारी स्वतःची एकांगी मते, एककल्ली विचार अहवालात उमटणार नाहीत, याची काळजी घेणे आवश्यक असते.
  • अहवाललेखनात स्वतःच्या मर्जीने लेखन करता येत नाही. मनोकाल्पित गोष्टी अहवाललेखनात असू नयेत.
  • वास्तवदर्शी लेखन हा अहवालाचा आत्मा असतो.
  • संस्थात्मक कार्य, समारंभ, सभा, संशोधन यांमधील सत्य माहिती, लेखकाचा खराखुरा, वास्तव अनुभव शब्दरूपात अहवालात येणे अपेक्षित असते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

लक्षात ठेवावे :

  • अहवाललेखनात शीर्षक, उपशीर्षक यांच्या अनुषंगाने सर्व मुद्दे असावेत. अहवालाच्या आरंभापासून ते शेवटच्या वाक्यापर्यंत सुसंगत मांडणी असावी.
  • अहवाल ‘सादर’ केला जातो; त्यामुळे अहवाललेखन करणारा आणि अहवाल वाचणारा हे दोन्ही घटक अहवाल निर्मितीच्या प्रक्रियेत महत्त्वाचे असतात.

अहवाललेखनाची प्रमुख अंगे :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल 1
अहवाललेखनाचा आराखडा समजून घेताना वरील चार अंगे विचारात घ्यावी लागतात.

  1. अहवालाचे प्रास्ताविक : अहवालाच्या प्रास्ताविकात अहवालाचा विषय, हेतू (कार्यक्रमाचा विषय) उदधृत केलेले असणे अपेक्षित असते. कार्यक्रम/समारंभ विषय, स्थळ, दिनांक, वार, वेळ, स्वरूप, अध्यक्षांचे नाव, पदनाम, उपस्थित मान्यवरांची नावे, हुद्दे, अन्य उपस्थितांचा उल्लेख या बाबींचा समावेश असणे आवश्यक असते. कार्यक्रमाचा आरंभ, स्वरूप, लक्षणीय कृती इत्यादी गोष्टींचा उल्लेख आवर्जून करणे आवश्यक असते.
  2. अहवालाचा मध्य : संस्थात्मक सभा/कार्यक्रम/समारंभ यांसाठी सहभागी व्यक्ती, त्यांचे विवेचन, उपक्रमांचे तपशील, उपक्रमांचे फलित, यासंदर्भातील भविष्यातील योजना, नियोजन यांबाबत क्रमवार, मुद्देसूद विवेचन अपेक्षित असते. संबंधित कार्यक्रमात अन्य सहभागी व्यक्तींचे नामोल्लेख तसेच त्यांचे वक्तव्य निवडक स्वरूपात या टप्प्यावर लिहिणे आवश्यक असते.
  3. अहवालाचा समारोप : कोणत्याही सभा/ कार्यक्रम/ समारंभ यांच्यातील उल्लेखनीय बाबी, त्रुटी आणि यशस्विता यासंबंधीच्या निष्कर्षाच्या स्वरूपातील अभिप्राय समारोपात नोंदवून अहवाल पूर्ण करणे आवश्यक असते.
  4. अहवालाची भाषा : अहवाललेखनाची भाषा सोपी सहज आकलन होईल अशी असावी. संस्थेचे कार्यक्षेत्र, कार्यक्रमाचे स्वरूप इत्यादींनुसार अहवालात विशिष्ट संज्ञा, पारिभाषिक शब्दयोजना करावी लागते. प्रत्येक क्षेत्रात अहवालाची ठरावीक भाषा विकसित झालेली असते. अशा भाषेचा अवलंब अहवाललेखनात केला जातो.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

एक नमुना म्हणून महाविदयालयात साजरी केलेली ‘सावित्रीबाई फुले जयंती’ अहवाललेखनाचा आराखडा नेमका कसा असू शकेल ते पुढील तक्त्याच्या साहाय्याने पाहू या –

विषय : ‘सावित्रीबाई फुले जयंती’ समारंभाचा अहवाल.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल 2

शैक्षणिक, सांस्कृतिक कार्यक्रमांच्या अहवाललेखनात कार्यक्रमाची निवडक छायाचित्रे जोडली जातात. अहवालाच्या विश्वसनीयतेत यामुळे निश्चितच भर पडते.

अहवाललेखनात महत्त्वाचे :

  • कोणत्याही अहवालाच्या पहिल्या पानावर अहवालाचे शीर्षक असावे. संस्थेचे नाव, पत्ता, संपर्क क्रमांक असावा.
  • अहवालाचा विषय लक्षात घेऊन अहवाललेखन करणे महत्त्वाचे असते.
  • शीर्षक, उपशीर्षक, संख्यात्मक माहिती, आलेख, संकलित माहिती, त्यावरून मांडलेले निष्कर्ष या सर्वांचा समावेश अहवालात मुद्देसूदपणे करणे अपेक्षित असते. अहवालात नमूद केलेले मुद्दे, उपमुद्दे, विविध प्रकरणे यांची अनुक्रमणिका जोडणे अपेक्षित असते.
  • अहवाल सादर करणाऱ्याचे नाव आणि हुद्दा नमूद करणे गरजेचे.

अहवाललेखन लालित्यपूर्ण लेखन प्रकारात येत नसले तरी अहवाललेखन ही कला आहे. शिक्षणाच्या संदर्भात सुप्रसिद्ध कोठारी कमिशनच्या अहवालातील पहिलेच वाक्य आहे – “The destiny of India is being shaped in her classrooms!” (भारताच्या भवितव्याची जडणघडण शाळांमधील वर्गखोल्यांमध्ये होत आहे!) असे आहे. अशा लालित्यपूर्ण शैलीत विचार प्रकटीकरणामुळे अहवाललेखन लालित्यपूर्ण होऊ शकते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

अहवाललेखन करताना लक्षात घ्यावयाच्या बाबी :

  • अहवाललेखन करणाऱ्या व्यक्तीला अहवालाच्या विषयासंबंधी नेमकी जाण असली पाहिजे.
  • अहवाललेखन वास्तवदर्शी असायला हवे. जे घडले ते सुस्पष्टपणे लिहिणे अपेक्षित असते.
  • अहवाललेखनात विषयाला विसंगत असलेले स्वमत, विचार लिहू है नयेत. अहवाललेखनात अहवाल लिहिणाऱ्या व्यक्तीच्या विचारांचे प्रतिबिंब असू नये.
  • अहवाल विषयाचे स्वरूप, वेगळेपण, विशिष्ट बारकावे टिपता आले पाहिजेत. यासाठी अहवाललेखकाकडे सूक्ष्म आकलन निरीक्षणशक्ती असली पाहिजे.
  • कार्यक्रमाचे सारांश रूपाने संक्षिप्त लेखन करता आले पाहिजे.
  • अहवाललेखनात व्यक्तींची नावे, हुद्दा चुकीची लिहिली जाऊ नयेत. घटनाक्रम चुकवू नये.
  • न घडलेल्या घटनांचा उल्लेख करू नये.
  • अहवाललेखनात आवश्यक त्या तांत्रिक गोष्टी (मथळा, तारीख, वेळ, स्थळ, अध्यक्ष, प्रमुख पाहुणे, पारितोषिक/पुरस्कार प्राप्त व्यक्ती इत्यादी) नोंदवणे आवश्यक असते.
  • अहवाललेखनासाठी भाषेवर प्रभुत्व असायला हवे. विशेषतः साहित्यिक, सांस्कृतिक कार्यक्रमांचे अहवाललेखन करताना बोलके व सजीव चित्र उभे करता आले पाहिजे. संशोधनात्मक स्वरूपाच्या अहवालात योग्य पारिभाषिक शब्दावली आणि वस्तुनिष्ठता महत्त्वाची असते.
  • अहवाललेखनाची भाषा सहज, सोपी स्वाभाविक असावी.
  • आलंकारिक, नाट्यपूर्ण, अतिशयोक्तीपूर्ण वर्णन करणारी असू नये.
  • अहवाललेखनात सुसूत्रता असावी. अहवाल मांडणीत विस्कळीतपणा असू नये.
  • अहवाललेखन आरंभापासून शेवटच्या वाक्यापर्यंत एकात्म स्वरूपाचा असावा. अर्धवट, अपुरा असू नये किंवा तसा वाटू नये.
  • अहवाल लिहून झाल्यावर त्याखाली संबंधित अध्यक्ष आणि सचिव यांच्या मान्यतेस्तव स्वाक्षऱ्या केलेल्या असाव्यात.

नोंद : अहवाललेखन नमुना समजून घेण्यासाठी पाठ्यपुस्तक पृष्ठ क्र.१०३ वर दिलेला अहवाललेखनाचा नमुना अभ्यासा. तसेच अधिक अभ्यासासाठी पुढे दिलेला अहवाललेखनाचा नमुनाही अभ्यासा.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल 3
दरवर्षीप्रमाणे यावर्षीही महाविदयालयाच्या वतीने ‘मराठी भाषा E गौरव दिन’ अर्थात कविश्रेष्ठ कुसुमाग्रज यांचा जन्मदिवस २७ फेब्रुवारी २०२० रोजी गुरुवारी सकाळी महाविदयालयाच्या के. पी. रेगे सभागृहात मोठ्या जल्लोषात साजरा झाला.

अभिनव शिक्षण संस्थेचे संचालक आणि आदर्श शिक्षक पुरस्कार प्राप्त विदयार्थीप्रिय शिक्षक मा. श्री. हेमंत देवीदास यांनी कार्यक्रमाचे अध्यक्षस्थान भूषवले होते. सुप्रसिद्ध सुलेखनकार अच्युत पालव प्रमुख पाहुणे म्हणून उपस्थित होते. कार्यक्रमास महाविदयालयाच्या प्राचार्या डॉ. अरुणा जोशी उपस्थित होत्या. तसेच महाविद्यालयाचे सर्व अध्यापक, निमंत्रित आणि विदयार्थी मोठ्या संख्येने कार्यक्रमाला उपस्थित होते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

कनिष्ठ महाविदयालय कला शाखेच्या विदयार्थ्यांनी कुसुमाग्रजांच्या ‘माझ्या मराठी मातीचा’ या गीतगायनाने कार्यक्रमाची सुरुवात केली. ‘मराठी भाषा गौरव दिना’चे प्रास्ताविक महाविदयालयाचे मराठी विभागप्रमुख प्रा. डॉ. आनंद राणे यांनी केले. ‘मराठी भाषा गौरव दिना’चे महत्त्व आणि कार्यक्रमाची रूपरेषा त्यांनी प्रास्ताविकात नमूद केली. इतिहास विभागाच्या प्रा. देविका कुलकर्णी यांनी कार्यक्रमाचे अध्यक्ष आणि प्रमुख पाहुणे यांचा परिचय करून दिला. महाविदयालयाच्या प्राचार्यांनी मान्यवरांचे स्वागत करावे अशी विनंती केली. महाविदयालयाच्या प्राचार्या डॉ. अरुणा जोशी यांनी मंचावर उपस्थित मान्यवरांचे शाल आणि सन्मानचिन्ह देऊन महाविदयालयाच्या वतीने स्वागत केले.

यानंतर कनिष्ठ महाविदयालयातील विदयार्थ्यांनी ‘मी मराठी’ या शीर्षकाची १५ मिनिटांची नाटिका सादर केली. नीलम काणे, दुर्गेश कर्वे आणि देविका भिडे या बारावीच्या विदयार्थ्यांचा यात सहभाग होता.

महाविदयालयाच्या प्राचार्या डॉ. अरुणा जोशी यांनी उपस्थित सर्वांना मराठी भाषा गौरव दिनाच्या सदिच्छा दिल्या. प्राचार्यांच्या सदिच्छापर भाषणानंतर कार्यक्रमाचे प्रमुख पाहुणे सुप्रसिद्ध सुलेखनकार अच्युत पालव यांनी विदयार्थ्यांशी संवाद साधला. मराठीतील अक्षरांच्या गमतीजमती सांगितल्या. अक्षरांचे व्यक्तिमत्त्व विविध उदाहरणातून उलगडून सांगितले. कवीश्रेष्ठ कुसुमाग्रजांच्या कवितेतील काही ओळींच्या सुलेखनाचे प्रात्यक्षिक विदयार्थ्यांना दाखवले. त्याक्षणी उपस्थित सर्वच भारावून गेले होते.

मराठी भाषा दिनानिमित्त आयोजित केलेल्या विविध स्पर्धांमध्ये आघाडीवर असणाऱ्या वर्गाला पारितोषिक देऊन गौरवण्यात आले. बारावी (ब) या वर्गाने हे पारितोषिक पटकावले. प्रमुख पाहुणे सुप्रसिद्ध सुलेखनकार अच्युत पालव यांच्या हस्ते पारितोषिक देण्यात आले. वर्गप्रतिनिधी कोमल जोंधळे या विदयार्थिनीने वर्गाच्या वतीने पारितोषिक स्वीकारले.

यानंतर संस्थेचे संचालक मा. श्री. हेमंत देवीदास यांनी अध्यक्षीय भाषण केले. मराठी भाषेचा गोडवा सांगत मातृभाषेतील शिक्षणाचे महत्त्वही सांगितले. विदयार्थी आणि सर्व प्राध्यापक वर्गाचे विविध उपक्रमांतील सक्रियतेसाठी कौतुक केले. हिंदी विभागप्रमुख अर्चना गुप्ता यांनी कार्यक्रमाचे अध्यक्ष, प्रमुख पाहुणे, उपस्थित प्राध्यापक वर्ग, निमंत्रित आणि विदयार्थी या सर्वांचे ऋण व्यक्त केले.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Bhag 4.3 अहवाल

दोन तास रंगलेल्या कार्यक्रमाची सांगता ज्ञानेश्वर माउलींच्या – पसायदानाने झाली.

प्रा. डॉ. आनंद राणे
मराठी विभागप्रमुख

दि. ……………                                                 सचिव                                                 अध्यक्ष

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest व्याकरण समास Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

12th Marathi Guide व्याकरण समास Textbook Questions and Answers

कृती

1. अधोरेखित शब्दांमध्ये दडलेले दोन शब्द ओळखून चौकटी पूर्ण करा.

(अ) प्रतिक्षण – [ ]
(आ) राष्ट्रार्पण – [ ]
(इ) योग्यायोग्य – [ ]
(ई) लंबोदर – [ ]
उत्तर :
(अ) प्रतिक्षण – [प्रति] [क्षण]
(अ) राष्ट्रार्पण – [राष्ट्र] [अर्पण]
(अ) योग्यायोग्य – [योग्य] [अयोग्य]
(अ) लंबोदर – [लांब] [उदर]

(अ) प्रतिक्षण → प्रति (प्रत्येक) व क्षण या दोन शब्दांचा एक शब्द केला आहे.
(अ) राष्ट्रार्पण → राष्ट्र व अर्पण या दोन शब्दांचा एक शब्द केला आहे.
(अ) योग्यायोग्य → योग्य व अयोग्य या दोन शब्दांचा एक शब्द केला आहे.
(अ) लंबोदर → लंब व उदर या दोन शब्दांचा एक शब्द केला आहे.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

2. अव्ययीभाव समास
खालील वाक्यांतील सामासिक शब्द ओळखून अधोरेखित करा.

प्रश्न 1.
(a) वैभव वर्गातील कोणत्याही तासाला गैरहजर राहत नाही.
(b) नागरिकांनी गरजू विदयार्थ्यांना यथाशक्ती मदत केली.
(c) रस्त्याने चालताना जाहिरातींचे फलक सध्या पावलोपावली दिसतात.
उत्तर :
(a) वैभव वर्गातील कोणत्याही तासाला गैरहजर राहत नाही.
(b) नागरिकांनी गरजू विदयार्थ्यांना यथाशक्ती मदत केली.
(c) रस्त्याने चालताना जाहिरातींचे फलक सध्या पावलोपावली दिसतात.

वरील वाक्यांतील अधोरेखित शब्द हे सामासिक शब्द आहेत.

सामासिकशब्द →

  1. गैरहजर
  2. यथाशक्ती
  3. पावलोपावली.

प्रश्न 2.
खालील तक्ता पूर्ण करा.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 1
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 10

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

3. तत्पुरुष समास
खालील वाक्यांतील सामासिक शब्द ओळखून अधोरेखित करा.

प्रश्न 1.
(a) मेट्रो रेल्वेचा लोकार्पण सोहळा थाटामाटात पार पडला.
(b) सुप्रभाती तलावात नीलकमल उमललेले दिसले.
(c) शिक्षण प्रक्रियेत पालक, शिक्षक आणि विदयार्थी हा आदर्श त्रिकोण असतो.
उत्तर :
(a) मेट्रो रेल्वेचा लोकार्पण सोहळा थाटामाटात पार पडला.
(b) सुप्रभाती तलावात नीलकमल उमललेले दिसले.
(c) शिक्षण प्रक्रियेत पालक, शिक्षक आणि विदयार्थी हा आदर्श त्रिकोण असतो.

वरील वाक्यांतील अधोरेखित शब्द हे सामासिक शब्द आहेत.
सामासिक शब्द →

  1. लोकार्पण
  2. नीलकमल
  3. त्रिकोण.

प्रश्न 1.
खालील तक्ता पूर्ण करा.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 2
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 11

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

प्रश्न अ.
विभक्ती तत्पुरुष समास
पुढील उदाहरणांचा अभ्यास करून तक्ता पूर्ण करा.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 3
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 12

प्रश्न आ.
कर्मधारय समास
पुढील वाक्ये अभ्यासून तक्ता पूर्ण करा.
(१) गुप्तहेर वेशांतर करून खऱ्या माहितीचा शोध घेतात.
(२) अतिवृष्टीमुळे ओला दुष्काळ पडला.
(३) काही माणसे केलेल्या कामाचे मानधन घेणे टाळतात.
(४) निळासावळा झरा वाहतो बेटाबेटांतुन.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 4
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 13

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

प्रश्न इ.
द्विगू समास
खालील वाक्यांतील सामासिक शब्द ओळखून दिलेला तक्ता पूर्ण करा.
(१) सूर्याच्या सोनेरी किरणांनी दशदिशा उजळून निघाल्यात.
(२) नवरात्रात ठिकठिकाणी गरबा नृत्याचे कार्यक्रम चालतात.
(३) सुरेखाला वन्यजीव सप्ताहानिमित्त झालेल्या वक्तृत्व स्पर्धेत प्रथम क्रमांक प्राप्त झाला.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 5
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 14

प्रश्न 2.
तत्पुरुष समासाचे प्रकार ओळखून खालील तक्ता पूर्ण करा.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 6
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 15

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

4. द्वंद्व समास

प्रश्न 1.
खालील उदाहरणांतील सामासिक शब्द ओळखून अधोरेखित करा.
(a) पतिपत्नी ही संसाररथाची दोन महत्त्वाची चाके आहेत.
(b) योग्य पुरावा उपलब्ध झाला, की खरेखोटे कळतेच.
(c) स्नेहमेळाव्यात मित्रमैत्रिणींच्या गप्पागोष्टी रंगात आल्या.
उत्तर :
(a) पतिपत्नी ही संसाररथाची दोन महत्त्वाची चाके आहेत.
(b) योग्य पुरावा उपलब्ध झाला, की खरेखोटे कळतेच.
(c) स्नेहमेळाव्यात मित्रमैत्रिणींच्या गप्पागोष्टी रंगात आल्या.

प्रश्न 2.
खालील तक्ता पूर्ण करा.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 7
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 16

प्रश्न 3.
खालील तक्ता पूर्ण करा.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 8
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 17

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

5. बहुव्रीही समास

प्रश्न 1.
खालील उदाहरणे अभ्यासा व त्यातील सामासिक शब्द अधोरेखित करा.
(१) कृष्णा हा माझा सहाध्यायी आहे.
(२) काल रात्री आमच्या परिसरात नीरव शांतता होती.
(३) रावणाला दशमुख असेही संबोधले जाते.
उत्तर :
(१) सहाध्यायी → जो माझ्यासह अध्ययन करतो असा तो → (कृष्णा)
(२) नीरव → अजिबात आवाज जीत नसतो अशी → (शांतता)
(३) दशमुख → दहा मुखे आहेत ज्याला असा तो → (रावण)

प्रश्न 2.
खालील तक्ता पूर्ण करा.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 9
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 18

Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest व्याकरण समास Additional Important Questions and Answers

प्रश्न 1.
पुढील वाक्ये वाचा व अधोरेखित शब्दांकडे नीट लक्ष दया :
(a) प्रत्येकाने प्रतिक्षण सतर्क असावे.
(b) स्वातंत्र्यवीरांनी आपले तन–मन राष्ट्रार्पण केले.
(c) सज्जन माणूस योग्यायोग्यतेचा निवाडा करतो.
(d) लंबोदर विदयेची देवता आहे.
उत्तर :
(a) प्रतिक्षण
(b) राष्ट्रार्पण
(c) योग्यायोग्यतेचा
(d) लंबोदर

  • वरील प्रत्येकी दोन शब्दांतील मधले काही शब्द व विभक्ती प्रत्यय गाळून जोडशब्द तयार केले आहेत.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

कमीत कमी दोन शब्दांच्या एकत्रीकरणाला समास असे म्हणतात. एकत्रीकरणाने जो नवीन जोडशब्द तयार होतो, त्याला सामासिक शब्द म्हणतात आणि तयार झालेला सामासिक शब्द फोड करून सांगण्याच्या प्रक्रियेला समासाचा विग्रह असे म्हणतात.

सामासिक शब्द – विग्रह

  • प्रतिक्षण – प्रत्येक क्षणाला
  • राष्ट्रार्पण – राष्ट्राला अर्पण
  • योग्यायोग्य – योग्य किंवा अयोग्य
  • लंबोदर – लंब आहे उदर (पोट) असा तो

समासात कमीत कमी दोन शब्द असतात.
समासातील शब्दांना पद म्हणतात.
पहिला शब्द म्हणजे पहिले पद.
दुसरा शब्द म्हणजे दुसरे पद.
समासातील कोणते पद महत्त्वाचे किंवा प्रधान आहे, यावरून समासाचे प्रकार ठरतात.

महत्त्वाचे पद म्हणजे प्रधान पद (+)
कमी महत्त्वाचे पद म्हणजे गौण पद (-)

पहिले पद दुसरे पद समासाचा प्रकार

  • प्रधान गौण = अव्ययीभाव समास (+–) (प्रतिक्षण)
  • गौण प्रधान = तत्पुरुष समास (– +) (राष्ट्रार्पण)
  • प्रधान प्रधान = वंद्व समास (++) (योग्यायोग्य)
  • गौण गौण = बहुव्रीही समास (––) (लंबोदर)

अव्ययीभाव समास

  • या सामासिक शब्दांतील पहिले पद हे महत्त्वाचे आहे व संपूर्ण शब्द वाक्यात क्रियाविशेषण अव्ययाचे कार्य करतो.
ज्या समासातील पहिले पद महत्त्वाचे असते व जो सामासिक शब्द क्रियाविशेषण अव्ययाचे कार्य करतो, त्या समासाला अव्ययीभाव समास म्हणतात.

आ, प्रति, यथा इत्यादी संस्कृत उपसर्ग आणि दर, बिन, बे यांसारखे फारशी उपसर्ग यांच्या साहाय्याने अव्ययीभाव समासातले सामासिक शब्द तयार होतात. तसेच, काही मराठी शब्दांची द्विरुक्ती होऊनही काही सामासिक शब्द तयार होतात. उदा., पुढील शब्द पाहा.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 19

आणखी काही सामासिक शब्द [अव्ययीभाव समास] :

  • आजन्म
  • आमरण
  • प्रतिदिन
  • यथावकाश
  • यथाक्रम
  • बिनधास्त
  • बिनचूक
  • दरसाल
  • दररोज
  • बेपर्वा
  • दारोदारी
  • गावोगाव
  • दिवसेंदिवस
  • गल्लोगल्ली
  • जागोजागी
  • बेशिस्त

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

तत्पुरुष समास

  • या सामासिक शब्दांतील दुसरे पद हे महत्त्वाचे आहे.
ज्या समासातील दुसरे पद महत्त्वाचे असते व अर्थाच्या दृष्टीने गाळलेला शब्द किंवा विभक्तिप्रत्यय विग्रह करताना घालावा लागतो, त्यास तत्पुरुष समास म्हणतात.

म्हणून,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास 20

तत्पुरुष समासाच्या तीन उपप्रकारांचा अभ्यास करू या :

  • विभक्ती तत्पुरुष
  • कर्मधारय
  • द्विगू.

विभक्ती तत्पुरुष :
विभक्ती तत्पुरुष समासातील सामासिक शब्दात विभक्ती प्रत्यय किंवा शब्दयोगी अव्यय गाळलेले असते.

उदा.,

  • क्रीडेसाठी अंगण → क्रीडांगण
  • विदयेचे आलय → विदयालय

वरील पहिल्या उदाहरणात ‘साठी’ हे शब्दयोगी अव्यय तर दुसऱ्या उदाहरणात ‘चे’ हा विभक्तिप्रत्यय गाळला आहे.

म्हणून,

ज्या तत्पुरुष समासात विभक्ती प्रत्ययाचा किंवा शब्दयोगी अव्ययाचा लोप करून दोन्ही पदे जोडली जातात, त्यास विभक्ती तत्पुरुष समास म्हणतात.

काही विभक्ती तत्पुरुष समासाचे सामासिक शब्द :

  • ईश्वरनिर्मित
  • गुणहीन
  • तोंडपाठ
  • मतिमंद
  • लोकप्रिय
  • देवघर
  • वसतिगृह
  • दुःखमुक्त
  • आम्रवृक्ष
  • कार्यक्रम
  • गणेश
  • दीनानाथ
  • मन:स्थिती
  • मोरपीस
  • वातावरण
  • स्वभाव
  • सूर्योदय
  • हिमालय
  • ज्ञानेश्वर
  • स्वाभिमान
  • घरकाम
  • स्वर्गवास
  • वनमाला
  • सिंहगर्जना

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

कर्मधारय समास :

प्रश्न 1.
पुढील सामासिक शब्द नीट अभ्यासा :
(a) अमृतवाणी→ दोन्ही पदे ‘प्रथमा’ विभक्तीत
(b) नीलकमल → पहिले पद विशेषण व दुसरे नाम
(c) घननीळ → दुसरे पद विशेषण व पहिले नाम
(d) नरसिंह → पहिले पद उपमेय व दुसरे उपमान
(e) कमलनयन → पहिले पद उपमान व दुसरे उपमेय
(f) मातृभूमी → दोन्ही पदे एकरूप
(g) शुभ्रधवल → दोन्ही पदे विशेषणे.
उत्तर :
(a) अमृतवाणी → अमृतासारखी वाणी
(b) नीलकमल → निळे असे कमळ
(c) घननीळ → निळा असा घन
(d) नरसिंह → सिंहासारखा नर
(e) कमलनयन → कमलासारखे डोळे
(f) मातृभूमी → भूमी हीच माता.

ज्या तत्पुरुष समासातील दोन्ही पदे एकाच विभक्तीत म्हणजे साधारणतः प्रथमा विभक्तीत असतात आणि त्यातील एक पद विशेषण व दुसरे नाम असते, त्यास कर्मधारय समास म्हणतात.

कर्मधारय समासाचे काही सामासिक शब्द :

  • मुखचंद्रमा
  • श्यामसुंदर
  • कृष्णविवर
  • विदयाधन
  • दीर्घकाळ
  • महादेव
  • भारतमाता
  • महर्षी
  • महाराष्ट्र
  • सुदैव
  • ज्ञानामृत
  • महाराज
  • महात्मा
  • पांढराशुभ्र
  • तपोधन
  • गुणिजन

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

द्विगू समास :

प्रश्न 1.
पुढील वाक्यांतील सामासिक शब्द ओळखून दिलेला तक्ता पूर्ण करा :
(a) सूर्याच्या सोनेरी किरणांनी दशदिशा उजळून निघाल्यात.
(b) नवरात्रात ठिकठिकाणी गरबा नृत्याचे कार्यक्रम चालतात.
(c) सुरेखाला वन्यजीव सप्ताहानिमित्त झालेल्या वक्तृत्व स्पर्धेत प्रथम क्रमांक प्राप्त झाला.
उत्तर :
(a) दशदिशा = दश + दिशा → पहिले पद संख्याविशेषण
(b) नवरात्र = नऊ + रात्र → पहिले पद संख्याविशेषण
(c) सप्ताह = सप्त + आह → पहिले पद संख्याविशेषण

ज्या तत्पुरुष समासातील पहिले पद संख्याविशेषण व दुसरे पद नाम असते, त्यास द्विगू समास म्हणतात.

द्विगू समासाचे काही सामासिक शब्द :

  • द्विदल
  • त्रिखंड
  • त्रिकोण
  • त्रिभुवन
  • चौकोन
  • पंचगंगा
  • षट्कोन
  • षण्मास
  • सप्तसिंधू
  • सप्तस्वर्ग
  • सप्तपदी
  • पंचारती
  • पंचपाळे
  • अष्टकोन
  • आठवडा
  • दशदिशा

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास

वंद्व समास

ज्या समासातील दोन्ही पदे प्रधान (समान दर्जाची) असतात, त्यास दुवंद्व समास म्हणतात.

सामासिक शब्दाच्या विग्रहावरून वंद्व समासाचे तीन प्रकार पडतात :

  • इतरेतर द्वंद्व
  • वैकल्पिक द्वंद्व
  • समाहार वंद्व.

इतरेतर द्वंद्व समास :

प्रश्न 1.
पुढील वाक्ये वाचा व अधोरेखित शब्दांकडे नीट लक्ष या :
(a) आईवडील ही घरातील दैवते आहेत.
(b) भाऊबहीण दोघेही एकाच महाविदयालयात आहेत.
उत्तर :
(a) आईवडील → आई आणि वडील.
(b) भाऊबहीण → भाऊ व बहीण.

जेव्हा द्वंद्व समासातील सामासिक शब्दांचा विग्रह करताना ‘आणि, व’ या उभयान्वयी अव्ययांचा वापर केला जातो, तेव्हा त्यास इतरेतर द्वंद्व समास म्हणतात.

बह्वीही समासाचे काही सामासिक शब्द :

  • लंबोदर
  • गजानन
  • नीलकंठ
  • भालचंद्र
  • अष्टभुजा
  • अनाथ
  • दशानन
  • निर्धन Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions व्याकरण समास
  • पंचमुखी
  • कमलनयन
  • अभंग
  • निबल

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 1.
What are polymers?
Answer:
Polymers are high molecular mass macromolecules (103 – 107 u) and consist of repeating units of monomers.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 2.
Write the classification of polymers based on the source. Give examples.
OR
What are natural and synthetic polymers? Give two examples of each type.
Answer:
Based on the source polymers are classified as natural, semisynthetic and synthetic polymers.

  1. Natural polymers : These polymers are obtained either from plants or animals, e.g., cellulose, jute, linene, rubber, silk.
  2. Semisynthetic polymers : The fibres obtained by giving special chemical treatment to natural fibres (cellulose) and further regenerated are called semisynthetic polymers e.g., acetate rayon, viscose rayon, cuprammonium silk.
  3. Synthetic polymers : The man made fibres prepared by polymerization of one monomer or copolymerization of
    two or more monomers are called synthetic polymers, e.g., nylon, terylene, polythene, etc.

Question 3.
Write the classification of polymers based on structure. Give examples
OR
Write the reactions involved in the preparation of (1) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) (2) Polypropylene.
Answer:
Based on structure polymers are classified as linear chain polymers, branched chain polymers and network or cross linked polymers.

(1) Linear chain polymers : When the monomer molecules are joined together in a linear arrangement, the resulting polymer is straight-chain or long-chain polymer, e.g., polythene, PVC.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 4
They have high melting points; high densities and high tensile strength.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 5

(2) Branched-chain polymers : These polymers consist of long and straight chain with smaller side chains give rise to branched-chain polymers. They have low density. They have lower melting points and tensile strength. Polypropylene having methyl groups as branches.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 6

(3) Network or cross-linked polymers : These polymers consist of cross-linking of chains by strong covalent bonds leading to a network-like structure. Cross-linking results from polyfunctional monomers, e.g., melamine, bakelite, vulcanization of rubber. These polymers are hard rigid and brittle.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 7

Question 3.
How are polymers classified on the basis of mode of polymerization?
OR
Write the classification of polymers based on mode of polymerization.
Answer:
There are three modes of polymerization depending upon the types of reactions taking place between the monomers.

  1. Addition polymerization (or chain growth polymerization)
  2. Condensation polymerization (or step growth polymerization)
  3. Ring opening polymerization
  4. Addition polymerization or chain growth polymerization : It is a process of polymers by the repeated addition of a large number of monomers is called addition polymerization (like alkenes) without loss of any small molecules.
    Example : Formation of polyethylene from ethylene is well known example of addition polymerization. It is a chain growth polymerization.
  5. Condensation polymerization or step growth polymerization : The process of formation of polymers from polyfunctional monomers with the elimination of some small molecules such as water, hydrochloric acid, methanol, ammonia is called condensation polymerization.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 9
    Example : The formation of terylene, a polyester polymer, from ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid. Condensation polymerization is a step growth polymerization.
  6. Ring opening polymerization : The process of formation of polymers from cyclic compounds (like lactams, cyclic ethers, etc.) by ring opening is called ring opening polymerization.
    Example : Polymerization of e-caprolactam.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 10Ring opening polymerization proceeds by addition of a single monomer unit to the growing chain molecules. It is a step growth polymerization.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 4.
Classify the polymers given below as addition, condensation and ring opening polymers:
PVC, polythene, cyclic ethers, polyester, polyacrylonftrile. polystyrene.
Answer:

  • Addition polymers: PVC, polythene. polyacrylonitrile. polystyrene.
  • Condensation polymers: Polyester.
  • Ring opening polymers : Cyclic ethers

Question 5.
Write the classification of polymers based on intermolecular forces. Give examples.
OR
In which dasses, are the polymers classified on the basis of Inter molecular forces?
Answer:
Molecular forces bind the polymer chains either by hydrogen bonds or Vander Waal’s forces. These forces are called intermolecular forces. On the basis of magnitude of intcrmolccular forces, polymers are further classified as ebstomers, fibres, thermoplastic polymers. thermosetting polymers.

(1) Elastomers: Weak van der Waals type of intermolecular forces of attraction between the polymer chains are observed in cbstomcrs. When polymer is stretched, the polymer chain stretches and when the strain is relieved the chain returns to its odginal position, Thus, polymer shows elasticity and is called elastomers. Elastomers, the elastic polymers, have weak van der Waals type of intermolecular forces which permit the polymer to be stretched. Lilastorners are soft and stretchy and used in making rubber bands. E.g.. neoprene, vulcanized rubber, buna.S, buna-N.

(2) Fibres : It consists of strong intermolecular forces of’ attraction due to hydrogen bonding and strong dipole-dipole forces. These polymers possess high tensile strength. Due to these strong intermolecular forces the fibres are crystalline in nature. They are used in textile industries, strung tyres. etc.. e.g., nylon, terylene.

(3) Thermoplastic polymers: These polymer possess moderately strong intermolecular forces of attraction between those of elastomers and fibres. These polymers arc called thermoplastic because they become soft on heating and hard on cooling. They are either linear or branched chain polymers. They can be remoulded and recycled. E.g. polyethenc, PVC, polystyrene.

(4) Thermosetting polymers: These polymers are cross linked or branched molecules and are rigid polymers. During their formation they have property of being shaped on heating. but they get hardened while hot. Once hardened these become infusible, cannot be softened by heating and therefore, cannot be remoulded and recycled.
This shows extensive cross linking by covalent bonds formed in the moulds during hardening/setting process while hot. E.g. Bakelite, urea formaldehyde resin.

Question 6.
What is meant by the term homopolymer?
Answer:
A polymer made from only one type of repeating units is called homopolymer. in some cases the repeating unit is formed by condensation of two distinct monomers. Examples. Polythene, PVC. Nylon-6.

Question 7.
What is meant by the term copolymer?
Answer:
A polymer made from two or more types of repeating units is called a copolymer. The different monomer units are randomly sequenced in the copolymer, e.g., Terylene, Nylon-6, 6, Buna-S, Buna-N.

Question 8.
Write the classification of polymers on the basis of biodegradability?
OR
(1) What are biodegradable polymers?
(2) What are nonbiodegradable polymers?
Answer:
Based un biodegradability, polymers are classified as biodegradable polymer and nonbiodegradable polymers.

(1) Biodegradable polymers: Polymers that are affected by microbes or disintegrate by themselves afler a certain period of time due to environmental degradation are called biodegradable polymers.

Examples: PHBV i.e., Polyhydroxy butyrate-CO-β-hydroxy valerate Dextron. Nylon-2-nylon-6.

(2) Non biodegradable polymers: Synthetic polymers do not disintegrate by themselves after a certain period or not affected by microbes, are called nonbiodegradhle polymers.

Examples: Bakelite, Nylon, Terylene.

Question 9.
Explain the following terms :
Answer:

  1. Branched chain polymer : The polymer consists of long and straight chain with smaller side chains give rise to branched chain polymers, e.g. Polypropylene
  2. Addition polymer : The polymer formed by the repeated addition of a large number of monomers (like alkenes) without loss of any small molecules are called addition polymers, e.g. polythene -[-CH2 – CH2-]n. It is a chain growth polymerization.
  3. Condensation polymer : The polymers formed by the repeated condensation reaction between polyfunctional monomers with the elimination of some molecules such as water, hydrochloric acid, methanol, ammonia are called condensation polymers, e.g. Nylon-6, 6.
  4. Elastomers : Polymers in which the intermolecular forces of attraction between the polymer chains are the weakest. When polymer is stretched, it has ability to stretch and when the strain is relieved it returns to its original position. Thus, polymer shows elasticity and is called elastomers, e.g. natural rubber, neoprene, vulcanized rubber.
  5. Homopolymer : A polymer made from only one type of repeating unit of one monomer is called homopolymer e.g. Polythene, PVC, etc.
  6. Biodegradable polymer : Polymers which are affected by microbes or disintegrate by themselves after a certain period of time due to environmental degradation are called biodegradable polymers.
    Example : PHSV i.e. Polyhydroxy butyrate -CO-β-hydroxy valerate Dextron.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 10.
What is natural rubber?
Answer:
Natural rubber is a high molecular mass linear polymer of isoprene (2-methyl-1, 3-butadiene).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 12

Question 11.
Write a note on natural rubber.
Answer:
Natural rubber is manufactured from rubber latex obtained from the rubber tree in the form of colloidal suspension. Reaction involved in the formation of natural rubber by the process of addition polymerization is as follows :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 13

Natural rubber is -1, 4- polyisoprene. It exhibits elastic properties.

Question 12.
State properties of natural rubber.
Answer:

  1. Polyisoprene molecule has cis configuration of the C = C double bond. It consists of various chains held together by weak van der Waals forces and has coiled structure.
  2. It can be stretched like a spring and exhibits elastic property.
  3. Its molecular mass varies from 130,000 u to 340,000 u.

Question 13.
Write a note on vulcanization of rubber. OR Discuss the main purpose of vulcanization of rubber.
Answer:
The tensile strength, toughness and elasticity of natural rubber can be increased by adding 3 to 5% sulphur and heating at 100-150°C, resulting in cross linking of cis-1, 4-polypropene chains through disulphide bonds, (-S-S-). This process is known as vulcanization of rubber. The physical properties of rubber can be changed by controlling the amount of sulphur in the vulcanization process. Rubber made with 20-30% sulphur is hard, 3 to 10% sulphur is little harder and is used in making tyres and 1 to 3% sulphur is used in making rubber bands.

Question 14.
Write the name and structure of one of the initiators used in free radical polymerisation.
Answer:
The initiator used in free radical polymerisation is acetyl peroxide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 19

Question 15.
What is LDP? How is it prepared? Give its properties and uses.
Answer:
LDP means low-density polyethene. LDP is obtained by polymerization of ethylene under high pressure (1000 – 2000 atm) and temperature (350 – 570 K) in presence of traces of O2 or peroxide as initiator.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 20

The mechanism of this reaction involves free radical addition and H-atom abstraction. The latter results in branching. As a result the chains are loosely held and the polymer has low density.

Properties of LDP :

  • LDP films are extremely flexible, but tough chemically inert and moisture resistant.
  • It is poor conductor of electricity with melting point 110 °C.

Uses of LDP :

  • LDP is mainly used in preparation of pipes for agriculture, irrigation, domestic water line connections as well as insulation to electric cables.
  • It is also used in submarine cable insulation.
  • It is used in producing extruded films, sheets, mainly for packaging and household uses like in preparation of squeeze bottles, attractive containers, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 16.
Whatis HDP ? How is it prepared ? Give its properties and uses ?
Answer:
HDP means high density polyethylene. It is a linear polymer with high density due to close packing.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 21

HDP is obtained by polymerization of ethene in presence of Zieglar-Natta catalyst which is a combination of triethyl aluminium with titanium tetrachloride at a temperature of 333K to 343K and a pressure of 6-7 atm.

Properties of HDP :

  • HDP is crystalline, melting point in the range of 144 – 150 °C.
  • It is much stiffer than LDP and has high tensile strength and hardness.
  • It is more resistant to chemicals than LDP.

Uses of HDP :

  • HDP is used in manufacture of toys and other household articles like buckets, dustbins, bottles, pipes, etc.
  • It is used to prepare laboratory wares and other objects where high tensile strength and stiffness is required.

Question 17.
How is polyacrylonitrile (PAN) prepared? Give its uses.
Answer:
Acrylonitrile (monomer) on polymerization (addition polymerization) in the presence of peroxide initiator gives polyacrylonitrile.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 23

Uses : Polyacrylonitrile resembles wool and is used as wool substitute and for making orlon or acrilan.

Question 18.
How is nylon-6 prepared?
Write the reaction for the preparation of nylon 6.
Answer:
When epsilon (ε)-caprolactam is heated with water at high temperature it undergoes ring opening polymerization to form the polyamide polymer called nylon-6.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 25

The name nylon-6 is given on the basis of six carbon atoms present in the monomer unit. Nylon-6 has high tensile strength and luster, nylon-6 fibres are used for manufacture of tyre cords, fabrics and ropes.

Question 19.
Draw the structures of polymers formed using the following monomers.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 28

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 29

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 30
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 31

Question 20.
How is Novolac prepared?
OR
Write the reaction to prepare Novolac polymer.
Answer:
The monomers phenol and formaldehyde undergo polymerisation in the presence of alkali or acid as catalyst.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 33
Phenol reacts with formaldehyde to form ortho or p-hydroxy methyl phenols, which further reacts with phenol to form a linear polymer called Novolac. It is used in paints.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 21.
How is bakelite prepared?
Answer:
In the third stage, various articles are shaped from novolac by putting it in appropriate moulds and heating at high temperature (138 °C to 176 °C) and at high pressure forms rigid polymeric material called bakelite. Bakelite is insoluble and infusible and has high tensile strength.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 34
Bakelite is used in making articles like telephone instrument, kitchenware, electric insulators frying pans, etc.

Question 22.
How is a melamine-formaldehyde polymer (melamine) prepared?
Answer:
The monomers formaldehyde and melamine undergo condensation polymerisation to form cross-linked melamine formaldehyde. It is used in making crockeries, decorative table tops like formica and plastic dinner-ware.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 36

Question 23.
Write the preparation of the following synthetic rubbers and give their uses :
(1) Buna-S or styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR) (2) Neoprene rubber
Answer:
(1) Buna-S rubber : Its trade name is SBR (Styrene-butadiene rubber) Buna-S is a copolymer of styrene and 1, 3-butadiene. When 75 parts of butadiene and 25 parts of styrene subjected to addition polymerization by the action of sodium.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 37

Uses : Buna-S is superior to natural rubber with regard to mechanical strength and has abrasion resistance. Hence, it is used in tyre industry.

(2) Neoprene : Neoprene, a synthetic rubber, is a condensation polymer of chloroprene (2-chloro-l, 3-butadiene), Chloroprene polymerizes rapidly in presence of oxygen.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 38
Vulcanization of neoprene takes place in presence of magnesium oxide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 39
Uses : Neoprene is resistant to petroleum, vegetable oils, light as well as heat. It is used in making hose pipes for transport of gasoline and making gaskets. It is used for manufacturing insulator cable, jackets, belts for power transmission and conveying.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 24.
Write structure of natural rubber and neoprene rubber along with the name and structure of their monomers.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 40

Question 25.
Write the preparation of viscose rayon.
Answer:
Viscose rayon is a semisynthetic fibre. It is a regenerated cellulose. The molecular formula of cellulose is (C6H10O5)n. A modified representation of the molecular formula of cellulose Cell-OH is used in the reactions involved in viscose formation.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 42

Cellulose (wood pulp) is treated with the concentrated NaOH to form alkali cellulose. It is then converted to xanthate by treating with CS2. Further xanthate is mixed with dilute NaOH to form viscose solution which is extruted through spinnerates of spinning machine into acid bath, when regenerated cellulose fibres precipitate, i.e. viscose rayon.

Question 26.
How is PHBV polymer prepared?
Answer:
It is a copolymer. The monomers β-hydroxy butyric acid (3-hydroxy butanoic acid) and β-hydroxy valeric acid (3-hydroxy pentanoic acid) undergo polymerization to form PHBV polymer. It has an ester linkage. Hydroxyl group of one monomer forms ester link by reacting with carboxyl group of the other. Thus PHBV is an aliphatic polyester i.e. poly β-hydroxybutyrate-co-β-hydroxy valerate (PHBV). It is a biodegradable polymer.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 45

Question 27.
Write the name/s of monomer/s, polymer structure and one use of each of the following polymers (trade name) :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 47
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 48

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 28.
Write the names of monomers used in preparing following polymers :
(1) Dacron.
Answer:
Monomers : Ethylene glycol and Dmiethyl terephthalate (DMT)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 49

(2) Bakelite.
Answer:
Monomers : o-hydroxy methyl phenol and formaldehyde.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 50

(3) Nylon-6, 8.
Answer:
Monomers : Hexamethylene diamine and Hexamethylene dicarboxylic acid.
H2N-(CH2)6-NH2 HOOC-(CH2)6-COOH

(4) Melamine.
Answer:
Monomers : Melamine and Formaldehyde
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 51

(5) Buna-S.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 52

(6) Buna-N.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 53

(7) Butyl rubber.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 54

(8) Teflon.
Answer:
Monomers : F2C = CF2 Tetrafluoroethene

(9) Natural rubber.
Answer:
Monomers : 1,3-Butadiene
CH2 = CH – CH = CH2

(10) Neoprene.
Answer:
Monomers : Chloroprene or 2-Chloro-l,3-butadiene
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 55

Question 29.
Write the structures of monomers used in the preparation of following polymers.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 56
Answer:
The monomers used in the preparation of above polymer are :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 57

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 58
Answer:
The monomers used in the preparation of above polymer are :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 59
Answer:
The monomer used in the preparation of above polymer are :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 60
Answer:
The monomer used in the preparation of above polymer is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 61

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 30.
Following monomers are used to prepare polymers. Predict the structures of polymers:

(1) Ethylene glycol.
Answer:
Ethylene glycol Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 62 is used in the preparation of polyester (terylene or dacron).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 63

Terylene is polyester fibre formed by the polymerization of terephthalic acid and ethylene glycol.

Terylene is obtained by condensation polymerization of ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid in presence of catalyst zinc acetate and antimony trioxide at high temperature.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 26

Properties :

  • Terylene has relatively high melting point (265 °C)
  • It is resistant to chemicals and water.

Uses :

  • It is used for making wrinkle-free fabrics by blending with cotton (terycot) and wool (terywool), and also as glass reinforcing materials in safety helmets.
  • PET is the most common thermoplastic which is another trade name of the polyester polyethylenetereph- thalate.
  • It is used for making many articles like bottles, jams, packaging containers.

(2) ε-Caprolactam.
Answer:
ε-caprolactam is used in the preparation of nylon-6.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 64

When epsilon (ε)-caprolactam is heated with water at high temperature it undergoes ring opening polymerization to form the polyamide polymer called nylon-6.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 25

The name nylon-6 is given on the basis of six carbon atoms present in the monomer unit. Nylon-6 has high tensile strength and luster, nylon-6 fibres are used for manufacture of tyre cords, fabrics and ropes.

(3) Ethene.
Answer:
Ethene is used in the preparation of polythene
Polymer: Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 65

Linear chain polymers : When the monomer molecules are joined together in a linear arrangement, the resulting polymer is straight-chain or long-chain polymer, e.g., polythene, PVC.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 4
They have high melting points; high densities and high tensile strength.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 5

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

(4) Formaldehyde.
Answer:
Formaldehye is used in the preparation of bakelite.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 66

The monomers phenol and formaldehyde undergo polymerisation in the presence of alkali or acid as catalyst.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 33
Phenol reacts with formaldehyde to form ortho or p-hydroxy methyl phenols, which further reacts with phenol to form a linear polymer called Novolac. It is used in paints.

In the third stage, various articles are shaped from novolac by putting it in appropriate moulds and heating at high temperature (138 °C to 176 °C) and at high pressure forms rigid polymeric material called bakelite. Bakelite is insoluble and infusible and has high tensile strength.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 34
Bakelite is used in making articles like telephone instrument, kitchenware, electric insulators frying pans, etc.

Question 31.
Classify the following polymers as step growth or chain growth polymers :
(1) Nylon-6,6
(2) Terylene
(3) Polyethene (4) PVC.
Answer:
Step growth polymers : Nylon-6,6, terylene
Chain growth polymers : Polythene, PVC.

Question 32.
Classify the following as linear, branched or cross linked polymers :
(1) Bakelite
(2) Starch
(3) Polythene
(4) Nylon.
Answer:
Linear polymers : Polythene, nylon.
Cross-linked polymers : Bakelite, starch.

Question 33.
Classify the following as addition and condensation polymers :
(1) Bakelite
(2) polyvinyl chloride
(3) polythene
(4) terylene.
Answer:
Addition polymers : Polyvinyl chloride, polythene
Condensation polymers : Bakelite, terylene.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

Question 34.
Arrange the polymers in increasing order of their intermolecular forces :
Nylon-6,6, Polythene, Buna-S.
Answer:
The increasing order of their intermolecular forces of attraction follows the order :
Buna-S, Polythene, Nylon-6,6.

Question 35.
Classify the following as natural, synthetic and semisynthetic polymers :
Terylene, cuprammonium silk, jute, melamine
Answer:
Natural polymers : Jute
Synthetic polymers : Terylene, melamine
Semisynthetic polymers : Cuprammonium silk

Question 36.
Complete the following statements :
(1) Chemically teflon is …………………………. .
(2) …………………………. is the catalyst used to obtain HDP by polymerisation of ethene.
(3) Viscose rayon is a …………………………. .
Answer:
(1) polytetrafluoroethylene
(2) Zieglar-Natta
(3) semisynthetic fibre (regenerated fibre).

Question 37.
Answer the following in one sentence each.

(1) Name a polymer used for making LCD screen?
Answer:
The polymer used for making LCD screen is Perspex.

(2) Which of the two is a condensation polymer? Bakelite or Polythene?
Answer:
The condensation polymer is bakelite.

(3) Which of the two is a linear polymer? Nylon or Starch.
Answer:
The linear polymer is nylon.

(4) Which of the two is a step growth polymer? Nylon-6,6 or PVC.
Answer:
The step growth polymer is Nylon-6,6.

(5) Write the use of polyacrylamide gel.
Answer:
Polyacrylamide gel is used in electrophoresis.

(6) Write the use of urea formaldehyde resin.
Answer:
Urea formaldehyde resin is used in making unbreakable dinnerware and decorative laminates.

(7) Give an example of semisynthetic polymer.
Answer:
Semisynthetic polymer : Viscose rayon, cuprammonium silk.

(8) Write the monomer unit of teflon.
Answer:
Monomer unit of teflon : Tetrafluoroethene (F2C = CF2).

(9) Write the equation for the preparation of polypropylene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 72

(10) Name a synthetic polymer which contains amide linkage.
Answer:
Polymer that contains amide linkage : Nylon-6; Nylon 6,6.

(11) Name a synthetic polymer which contains ester linkage.
Answer:
Polymer that contains ester linkage : Terylene or Dacron.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

(12) Name one thermosetting and one thermoplastic polymer.
Answer:
Thermosetting polymer : Bakelite.
Thermoplastic polymer : Polythene, polystyrene.

(13) State the uses of biodegradable polymers.
Answer:
Biodegradable polymers are used as orthopaedic devices, implants, sutures and drug release matrices.

(14) Name a copolymer which is used for making nonbreakable crockeries.
Answer:
The polymer used in making nonbreakable crockeries : Melamine formaldehyde polymer.

(15) Write the structure of monomer used in the preparation of Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 75
Answer:
The structure of monomer : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 76

(16) Write the structure of melamine.
Answer:
The monomers formaldehyde and melamine undergo condensation polymerisation to form cross-linked melamine formaldehyde. It is used in making crockeries, decorative table tops like formica and plastic dinner-ware.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 36

(17) What does SBR stand for?
Answer:
SBR stand for styrene(S)butadiene (B) rubber (R).

(18) Draw the structure of repeating unit in nylon-6,10.
Answer:
The structure of repeating unit in nylon-6,10 is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 77

(19) What are the monomers used to prepare nylon given below?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 78
Answer:
Monomers used in the preparation of nylon are
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 79

(20) Write the monomers used to prepare nylon given below :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 80
Answer:
Monomers used in the preparation of nylon are
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 81

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

(21) Name the catalyst which is formed from titanium chloride and triethyl aluminium.
Answer:
The catalyst Zieglar Natta is formed from titanium chloride and triethyl aluminium.

(22) Define molecular mass of polymer.
Answer:
Molecular mass of a polymer is an average of the molecular masses of the constituent molecules.

(23) Which factor determines the molecular mass of polymer.
Answer:
Molecular mass of polymer depends upon the degree of polymerization (DP). DP is the number of monomer units in a polymer molecule.

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 38.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each subquestion :

1. Which one is the natural polyamide polymer?
(a) Cuprammonium silk
(b) Wool
(c) Perlon-L
(d) Jute
Answer:
(b) Wool

2. The synthetic fibres are prepared from
(a) cellulose
(b) starch
(c) chemical compounds
(d) polymers
Answer:
(c) chemical compounds

3. Which of the following is NOT a vegetable fibre?
(a) Hemp
(b) Jute
(c) Cotton
(d) Keratin
Answer:
(d) Keratin

4. Which of the following fibres are made up of polyamides?
(a) Dacron
(b) Rayon
(c) Nylon
(d) Terylene
Answer:
(c) Nylon

5. An example of natural cellulose fibre is
(a) cotton
(b) wool
(c) silk
(d) rayon
Answer:
(a) cotton

6. Cellulose is the main constituent of
(a) nylon-6
(b) cotton
(c) terylene
(d) wool
Answer:
(b) cotton

7. Of the following, which group contains two cellulosic fibres and one protein fibre?
(a) Cotton, keratin, wool
(b) Linen, keratin, wool
(c) Cotton, linen, rayon
(d) Cotton, keratin, linen
Answer:
(d) Cotton, keratin, linen

8. Which of the following is not a vegetable fibres?
(a) Hemp
(b) Jute
(c) Cotton
(d) Keratin
Answer:
(d) Keratin

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

9. Which of the following is polyamide?
(a) Teflon
(b) Nylon 6, 6
(c) Terylene
(d) Bakelite
Answer:
(b) Nylon 6, 6

10. The monomer of e-caprolactam is
(a) styrene
(b) amino acid
(c) aminocaproic acid
(d) adipic acid O
Answer:
(c) aminocaproic acid

11. Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 83is the formula of _ Jn
(a) Nylon-66 salt
(b) Nylon-66
(c) DMT
(d) Nylon-6
Answer:
(d) Nylon-6

12. Nylon-6 is a
(a) polyester fibre
(b) protein fibre
(c) poly caprolactum fibre
(d) poly amine fibre
Answer:
(c) poly caprolactum fibre

13. The condensation product of e-caprolactum is
(a) teflon
(b) nylon-6
(c) nylon-66
(d) bakelite
Answer:
(b) nylon-6

14. \(\left[\overline{\mathrm{O}} \mathrm{OC}-\left(\mathrm{CH}_{2}\right)_{4}-\mathrm{COO}-\mathrm{N} \mathrm{H}_{3}-\left(\mathrm{CH}_{2}\right)_{6}-\mathrm{N} \mathrm{H}_{3}\right]\) is the formula of
(a) nylon-6
(b) nylon-6 salt
(c) nylon-66 salt
(d) nylon-66
Answer:
(b) nylon-6 salt

15. The starting material required for the preparation of Nylon-66 is
(a) glycol
(b) α-amino acid
(c) adipic acid and hexamethylene diamine
(d) dimethyl terephthalate and ethylene glycol
Answer:
(c) adipic acid and hexamethylene diamine

16. Terylene is also known as
(a) styrene
(b) butadiene
(c) dacron
(d) teflon
Answer:
(c) dacron

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

17. Terylene is
(a) vegetable fibre
(b) protein fibre
(c) polyester fibre
(d) polyamide fibre
Answer:
(c) polyester fibre

18. Terylene polymer is formed in
(a) the presence of nitrogen
(b) the presence of hydrogen
(c) the presence of oxygen
(d) the vacuum
Answer:
(d) the vacuum

19. The by-product formed during the preparation of terylene fibre is
(a) glycerol
(b) propylene glycol
(c) ethylene glycol
(d) ethyl alcohol
Answer:
(c) ethylene glycol

20. Nylon polymer cannot be used for making
(a) tyre cords
(b) films
(c) dress materials
(d) fishing nets
Answer:
(b) films

21. Glycol is an important constituent of
(a) nylon-6
(b) nylon-66
(c) terylene
(d) hexamethylene diammonium adipate
Answer:
(c) terylene

22. Terylene is prepared by the process of
(a) halogenation
(b) condensation
(c) esterification
(d) hydrogenation
Answer:
(b) condensation

23. What are the steps during polymerisation to form terylene?
(a) Terephthalic acid is condensed with ethylene glycol at 420 K-460 K.
(b) Ethylene glycol displaces methanol to form dihydroxy diethyl terephthalic acid
(c) Zinc acetate – antimony trioxide is used as catalyst
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

24. During polymerisation of nylon salt to nylon-66, the conditions are
(a) room temperature and pressure
(b) temperature 503 K
(c) temperature 553 K in presence of Nitrogen
(d) heating in an autoclave at 373 K
Answer:
(c) temperature 553 K in presence of Nitrogen

25. Which one of the following is a condensation polymer?
(a) Nylon
(b) Polythene
(c) PVC
(d) Teflon
Answer:
(a) Nylon

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

26. Which one of the following is an addition polymer?
(a) Bakelite
(b) Nylon-6,6
(c) Polystyrene
(d) Terylene
Answer:
(c) Polystyrene

27. A polymer of butadiene and Acrylonitrile is called
(a) Buna-S
(b) Buna-N
(c) Buna-B
(d) Buna-A
Answer:
(b) Buna-N

28. Natural rubber is a polymer of
(a) Styrene
(b) Butadiene
(c) Vinyl chloride
(d) Isoprene
Answer:
(d) Isoprene

29. In which of the following pairs both are copolymers?
(a) PHBV, bakelite
(b) Polythene, terylene
(c) Polyacrylonitrile, nylon-6,6
(d) Polystyrene, melamine
Answer:
(a) PHBV, bakelite

30. The polymer used in paints is
(a) Nylon
(b) Glyptal
(c) Neoprene
(d) Terylene
Answer:
(b) Glyptal

31. Which of the following contains biodegradable polymers only?
(a) Cellulose, dextron, PHBV
(b) Starch, PHBV, PVC
(c) Bakelite, nylon-2-nylon-6, nylon-6,6
(d) Cellulose, starch, terylene
Answer:
(a) Cellulose, dextron, PHBV

32. Thermosetting polymer is
(a) Nylon-6
(b) Nylon-6,6
(c) Bakelite
(d) SBR
Answer:
(c) Bakelite

33. Nylon thread contains the polymer
(a) Polyamide
(b) Polyvinyl
(c) Polyester
(d) Polyethylene
Answer:
(a) Polyamide

34. Polythene, PVC, teflon and neoprene are all
(a) Monomers
(b) Homopolymers
(c) Copolymers
(d) Condensation polymers
Answer:
(b) Homopolymers

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

35. Which one of the following is NOT a biodegrad¬able polymer?
(a) Starch
(b) Cellulose
(c) Dextron
(d) Decron
Answer:
(d) Decron

36. The polymer used in making blankets (artificial wool) is
(a) Polyester
(b) Polyacrylonitrile
(c) Polythene
(d) Polystyrene
Answer:
(b) Polyacrylonitrile

37. Which one of the following is a linear polymer?
(a) Bakelite
(b) LDP
(c) Nylon
(d) Formaldehyde melamine polymer
Answer:
(c) Nylon

38. Which one of the following is a branched polymer?
(a) PVC
(b) Polyester
(c) Nylon
(d) Polypropylene
Answer:
(d) Polypropylene

39. The polymer used to make non-stick cookware is
(a) Polyethene
(b) Polystyrene
(c) Polytetrafluoroethylene
(d) Polyvinyl chloride
Answer:
(c) Polytetrafluoroethylene

40. The monomer used to prepare orlon is
(a) CH2 = CH-CN
(b) CH2 = CHCl
(c) CH2 = CH-F
(d) CH2 = CF2
Answer:
(a) CH2 = CH-CN

41. Buna-N rubber is a copolymer of
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 86
Answer:
(b)

42. Bakelite is a polymer of
(a) Formaldehyde and phenol
(b) Benzaldehyde and phenol
(c) Formaldehyde and benzyl alcohol
(d) Acetaldehyde and phenol
Answer:
(a) Formaldehyde and phenol

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

43. The process involving heating of natural rubber with sulphur is known as
(a) Sulphonation
(b) Vulcanisation
(c) Galvanisation
(d) Calcination
Answer:
(b) Vulcanisation

44. A polymer of bisphenol and phosgene is called
(a) Polyamide
(b) Glyptal
(c) Polycarbonate
(d) Polystyrene
Answer:
(c) Polycarbonate

45. Thermocol is a homopolymer of
(a) terephthalic acid
(b) acrylonitrile
(c) methyl a-cyanoacrylate
(d) styrene
Answer:
(d) styrene

46. The polymer is used to prepare shatter resistant glass is called
(a) Perspex/acrylic glass
(b) Soda glass
(c) Buna N
(d) Polyacrylamide
Answer:
(a) Perspex/acrylic glass

47. A polymer used in making shoe soles is
(a) Glyptal
(b) Buna-N
(c) Buna-S
(d) Poly carbonate
Answer:
(b) Buna-N

48. The Zieglar-Natta catalyst is used in the preparation of
(a) LDPE
(b) PHBV
(c) PAN
(d) HDPE
Answer:
(d) HDPE

49. Which of the following is natural rubber?
(a) cis-1, 4-polyisoprene
(b) neoprene
(c) Trans-1. 4-polyisoprene
(d) Butyl rubber
Answer:
(a) cis-1, 4-polyisoprene

50. Which one from the following is the Terylene polymer?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 84
Answer:
(b)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry

51. Equivalent amount of Hexamethylene diamine and adipic acid on complete neutralization produces :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry 85
Answer:
(a)

52. Polyhydroxy butyrate-CO-β-hydroxy valerate represents
(a) Dextron
(b) Nylon-6, 6
(c) Nylon-2-nylon-6
(d) PHBV
Answer:
(d) PHBV

53. Among the following, the biodegradable polymer is
(a) PVC
(b) Nylon-6, 6
(c) Nylon-2-nylon-6
(d) Neoprene
Answer:
(c) Nylon-2-nylon-6

54. The monomers of Nylon-2-nylon-6 are
(a) glycine and ω-amino caproic acid
(b) lactic acid and glycolic acid
(c) glycolic acid and co-amino caproic acid
(d) isobutylene and isoprene
Answer:
(a) glycine and ω-amino caproic acid

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12.1 जयपूर फूटचे जनक

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 12.1 जयपूर फूटचे जनक Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12.1 जयपूर फूटचे जनक

12th Marathi Guide Chapter 12.1 जयपूर फूटचे जनक Textbook Questions and Answers

नमुना कृती

1. परिणाम लिहा :

प्रश्न 1.

घटनापरिणाम
अ. अपघातामध्ये सुधाला एक पाय गमवावा लागला.…………………..
आ. परदेशातून आयात केलेला कृत्रिम पाय बसवलेल्या रुग्णांना नीट चालता येत नव्हते.………………….

उत्तर :

घटनापरिणाम
अ. अपघातामध्ये सुधाला एक पाय गमवावा लागला.तिचे नृत्य कायमचेच बंद पडण्याच्या मार्गावर होते.
आ. परदेशातून आयात केलेला कृत्रिम पाय बसवलेल्या रुग्णांना नीट चालता येत नव्हते.पंडितजींच्या कल्पकतेला येथे आव्हान मिळाले.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12.1 जयपूर फूटचे जनक

2. अभिव्यक्ती.

प्रश्न 1.
‘कृत्रिम पायाच्या मदतीने दि व्यां गत्वाव र मात करता येते’, हे सोदाहरण स्पष्ट करा.
उत्तर :
जयपूर फूट आता जगप्रसिद्ध झाला आहे. आजपर्यंत हजारो विकलांग लोकांनी हा कृत्रिम पाय बसवून घेतला आहे. ही मुलेमाणसे आता सर्वसाधारण आयुष्य जगत आहेत. यांच्या कथा प्रेरणादायक आहेत.

एक कथा आहे नायरा नावाच्या तीन वर्षांच्या मुलीची. तिचे वडील स्वतः फार्मासिस्ट आहे. नायरा जन्मतः च कमकुवत होती. तीन वर्षांपर्यंत तिला उभे राहता येत नव्हते, चालता येत नव्हते. हा जयपूर फूट बसवल्यावर मात्र नायरा सोबतच्या मुलीबरोबर खेळू लागली; बागडू लागली; धावू लागली.

कॉर्पोरेट जगताने आता यात लक्ष घालायला सुरुवात केली आहे. कॉर्पोरेट कंपन्यांपैकी एक आहे – लेमन ट्री हॉटेल. एक २३ वर्षांचा तरुण पायाने अधू होता. त्याला एक दानशूर व्यक्तीने जयपूर फूट बसवून दिला. तो आता सहायक म्हणून या हॉटेलमध्ये काम करतो. हॉटेलमध्ये आलेल्या पाहुण्यांची देखभाल करण्याचे काम तो करतो. तो आता हॉटेलचा मॅनेजर होण्याचे स्वप्न पाहत आहे. त्या कंपनीत आतापर्यंत ४०० विकलांगांची भरती केली गेली आहे.
एकंदरीत, विकलांगत्वावर मात करून सर्वसाधारण माणसाचे आयुष्य नक्की जगता येऊ शकते, हे आता सगळ्यांनाच मान्य झालेले आहे.

Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 12.1 जयपूर फूटचे जनक Additional Important Questions and Answers

कारणे लिहा :

प्रश्न 1.
पंडितजींच्या कल्पकतेला आव्हान मिळाले; कारण –
उत्तर :
पंडितजींच्या कल्पकतेला आव्हान मिळाले; कारण उपलब्ध कृत्रिम पाय खूप महागडे होते आणि ज्यांना ते परवडणारे होते त्यांची चाल सुलभ होताना दिसत नव्हती.

प्रश्न 2.
त्या कृत्रिम पायाचे नाव ‘जयपूर फूट’ ठेवण्यात आले; कारण –
उत्तर :
त्या कृत्रिम पायाचे नाव ‘जयपूर फूट’ ठेवण्यात आले; कारण जयपूरमधल्या एका रुग्णालयात तो प्रथम विकसित झाला होता.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12.1 जयपूर फूटचे जनक

चौकटी पूर्ण करा :

प्रश्न 1.

  1. सुधाचंद्राच्या आयुष्यावरील चित्रपटाचे नाव – [ ]
  2. जयपूरमध्ये मिळणाऱ्या कृत्रिम पायाचे नाव – [ ]
  3. विकलांगांवर उपचार करणाऱ्या डॉक्टरांचे नाव – [ ]
  4. कृत्रिम पाय तयार करणारे – [ ]
  5. सुरुवातीला पंडितर्जीनी पाय तयार करण्यासाठी वापरलेला पदार्थ – [ ]

उत्तर :

  1. सुधाचंद्राच्या आयुष्यावरील चित्रपटाचे नाव : नाचे मयूरी
  2. जयपूरमध्ये मिळणाऱ्या कृत्रिम पायाचे नाव : जयपूर फूट
  3. विकलांगांवर उपचार करणाऱ्या डॉक्टरांचे नाव : डॉ. प्रमोद किरण सेठी
  4. कृत्रिम पाय तयार करणारे : पंडित रामचरण शर्मा
  5. सुरुवातीला पंडितजींनी पाय तयार करण्यासाठी वापरलेला पदार्थ : बांबू

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12.1 जयपूर फूटचे जनक

जयपूर फूटचे जनक Summary in Marathi

जयपूर फूटचे जनक

‘नाचे मयूरी’ हा चित्रपट अनेकांनी पाहिला असेल. सुप्रसिद्ध नर्तिका सुधा चंद्रन हिच्या आयुष्यावर तो आधारित होता. एका अपघातामध्ये सुधाला एक पाय गमवावा लागला होता. साहजिकच तिचं नृत्य कायमचंच बंद पडण्याच्या मार्गावर होतं; पण सुधा जयपूरला गेली आणि तिथं तयार करण्यात आलेला कृत्रिम पाय आपल्या गमावलेल्या पायाच्या जागी बसवला, नृत्याची कारकीर्द तिनं नव्यानं सुरू केली आणि त्या कृत्रिम पायाच्या आधारानं तिनं भरघोस यश मिळवलं. सुधानं बसवून घेतलेल्या त्या कृत्रिम पायाचंच नाव आहे ‘जयपूर फूट’, जयपूरमधल्या एका रुग्णालयात तो प्रथम विकसित केला गेला म्हणून त्याला ते नाव मिळालं.

जयपूरच्या रुग्णालयात डॉ. प्रमोद किरण सेठी अनेक विकलांगांवर उपचार करीत होते. पोलिओची बाधा झाल्यामुळे दिव्यांगत्व आलेल्या मुलांना पाहून त्यांना एक कल्पना सुचली. पंडित राम चरण शर्मा या कलाकाराला विविध प्रकारची विलक्षण साधनं तयार करताना त्यांनी पाहिलं होतं. त्यांनी पंडित ना सणालयात येण्याचं आमंत्रण दिलं.

पंडितींनी सणालयात, ज्यांचे पाय काही कारणांनी गमावले आहेत अशांना परदेशातून आयात केलेले, महागडे कृत्रिम पाय बसवताना पाहिलेलं होतं, ते परवडणारे नव्हते आणि ज्यांना ते परवडणारे होते त्यांचीही चाल काही सुलभ होत असताना त्यांना दिसली नव्हती. ते पाहून त्यांच्या कल्पकतेला आव्हान मिळालं. त्यांनी व्हल्कनाईज्ड रबर आणि लाकूड या सहजगत्या उपलब्ध असलेल्या कच्च्या मालापासून हालचाल करण्यास सुलभ असा पाय तयार केला.

डॉ. सेठी यांनी तो आपल्या एका रुग्णाला बसवून पाहिला. त्यासाठी शस्त्रक्रियेची नवी पद्धत विकसित केली, त्या रुपणाला त्याचा फायदा झाल्याचं पाहून त्यांनी पंडितजींना आणखी तसेच पाय तयार करायला सांगितलं. आता परदेशातून कृत्रिम पाय आयात न करता हे लाकडी पाय बसवण्याचाच सिलसिला सुरू झाला. सुरुवातीला तर पंडितजींनी बांबूचाच वापर केला होता; पण हळूहळू इतरही पदार्थाचा वापर करायला त्यांनी सुरुवात केली.

आता जगभर त्याचं रोपण केलं जातं. अदययावत प्लास्टिक व अॅल्युमिनियम यांचा वापरही आता करण्यात येतो. पण मूळ कल्पना मात्र पंडितर्जीचीच राहिली आहे.
– डॉ. बाळ फोंडके

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

12th Marathi Guide Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा Textbook Questions and Answers

कृती

1. अ. लेखकाने खालील गोष्टी कळण्यासाठी व्यंगचित्रात वापरलेली प्रतीके लिहा.

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 1
उत्तर :

पाठातीलगोष्टीप्रतीके
1. चिमुरड्या मुलीचं डोकं –नारळ
2. आई हे नातं –ईश्वराचा अंश
3. भरपावसातली छत्री –बाबा

आ. वैशिष्ट्ये लिहा.

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 3
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 5

प्रश्न 2.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 4
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 6

इ. योग्य जोड्या लावा.

प्रश्न 1.

‘अ’ गट
लेखकाचीव्यंगचित्रे
‘ब’ गट
व्यंगचित्रांचीकार्ये
1. लेखकाचे स्त्रीभ्रूणहत्येचे पोस्टरअ. भाषेइतकी संवादी बनून प्रेक्षकांशी संवाद साधतात.
2. लेखकाच्या मते व्यंगचित्रे हीआ. स्वकल्पनाशक्तीने चित्र समजून घेऊन इतरांचे उद्बोधन केल
3. शेतकऱ्याने व्यंगचित्राचा अर्थ इतरांना सांगतानाइ. लिहिता वाचता न येणाऱ्यांना संदेश देते.

उत्तर :

‘अ’ गट
लेखकाचीव्यंगचित्रे
‘ब’ गट
व्यंगचित्रांचीकार्ये
1. लेखकाचे स्त्रीभ्रूणहत्येचे पोस्टरइ. लिहिता वाचता न येणाऱ्यांना संदेश देते.
2. लेखकाच्या मते व्यंगचित्रे हीअ. भाषेइतकी संवादी बनून प्रेक्षकांशी संवाद साधतात.
3. शेतकऱ्याने व्यंगचित्राचा अर्थ इतरांना सांगतानाआ. स्वकल्पनाशक्तीने चित्र समजून घेऊन इतरांचे उद्बोधन केल

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

ई. लेखकाला लागू पडण्याचा व्यक्तिवैशिष्ट्यांसमोर (✓) अशीखूणकरा.

प्रश्न 1.

  1. लेखकामध्ये जबरदस्त निरीक्षणशक्ती होती.
  2. लेखकाच्या व्यंगचित्रांना सहजासहजी प्रसिद्धी मिळाली.
  3. लेखकामध्ये प्रयोगशीलता पुरेपूर भरलेली होती.
  4. अपेक्षित उत्तर मिळेपर्यंत ते विचारांचा पाठलाग करत.
  5. प्राप्त प्रसंगांतून आणि भेटलेल्या व्यक्तींकडून शिकत राहण्याची वृत्ती होती.
  6. नवनिर्मितीक्षमता हा त्यांचा गुण होता.
  7. इतरांच्या आधाराने पुढे जाण्याची त्यांची वृत्ती नव्हती.

उत्तर :

  1. लेखकामध्ये जबरदस्त निरीक्षणशक्ती होती.(✓)
  2. लेखकाच्या व्यंगचित्रांना सहजासहजी प्रसिद्धी मिळाली. (✗)
  3. लेखकामध्ये प्रयोगशीलता पुरेपूर भरलेली होती. (✓)
  4. अपेक्षित उत्तर मिळेपर्यंत ते विचारांचा पाठलाग करत. (✓)
  5. प्राप्त प्रसंगांतून आणि भेटलेल्या व्यक्तींकडून शिकत राहण्याची वृत्ती होती. (✓)
  6. नवनिर्मितीक्षमता हा त्यांचा गुण होता. (✓)
  7. इतरांच्या आधाराने पुढे जाण्याची त्यांची वृत्ती नव्हती. (✓)

2. वर्णनकरा.

प्रश्न अ.
वाई येथील प्रदर्शनाला भेट देणारा शेतकरी कुटुंबप्रमुख.
उत्तर :
चित्रकलेच्या प्रदर्शनाला साधारणपणे सुशिक्षित व उच्चभ्रू वर्गातील लोक जास्त असतात. ग्रामीण भागातील लोक तर अशा प्रदर्शनांकडे सहसा फिरकत नाहीत. मात्र वाई येथे लेखकांनी भरवलेल्या स्वत:च्या व्यंगचित्रांच्या प्रदर्शनाला शेतकरी कुटुंबातील थोडीथोडकी नव्हेत, तर चक्क वीस-बावीस माणसे भेट देण्यासाठी आली होती. त्यांचा कुटुंबप्रमुख त्यांना हे प्रदर्शन दाखवण्यासाठी घेऊन आला होता.

त्या शेतकरी कुटुंबप्रमुखाचे वय सत्तरीच्या आसपास होते. पांढऱ्या मिशा, रंग काळाकभिन्न, डोक्याला खूप मोठे बांधलेले मुंडासे असा नखशिखान्त शेतकरी पण अंगावर वागवीत होता. असा हा कुटुंबप्रमुख सर्वांना व्यंगचित्र समजावून सांगत होता. तो एकेका चित्रासमोर उभा राही आणि त्याला समजलेला चित्राचा अर्थ स्वत:च्या माणसांना समजावून सांगे. मुलानातवंडापासून लहानथोर सोबत आलेले ते कुटुंबीय आपल्या प्रमुखाच्या मार्गदर्शनाखाली चित्रांचा आस्वाद घेत होती. हे दृश्यच विलक्षण व दुर्मीळ होते. लेखकांच्या मनातली चित्र काढण्यामागील कल्पना आणि त्या कुटुंबप्रमुखाला जाणवलेला अर्थ यांतली तफावत लेखक समजावून घेत होते. फार मोठे अनौपचारिक शिक्षण लेखकांना या प्रसंगातून मिळत होते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

प्रश्न आ.
स्त्रीभ्रूणहत्येबद्दलचे लेखकाने तयार केलेले पोस्टर
उत्तर :
लेखक एका कार्यक्रमाला गेले होते. पाहुणे म्हणून त्यांना पुष्पगुच्छ व नारळ दिला गेला. तो नारळ टेबलावर ठेवला. लेखक त्या नारळाचे निरीक्षण करीत बसले. त्या नारळात त्यांना चिमुरड्या मुलीचे डोके भासले. त्यांना नारळावरून, देवळासमोर दगडावर आपटून नारळ फोडतात. हा प्रसंग आठवला. एवढ्या तपशिलाच्या आधारे त्यांनी स्त्रीभ्रूणहत्येविरुद्धचे पोस्टर तयार केले. एक पुरुषी हात. त्या हातात नारळ, नारळात मुलीचे रूप भासावे म्हणून बारीकसा कानातला डूल दाखवला. तो हात वरून खाली या दिशेने येत दगडावर नारळ फोडणार होता. तेवढ्यात एका तरुण हाताने तो पुरुषी हात अडवला. चिमुरड्या मुलींची, भ्रूणाची हत्या होऊ न देण्याचा निर्धार त्या चित्रातून व्यक्त झाला.

प्रश्न इ.
लेखकांनी रेखाटलेले आईचे काव्यात्म चित्र.
उत्तर :
लेखकांनी आईचे, आईच्या प्रेममय हृदयाचे अत्यंत हृदय चित्र रेखाटले आहे. चित्रातल्या परिसरात वैशाखातला वणवा पेटला आहे. त्यात एक सुकलेले झाड आहे. त्या झाडावर एकही पान नाही. अत्यंत भकास वातावरण आहे. तरीही त्या झाडावर एका पक्ष्याचे घरटे बांधले आहे. त्या घरट्यात चोच वासून आकाशाकडे व्याकुळपणे बघणारी तीनचार पिल्ले आहेत. अत्यंत हृदयद्रावक असे हे दृश्य आहे. त्या चित्रात वर दूरवर ठिपक्यासारखी दिसणारी पक्षीण पाण्याच्या ढगाला चोचीत धरून जिवाच्या आकांताने ओढीत घरट्याकडे नेत आहे. एवढ्या या एका कृतीतून त्या पक्षिणीची आपल्या पिल्लांना वाचवण्याची चाललेली जिवापाड धडपड प्रभावीपणे व्यक्त होते. आईची अपार माया या चित्रातून दिसून येते.

3. व्याकरण.

अ. खालील वाक्यांतील प्रयोग ओळखा.

प्रश्न 1.
या चित्रांचे स्रोत मला सापडतात.
उत्तर :
कर्तरी प्रयोग.

प्रश्न 2.
हा संदेश मला पोहोचवता आला.
उत्तर :
कर्मणी प्रयोग.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

प्रश्न 3.
त्यांनी ती सातआठ चित्रं पुन्हा चितारुन दाखवली.
उत्तर :
कर्मणी प्रयोग.

प्रश्न 4.
मार्गदर्शन संपवून चहा मागवला.
उत्तर :
कर्मणी प्रयोग.

आ. खालील वाक्यांचा प्रकार ओळखून सूचनेप्रमाणे तक्ता पूर्ण करा.

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 7
उत्तर :

वाक्यवाक्यप्रकारबदलासाठी सूचना
1. अशी माणसं क्वचितच सापडतात.विधानार्थी – होकारार्थी वाक्यनकारार्थी → अशी माणसे बहुतेक सापडत नाहीत.
2. ती जुनी कौलारू वास्तू होती.विधानार्थी वाक्यउद्गारार्थी → किती जुनी कौलारू वास्तू होती ती!
3. तुम्ही मला बोलू देणार आहात की नाही?प्रश्नार्थी वाक्यआज्ञार्थी → तुम्ही मला बोलू दया.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

इ. समासाचे नाव व सामासिक शब्द यांच्या जोड्या जुळवून लिहा

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 8
उत्तर :

समासाचे नावसामासिक शब्द
1. तत्पुरुष समासआ. महात्मा, पंचधातू
2. अव्ययीभाव समासइ. प्रतिवर्ष, आजन्म
3. बहुव्रीही समासई. लक्ष्मीकांत, निर्धन
4. द्वंद्व समासअ. स्त्रीपुरुष, गुण दोष.

ई. कंसात समासांची नावे दिलेली आहेत. पुढे दिलेल्या सामासिक शब्दांसमोर त्यापैकी योग्य समासाचे नाव लिहा :
(विभक्ती तत्पुरुष समास, कर्मधारय समास, द्‌विगू समास, इतरेतर द्वंद्‌व समास, वैकल्पिक द्वंद्‌व समा, समाहार द्‌वंद्‌व समास)

प्रश्न 1.

  1. चहापाणी – …………………. .
  2. सद्गुर – …………………. .
  3. सुईदोरा – …………………. .
  4. चौघडी – …………………. .
  5. कमीअधिक – …………………. .
  6. जलदुर्ग – …………………. .

उत्तर :

  1. चहापाणी – समाहार द्वंद्व समास
  2. सद्गुरू – कर्मधारय समास
  3. सुईदोरा – इतरेतर द्वंद्व समास
  4. चौघडी – द्विगु समास
  5. कमीअधिक – वैकल्पिक द्वंद्व समास
  6. जलदुर्ग – विभक्ती तत्पुरुष समास.

4. स्वमत.

प्रश्न अ.
‘एखादे व्यंगचित्र हे प्रत्यक्ष भाषेपेक्षा संवादाचे प्रभावी माध्यम असू शकते’, या विधानाशी तुम्ही सहमत वा असहमत अाहात ते सकारण स्पष्ट करा.
उत्तर :
भाषा आणि व्यंगचित्र ही दोन भिन्न माध्यमे आहेत. त्यांचे सादरीकरण भिन्न असते आणि त्यांचे परिणामही भिन्न असतात. आपण घर हा शब्द लिहितो, तेव्हा घर या शब्दाचा आकार पाहून किंवा घर या शब्दाच्या उच्चारातून जो ध्वनी निर्माण होतो, तो ध्वनी ऐकून घराचा बोध होऊ शकणार नाही. फक्त मराठी भाषा समजणाऱ्यालाच घर या शब्दाचा बोध होऊ शकतो. घर शब्दाच्या आकाराशी व उच्चाराशी घर ही वस्तू जोडलेली आहे.

ज्याला हा संकेत माहीत आहे आणि ज्याने तो संकेत लक्षात ठेवला आहे, त्यालाच घर या शब्दाचा बोध होऊ शकतो. याउलट, घराचे चित्र दाखवल्यावर ते जगातल्या कोणत्याही व्यक्तीला त्या चित्रातून व्यक्त होणाऱ्या वस्तूचा बोध होतो. तिथे भाषेची आडकाठी येत नाही. देशाच्या सीमा आड येत नाहीत. सामाजिक, सांस्कृतिक दर्जाचा संबंध येत नाही. चित्रातून आशयाचे थेट आकलन होते. म्हणून भाषेपेक्षा चित्र आशयाला प्रेक्षकांपर्यंत पटकन व थेट पोहोचवते.

चित्र व व्यंगचित्र यांत काहीएक फरक आहे. व्यंगचित्रात काही व्यक्ती दाखवलेल्या असतात. व्यंगचित्रकार कधीही विषयवस्तूचे फक्त वर्णन करीत नाही. त्याला माणसाच्या वृत्ती-प्रवृत्तींवर काहीएक भाष्य करायचे आहे. त्या वृत्ती-प्रवृत्ती ठळकपणे लक्षात याव्यात म्हणून माणसांचे चेहेरे, त्यांवरचे हावभाव, त्यांच्या हालचाली यांतील काही रेषा मुद्दाम ठळकपणे चितारतो. त्यामुळे चित्र हे व्यंगचित्र बनते. व्यंगचित्रातून माणसाच्या वृत्ती-प्रवृत्तींवर केलेली टीका कोणालाही पटकन कळू शकते. तोच भाव समजावून सांगण्यासाठी खूप शब्द वापरावे लागतात. खूप शब्द वापरूनही सर्व आशय नेमकेपणाने व्यक्त होतोच असे नाही. व्यंगचित्राच्या बाबतीत असे घडत नाही. तेथे आशय स्पष्टपणे लक्षात येतो.

व्यंगचित्रात चालू घडामोडींवर भाष्य असते. व्यंगचित्र पाहणारा प्रेक्षक चालू घडामोडींचा साक्षीदारही असतो. म्हणून त्याला व्यंगचित्र पटकन कळू शकते.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

प्रश्न आ.
‘वाहत्या आयुष्यामध्ये सावधगिरीनं उभं राहिलं तर व्यंगचित्राची कल्पना अगदी जवळून जाते,’ या विधानाचा तुम्हांला समजलेला अर्थ लिहा.
उत्तर :
कलावंतांविषयी, कलेविषयी सर्वच समाजात विलक्षण कुतूहल असते. व्यंगचित्रकार हाही एक कलावंतच असतो. व्यंगचित्रकाराची व्यंगचित्र दररोज प्राधान्याने वर्तमानपत्रांतून लोकांसमोर येत असतात. दररोज त्याची लोकांशी गाठभेट होत असते. वर्तमानपत्र वाचणारा प्रत्येक वाचक व्यंगचित्र पाहतोच पाहतो. व्यंगचित्र पाहताच त्या वाचकाला त्याचे मर्म खाडकन जाणवते. ते मर्म क्षणार्धात त्याच्या मनात शिरते. चेहेऱ्यावर स्मित तरळते. त्याच क्षणी तो वाचक व्यंगचित्रकाराला मनोमन दाद देतो. किती सुंदर कल्पना आहे ही! कशी सुचली असेल या व्यंगचित्रकाराला? आपल्यासारखाच हा माणूस. हातपाय, नाक, कान, डोळे हे सर्व अवयव आपल्यासारखेच. यांना कशी काय सुचते हे व्यंगचित्र?

लोकांच्या मनातील या प्रश्नालाच मंगेश तेंडुलकर यांनी प्रस्तुत पाठात दोन वाक्यात उत्तर दिले आहे. ‘वाहत्या आयुष्यात सावधगिरीने उभे राहिले, तर व्यंगचित्राची कल्पना आपल्या जवळूनच जाताना नजरेस पडेल. तिथून ती उचलायची आणि कागदावर उतरवायची.’ त्यांनी अत्यंत सोप्या शब्दांत उत्तर दिले आहे. व्यंगचित्रकार कमीत कमी रेषांमध्ये आपला आशय व्यक्त करतो. तसेच इथे लेखकांनी कमीत कमी शब्दांत आशय व्यक्त केला आहे. वाहत्या आयुष्यात म्हणजे दैनंदिन जीवन जगत असतानाच. त्याच जीवनाचे निरीक्षण केले असता, आपण जगत असलेल्या प्रसंगातच व्यंगचित्राची कल्पना सापडते. या कल्पनेसाठी रानावनात जाऊन वेगळी तपश्चर्या करावी लागत नाही.

मग काय करावे लागते? तर आपल्या जगण्याचेच तटस्थपणाने, त्रयस्थासारखे निरीक्षण करावे लागते. लेखकांनी यासाठीच ‘सावधगिरीने’ हा शब्द वापरला आहे. सावधगिरीने याचा अर्थ समजून घ्यायला हवा. आपण आपल्या दैनंदिन जीवनात साधारणपणे आपल्या अनुभवांकडे दुर्लक्ष करतो किंवा त्यांत पूर्णपणे बुडून जातो. त्यामुळे आपल्या अनुभवाचे मर्म आपल्या ध्यानात येत नाही. म्हणून काही क्षण तरी आपल्या अनुभवांकडे रेंगाळून पाहिले पाहिजे.

जो विचार आपल्याला उत्कटपणे सांगावासा वाटतो, त्याला साजेसा प्रसंग आपल्याला दिसतो, असे लेखकांना सुचवायचे आहे. एकदा कल्पना सुचली की चित्र काढणे सोपे असते. खरे सर्वच कलांच्या बाबतीत हे पूर्णपणे खरे आहे. लेखकांनी खूप गूढ अशा प्रश्नाला साध्या, सोप्या शब्दांत उत्तर दिले आहे.

प्रश्न इ.
लेखकांनी व्यंगचित्रांतून वडिलांना वाहिलेली श्रद्धांजली तुमच्या शब्दांत लिहा.
उत्तर :
लेखक मंगेश तेंडुलकर हे अत्यंत मनस्वी वृत्तीचे होते. ते जे काही करायला घेत त्यावर ते उत्कटपणे प्रेम करीत. ते अत्यंत करारी होते. ते ऐहिक सुखसमृद्धीच्या मागे धावले नाहीत. कोणासमोर हात पसरले नाहीत. या सगळ्या गुणांची देणगी लेखकांना मिळाली. आयुष्यात अनेक संकटे आली, वावटळी आल्या. पण त्यांना तोंड देऊन लेखक भक्कमपणे स्वत:च्या पायावर उभे राहिले. हे ते करू शकले कारण त्यांना वडिलांकडून मिळालेला नैतिक वारसा. त्या बळावर आयुष्यात तग धरून राहिले. कोलमडले नाहीत. आपल्याला मिळालेल्या या वारशाबद्दल स्वत:च्या मनात लेखकांना अपार कृतज्ञता वाटत होती. ही कृतज्ञता व्यक्त करण्यासाठी त्यांनी स्वतःच्या वडिलांना व्यंगचित्र मधून खूप मनापासून श्रद्धांजली वाहिली.

ही श्रद्धांजली वाहण्यासाठी त्यांनी दोन चित्रे काढली. एका चित्रात लेखकांचे बालरूप आहे. बालरूपातले लेखक भर पावसात उभे आहेत. त्यांच्या डोक्यावर ‘बाबा’ ही दोन अक्षरे आहेत. ‘बाबा’ या शब्दाच्या दोन्ही बाजूंनी पाऊस पडत आहे. खाली इवलासा मुलगा पूर्णपणे सुरक्षित आहे. बाबा या शब्दांनी, म्हणजे बाबांनी त्यांचे रक्षण केले.

दुसऱ्या चित्रात लेखक सरत्या वयातले, वयाच्या पंच्याहत्तराव्या वर्षातले, उभे आहेत. भर पावसात उभे आहेत. डोक्यावर बाबा हा शब्द नाही. तरीही पाऊस लेखकांना न भिजवता त्यांच्या बाजूने पडत आहे. ते आता पंच्याहत्तराव्या वर्षीही सुरक्षित आहेत. बाबांकडून मिळालेला नैतिक वारसा त्यांच्या मृत्यूनंतर लेखकांना खूप मोठा आधार, आश्रय देत आला आहे. वडिलांबद्दलची ही कृतज्ञता लेखक या व्यंगचित्रातून व्यक्त करू पाहतात. स्वत:च्या पित्याला इतकी उत्कट श्रद्धांजली क्वचितच कोणीतरी वाहिली असेल.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

5. अभिव्यक्ती.

प्रश्न अ.
‘स्त्रीभ्रूणहत्या एक अपराध’ याविषयी तुमचे विचार स्पष्ट करा.
उत्तर :
आपला देश अंधश्रद्धेच्या मगरमिठीत पूर्णपणे अडकलेला आहे. मागासलेल्या विचारांच्या दलदलीत बुडालेला आहे. यामुळे समाजात सामाजिक – सांस्कृतिक दुर्गुण निर्माण झाले आहेत. अत्यंत दुष्ट, अन्यायकारक रूढी-परंपरा निर्माण झाल्या आहेत. या रूढींच्या बरोबरीने समाजाच्या मनात घातक व अन्यायकारक विचार रुजत चालले आहे. त्यांपैकी एक आहे – स्त्री पुरुष समानता. समाजमनात स्त्री ही कनिष्ठ व पुरुष हा श्रेष्ठ अशी धारणा निर्माण झाली आहे.

मुलगा हा कुलदीपक व मुलगी परक्याची धनसंपदा, अशी समजूत. मुलगी घरात जन्मणे हे अशुभ. आपल्या हातून पाप घडले असेल तरच आपल्या पोटी मुलगी जन्माला येते, यामुळे घरात मुलगा जन्माला यावा यासाठी लोक धडपड करतात. उपासतापास करतात. लोक मुलगी होणार असेल, तर तिला जन्म होण्याच्या आधीच मारतात. हे सर्रास होत होते. अनेक डॉक्टर यात सामील होते. याविरुद्ध आता कडक कायदे झालेले आहेत. तरीही अधूनमधून हे कृत्य घडताना दिसते.

खरे तर मुलगी जन्मण्याच्या आधीच तिला मारणे, हा खूनच होय. हा एका व्यक्तीचा खून या अर्थाने ही भीषणच घटना आहे. पण हे व्यक्तीच्या मृत्यूपुरते थांबत नाही. यामुळे संपूर्ण मानव जातच धोक्यात येऊ शकते. लोकसंख्येत पुरुषांचे प्रमाण जास्त आणि स्त्रियांचे प्रमाण कमी या वास्तवामुळे फार मोठे सामाजिक प्रश्न निर्माण होणार आहेत. या प्रश्नांच्या आगीत संपूर्ण समाज होरपळून जाण्याची शक्यता आहे.

या वस्तुस्थितीकडे जरा नीट पाहिले, तिच्यातली विपरीतता स्पष्ट होईल. स्त्रियांची संख्या समाजात सामान्यत: निम्मी असते. आपला अर्धा समाज अन्यायग्रस्त राहिला तर त्याची प्रगती होणार तरी कशी?

स्त्रीभ्रूणहत्येच्या समस्येवर ‘डॉक्टर तुम्हीसुद्धा?’ या नावाचे नाटकही येऊन गेले आहे. समाजाचा एक भाग या समस्येची भीषणता ओळखून आहे. पण ज्याला कळलेच नाही, असा समाजाचा जो भाग आहे तो खूप मोठा आहे. हा समाजगट कितीही मोठा असला, तरी सुज्ञ लोकांनी याविरुद्ध लढले पाहिजे. स्त्रीभ्रूणहत्या हा खूनच होय. आणि अशी कृत्ये करणारी माणसे खुनी होत, असेच समाजाने मानले पाहिजे. तरच या भीषण रूढीला आळा बसेल.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

प्रश्न आ.
‘आईचं नातं सगळ्या जगातलं एकमेव खरं आणि सुंदर नातं आहे,’ या वाक्यातील आशयसौंदर्य उलगडून दाखवा.
उत्तर :
रवींद्रनाथांची एक कथा आहे. एका आईचे आपल्या मुलावर अतोनात प्रेम होते. तिने त्याला कष्टपूर्वक वाढवले. एकदा त्याला देवाचा साक्षात्कार झाला. देवाने त्याला वर दिला, “बाळा काय हवे ते माग.” त्याने देवाकडे अमरत्व मागितले. देवाने ही मागणी मान्य केली, पण त्याने एक अट घातली. “मला तू तुझ्या आईचे हृदय आणून दे.”

बाळाला खात्री होती की आई आपल्याला तिचे हृदय देणारच. तिचे त्याच्यावर अपार प्रेम होते. मुलाने आईकडे येऊन हृदयाची मागणी केली. आईचे हृदय घेतले. आई मरून पडली. मुलगा धावत धावत देवाकडे निघाला. वाटेत त्याला ठेच लागली. त्याच्या हातातले हृदय जमिनीवर पडले. मुलगा हृदय उचलायला धावला तेवढ्यात त्याच्या कानावर शब्द आले, “बाळा, तुला काही लागलं नाही ना?”

ही कथा काल्पनिक आहे, यात शंका नाही. पण या कथेतून आईचे अपार ममत्व, त्यातील उदात्तता, त्यातील शुद्धता, मुलाबाबतची ओढ हे सारे विलक्षण नजाकतीने व्यक्त झाले आहे. आई आपल्या बाळाला नऊ महिने आपल्या कुशीत सांभाळते. तो निव्वळ गोळा असतो, तेव्हा ती स्वत:चे रक्त देऊन त्याचे पालनपोषण करते. खरे तर आपल्याला जसे हात, पाय इत्यादी आपले अवयव असतात, तसाच कोणताही बाळ त्याच्या आईला स्वत:च्या देहाचाच भाग वाटत असतो.

त्यामुळे तिच्या आयुष्यातली सगळी शुद्धता, सगळे पावित्र्य त्या नात्यात एकवटलेले असते. बाळाची भूक प्रथम आईला लागते. बाळाला जरा कुठे काही लागले, तर त्याची कळ आईच्या हृदयात प्रथम उमटते. नीट बारकाईने निरीक्षण केले तर लक्षात येईल की, बाळाच्या वाटचालीकडे, त्याच्या शिक्षणाकडे, त्याच्या प्रकृतीकडे आईचे पूर्ण लक्ष असते. त्याच्या विकासाबाबत ती आत्यंतिक संवेदनशील असते. आईचे प्रेम शुद्ध, पवित्र असते, याचे कारण ती आपल्या बाळासाठी जे काही करते, त्याबदल्यात बाळाकडून कोणतीही अपेक्षा ठेवत नाही. म्हणून जगभरात, सर्व मानवी समाजात आई-मूल हे नाते सर्वश्रेष्ठ मानले गेले आहे.

उपक्रम :

अ. तुमच्या शाळेतील/महाविद्यालयातील स्नेहसंमेलनात ‘व्यंगचित्रांतून सामाजिक प्रबोधन’ या विषयावर चित्रप्रदर्शनाचे आयोजन करा.

आ. ‘बेटी बचाओ, बेटी पढाओ।’ यासारखी स्त्री शिक्षणाशी संबंधित पाच घोषवाक्ये तयार करा.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

खाली दिलेल्या मंगेश तेंडुलकर यांच्या व्यंगचित्राचे निरीक्षण करा. या चित्रातून व्यंगचित्रकाराला काय सुचवायचे असेल असे तुम्हांला वाटते. ते तुमच्या शब्दांत लिहा.

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 9
उत्तर :
कुल्हाड हे दहशत, दडपशाही, हिंसा यांचे प्रतीक आहे. मुलगी हे शांतताप्रेमींचे प्रतीक आहे. पाणी शिंपणे हे शांततेच्या प्रयत्नांचे प्रतीक आहे. कु-हाडीवरील रोपटे हे शांततेचे, प्रेमाचे प्रतीक आहे. हिंसेला हिंसेने उत्तर देऊन हिंसा कधीच संपत नाही. हिंसाचारी माणसांचे मन प्रेमानेच बदलता येते. शांतता, प्रेम निर्माण करण्याचा तोच एक मार्ग आहे.

Marathi Yuvakbharati 12th Digest Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा Additional Important Questions and Answers

लेखकांनी पुढील गोष्टी कळण्यासाठी व्यंगचित्रात वापरलेली प्रतीके लिहा :

प्रश्न 1.
पाठातील गोष्टी – प्रतीके
1. नारळ घेतलेला हात – [ ]
2. जवळून जाणारी व्यंगचित्राची कल्पना – [ ]
उत्तर :
1. नारळ घेतलेला हात : रूढीग्रस्त पुरुष
2. जवळून जाणारी व्यंगचित्राची कल्पना : जवळून जाणारे मासे

जोड्या लावा :

प्रश्न 1.

‘अ’ गट‘ब’ गट
1. तो नारळ नसून ते चिमुरड्या मुलीचे डोके आहे, हे सूचित व्हावे म्हणून1. आणि ती सतत परत यायची.
2. मासिके, नियतकालिके यांना मी सतत चित्र पाठवायचो2. म्हणून ते दीनानाथांशी खोटे बोलले.
3. लेखकांना स्वत:च्या बळावर स्वत:ची पात्रता सिद्ध करायची होती3. त्या नारळाला बारीकसा कानातला डूल दाखवला.

उत्तर :

‘अ’ गट‘ब’ गट
1. तो नारळ नसून ते चिमुरड्या मुलीचे डोके आहे, हे सूचित व्हावे म्हणून3. त्या नारळाला बारीकसा कानातला डूल दाखवला.
2. मासिके, नियतकालिके यांना मी सतत चित्र पाठवायचो1. आणि ती सतत परत यायची.
3. लेखकांना स्वत:च्या बळावर स्वत:ची पात्रता सिद्ध करायची होती2. म्हणून ते दीनानाथांशी खोटे बोलले.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

कृती करा :

प्रश्न 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 10
उत्तर :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा 11

लेखकांनी नोंदवलेल्या व्यंगचित्र सुचण्याच्या दोन प्रक्रिया सांगा.

प्रश्न 1.
लेखकांनी नोंदवलेल्या व्यंगचित्र सुचण्याच्या दोन प्रक्रिया सांगा.
उत्तर :
1. जवळून जात असलेली एखादी व्यंगचित्राची कल्पना तिथून उचलली जाते आणि कागदावर उतरवली जाते.
2. आधी एखादी कल्पना मनात निश्चित करून चित्र रेखाटता रेखाटता कधीतरी अचानकपणे आपली मनातील सुप्त इच्छा त्या चित्रात स्वतंत्र रूप घेऊन येते.

लेखकांना लागू पडणाऱ्या व्यक्तिवैशिष्ट्यांसमोर (✓) अशी खूण करा आणि लागू न पडणाऱ्या व्यक्तिवैशिष्ट्यांसमोर (✗) अशी खूण करा :

प्रश्न 1.
वाईच्या व्यंगचित्र प्रदर्शनात लेखकांना मोलाचे शिक्षण मिळाले. ( )
उत्तर :
वाईच्या व्यंगचित्र प्रदर्शनात लेखकांना मोलाचे शिक्षण मिळाले. (✓)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

कारणे लिहा :

प्रश्न 1.

  1. ‘दीपावली’त स्वत:ची चित्रे प्रसिद्ध व्हावीत असे लेखकांना वाटत होते; कारण –
  2. लेखक खोटे बोलले, हे दीनानाथांना कळले होते, पण ते त्या वेळी काहीही बोलले नाहीत; कारण –
  3. दीनानाथांना लेखकांचे स्पष्टीकरण आवडले; कारण –

उत्तर :

  1. ‘दीपावली त स्वत:ची चित्रे प्रसिद्ध व्हावीत असे लेखकांना वाटत होते; कारण दीपावली हे मासिक दर्जेदार असल्याने त्यात आपली चित्रे प्रसिद्ध झाली; तर आपल्याला मान्यता मिळेल, असे लेखकांना वाटत होते.
  2. लेखक खोटे बोलले, हे दीनानाथांना कळले होते, पण ते त्या वेळी काहीही बोलले नाहीत; कारण लेखक कधी कबूल करतात, हे त्यांना पाहायचे होते.
  3. दीनानाथांना लेखकांचे स्पष्टीकरण आवडले; कारण लेखकांसारखी माणसे क्वचितच आढळतात.

रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा Summary in Marathi

पाठ परिचय :

  • व्यंगचित्रांसाठी विषय मिळण्यात लेखकांना कधीही अडचण आली नाही. त्यांना खोलवर विचार करण्याची सवय होती. या विचार करण्याच्या वाटेवर त्यांना व्यंगचित्रांचे विषय मिळत असत.
  • लेखक अनेक कार्यक्रमांना आवर्जून उपस्थित राहत. अशा कार्यक्रमांतील घडामोडींमधून व्यंगचित्रांसाठी त्यांना विषय मिळत. उदा., स्त्रीभ्रूणहत्येबद्दलचे पोस्टर.
  • व्यंगचित्रांचे विषय आपल्या अवतीभवतीच असतात. जवळून जात-येत असतात. त्यांनाच अलगद उचलायचे आणि कागदावर चितारायचे.
  • व्यंगचित्र ही नि:शब्द भाषा असते. अंत:करणातील खोलवरचे भाव व्यंगचित्रातून उत्तम रितीने व्यक्त होऊ शकतात, ही त्यांची ठाम धारणा होती, आपले हे मत त्यांनी आपल्या चित्रांतून समर्थपणे व्यक्त केले. उदा., आईवरील चित्र आणि बाबांना श्रद्धांजली वाहणारे चित्र.
  • देशविदेशात 80 हून अधिक व्यंगचित्र प्रदर्शने भरवली.
  • व्यंगचित्र म्हणजे एक छान भाषाच होय, हा संदेश देण्यासाठी त्यांनी प्रदर्शने भरवली.
  • वाईच्या प्रदर्शनात एक प्रेक्षक शेतकरी आपल्या कुटुंबीयांना चित्रे समजावून देत होता. चित्र निर्माण करण्याचा आपला हेतू आणि
  • चित्राचा प्रेक्षकांवर होणारा परिणाम यातून आपल्या चित्रांचे यशापयश समजून घेण्यातून चित्रकलेचे फार मोठे शिक्षण लेखकांना मिळाले.
  • प्रारंभीच्या काळात प्रसिद्धीसाठी धडपड करावी लागली. दीनानाथ दलालांनी संधी दिली. त्यांनी लेखकांची मुलाखत घेतली. लेखकांना व्यंगचित्रांचा नवीन ट्रेंड समजावून सांगितला. या भेटीतून खूप मोठा लाभ लेखकांना झाला. त्यांची चित्रेही दलालांनी स्वीकारली.
  • दलालांनी चित्र काढण्याचे प्रात्यक्षिक दाखवले. व्यंगचित्र कलेतील नवा प्रवाह समजावून सांगितला. चित्राचा ‘परस्पेक्टिव्ह’ समजावून सांगितला.
  • दलालांशी झालेल्या बोलण्यात लेखकांनी विजय तेंडुलकर हे आपले बंधू आहेत, हे प्रथम नाकारले, नंतर स्वीकारले. विजय तेंडुलकरांच्या ओळखीमुळे आपली चित्रे स्वीकारली गेली, असे होऊ नये; आपल्या चित्रांच्या दर्जामुळे ती स्वीकारली जावीत, असा लेखकांचा आग्रह होता.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Marathi Yuvakbharati Solutions Chapter 12 रंगरेषा व्यंगरेषा

शब्दार्थ :

  1. स्रोत – उगमस्थान.
  2. प्रत्यंतर – अनुभव, पुरावा, खात्री.
  3. स्वारस्य – मनापासून असलेली, उत्कट इच्छा, नैसर्गिक आवड.
  4. कणसदृश्य – कणाएवढी.
  5. अपार – अमर्याद (पार = काठ, बांध. बांध नसलेला, अमर्याद पसरलेला.)
  6. इझेल – लिहिण्याचा फळा अडकवण्याचे साधन, घोडा.
  7. परस्पेक्टिव्ह – विशिष्ट कोनातून पाहिल्यास नजरेस पडणारे दृश्यरूप.

वाक्प्रचार व त्याचा अर्थ

हात देणे – मदत करणे.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 1.
What are biomolecules? Give examples of biomolecules.
Answer:
Biomolecules: The lifeless, complex organic molecules which combine in a specific manner to produce life or control biological reactions are called biomolecules.

Examples: Carbohydrates, lipids (fats and oils), nucleic acids, enzymes.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 2.
What is the importance of biomolecules?
Answer:
Biomolecules are organic molecules which combine in a particular fashion to give complex substances which help to sustain life and produce identical daughter cells and play an important role in the actions of an organism.

  • Carbohydrates are the major constituents of food and source of energy.
  • Proteins help in proper functioning of living beings. They are important constituents of skin, hair, muscles. Enzymes which catalyse chemical reactions that take place in cells are proteins.
  • Lipids (fats and oils) function as the storehouses of energy.
  • Nucleic acids, the ribonucleic acid (RNA), and deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) are responsible for genetic characteristics and synthesis of proteins.

Question 3.
What are carbohydrates?
OR
Define the term : Carbohydrates.
Answer:
Carbohydrates : Carbohydrates are optically active polyhydroxy aldehydes or polyhydroxy ketones, or the compounds which on hydrolysis produce polyhydroxy aldehydes or polyhydroxy ketones.

Examples : Glucose, sucrose, fructose.

Question 4.
What is monosaccharide?
Answer:
The basic unit of all carbohydrates which is a simple carbohydrate and cannot be hydrolysed further is known as monosaccharide. The monosaccharide is crystalline and soluble in water. E.g. Glucose, fructose, ribose.

Question 5.
Mention the names of monosaccharides or simple carbohydrates.
Answer:
Monosaccharides are (1) glucose (2) fructose (3) ribose.

Question 6.
State the basic unit of all carbohydrates.
Answer:
The basic unit of all carbohydrates which is a simple carbohydrate and cannot be hydrolysed further is known as monosaccharide.

Question 7.
How are carbohydrates classified?
OR
Classification of carbohydrates with examples.
Answer:
Carbohydrates are classified as monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.
(1) Monosaccharides : These carbohydrates cannot be further hydrolysed into smaller units. They are basic units of all carbohydrates, and are called monosaccharides.

Examples : Glucose, fructose, ribose

(2) Oligosaccharides : An oligosaccharide is a carbohydrate (sugar) which on hydrolysis gives two to ten monosaccharide units.
Depending on the number of monosaccharides produced on hydrolysis, oligosaccharides are further classified as :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 1

Oligosaccharide is homogeneous. In this, each molecule of oligosaccharide contains the same number of monosaccharide units joined together in the same order as every other molecule of the same oligosaccharide.

(3) Polysaccharides : These are carbohydrates which on hydrolysis give a large number of monosaccharides.

Polysaccharides are tasteless, amorphous, insoluble in water. They are long chain, naturally αcurring polymers of carbohydrates.

Example : Cellulose, starch, glycogen.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 8.
Classify the following carbohydrates into Monosaccharide, Disaccharide, Oligosaccharide, Polysaccharide.
(1) Glucose
(2) Starch
(3) Sucrose
(4) Maltose
(5) Galactose
(6) Lactose
(7) Ribose.
Answer:

CarbohydratesClass
(1) GlucoseMonosaccharide
(2) StarchPolysaccharide
(3) SucroseDisaccharide
(4) MaltoseDisaccharide
(5) GalactoseMonosaccharide
(6) LactoseDisaccharide
(7) RiboseMonosaccharide

Question 9.
Classify the following carbohydrates.
(1) Cellulose,
(2) Maltose,
(3) Raffinose,
(4) Fructose.
Answer:

CarbohydratesClass
(1)     Cellulose

(2)     Maltose

(3)     Raffinose

(4)     Fructose

Polysaccharide

Disaccharide

Trisaccharide

Monosaccharide

Question 10.
Classify the following into monosaccharides, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.
(1) Starch
(2) Glucose
(3) Stachyose
(4) Maltose
(5) Raffinose
(6) Cellulose
(7) Sucrose
(8) Lactose.
Answer:

MonosaccharidesGlucose
OligosaccharidesStachyose, maltose, raffinose, sucrose, lactose
PolysaccharidesStarch, cellulose

Question 11.
Classify the following into monosaccharides and disaccharides.
Ribose, maltose, galactose, fructose and lactose (~2 mark each)
Answer:

MonosaccharidesRibose, galactose, fructose
DisaccharidesMaltose, lactose

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 12.
Give the preparation of glucose from sucrose or cane sugar.
OR
Describe the laboratory method of preparation of glucose.
Answer:
Preparation of glucose from sucrose (cane sugar) : Laboratory method.

Glucose is prepared in the laboratory by hydrolysis of sucrose by boiling it with dilute hydrαhloric acid or dilute sulphuric acid for about two hours. On hydrolysis, sucrose gives one molecule of glucose and one molecule of fructose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 5
Alcohol is added during cooling to separate glucose and fructose since, glucose is almost insoluble in alcohol, hence it crystallizes out first. Fructose remains in the solution as it is more soluble than glucose.

Crystals of glucose are separated out by filtration and purified by recrystallization.

Question 13.
Give the preparation of glucose from starch.
OR
How is glucose prepared on commercial scale?
Answer:
Commercially, on a large scale, glucose is prepared by hydrolysis of starch with dilute sulphuric acid. Starchy material is mixed with water and dilute sulphuric acid and heated at 393 K under 2 to 3-atm pressure. Starch is hydrolysed to give glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 6

Question 14.
Explain the structure of glucose.
Answer:
Molecular formula of glucose is C6H12O6.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 7
Glucose has an aldohexose structure. In other words, glucose molecule contains one aldehydic, that is, formyl group and the remaining five carbons carry one hydroxyl group (-OH) each. The six carbons in glucose form one straight chain.

Question 15.
Describe the action of following reagents on glucose :
(1) HI
(2) Hydroxyl amine (NH2OH)
(3) Hydrogen cyanide
(4) Bromine water
(5) dil. Nitric acid
(6) Acetic anhydride.
Answer:
(1) Action of HI : Glucose on prolonged heating with HI gives n-hexane, indicates that all the six carbon atoms are linked in straight chain.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 8

(2) Action of hydroxyl amine : Glucose reacts with hydroxyl amine in an aqueous solution to form glucose oxime. This indicates the presence of CHO group in glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 9

(3) Action of hydrogen cyanide : Glucose reacts with hydrogen cyanide to form glucose cyanohydrin.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 10

(4) Action of bromine water : Glucose on oxidation with mild oxidising agent like bromine water gives gluconic acid, which shows that the carbonyl group in glucose is aldehyde group.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 11

(5) Action of dll. nitric acid : Glucose on oxidation with dilute nitric acid forms dicarboxylic acid, saccharic acid. This indicates the presence of a primary alcoholic group (-CH2OH) in glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 12

(6) Action of acetic anhydride : When glucose is heated with acetic anhydride in the presence of catalyst pyridine, glucose penta acetate is formed. It indicates that glucose is a stable compound and contains five hydroxyl groups.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 13

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 16.
Write Fischer projection formulae for
(1) Glucose
(2) Gluconic acid
(3) Saccharic acid.
Answer:
Fischer projection formulae of glucose, gluconic acid and saccharic acid :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 17

Question 17.
Explain D and L configuration in sugars.
Answer:
The simplest carbohydrates glyceraldehyde is chosen as the standard, to assign D and L configuration to monosaccharides. Glyceraldehyde contains one asymmetric carbon atom and exist in two enantiomeric forms
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 18

The dextro entantiomer is represented as (+) glyceraldehyde and it is referred as D-configuration i.e., D-glyceraldehyde. The laevo enantiomer of glyceraldehyde is represented as ( -) glyceraldehyde and it corelated as L-configuration i.e., L-glyceraldehyde.

In Fischer projection formula, a monosaccharide is assigned D-configuration if the (- OH) hydroxyl group at the last chiral carbon and lies towards right hand side. On the other hand it is assigned L-configuration if the – OH group on the last chiral carbon atom and lies on the left hand side. In monosaccharides, the most oxidised carbon (i.e., -CHO) is at the top.

Examples :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 19

Question 18.
Write Fischer projection formulae for (a) L-( + )-erythrose (b) L-( +) ribulose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 23

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 19.
Is the following sugar, D-sugar or L-sugar?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 24
Answer:
The compound is L-sugar.
The compound is L-sugar.

Question 20.
Assign D/L configuration to the following monosaccharides.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 25
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 26
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 27

Question 21.
Explain ring structure of glucose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 28
Glucose has two cyclic structures (II and III) which are in equilibrium with each other through the open chain structure (I) in aqueous solution.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

The ring structure of glucose is formed by reaction between the formyl ( – CHO) group and the alcoholic (- OH) group at C – 5. Thus, the ring structure is called a hemiacetal. The two hemiacetal structures (II and III) differ only in the configuration of C – I (Fig.), the additional chiral centre resulting from ring closure. The two ring structures are called α- and β- anomers of glucose and C-l is called the anomeric carbon. The ring of the cyclic structure of glucose contains five carbons and one oxygen. Thus, it is a six membered ring. It is called pyranose structure, in analogy with the six membered heterαyclic compound pyran (IV). Hence glucose is also called glucopyranose.

Question 22.
Write the structures of α-D-( + )-glucopyranose and β-D-( +) glucopyranose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 29

Question 23.
Explain Haworth formula of glycopyranose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 30
In the Haworth formula the pyranose ring is considered to be in a perpendicular plane with respect to the plane of paper. The carbons and oxygen in the ring are in the places as they appear in figure. The lower side of the ring is called α-side and the upper side is the β-side. The α-anomer has its anomeric hydroxyl (- OH) group (at C-l) on the α-side, whereas the β-anomer has its anomeric hydroxyl (- OH) group (at C-l) on the β-side. The groups which appear on right side in the Fischer projection formula appear on α-side in the Haworth formula, and the groups which appear on left side in the fischer projection formula appear on a β-side in the Haworth formula.

Question 24.
Explain the structure of fructose.
Answer:
Fructose has molecular formula C6H12O6. It contains ketonic functional group at carbon number 2 and six carbon atoms in straight chain. It belongs to D-series and is a laevo rotatory compound. It is written as D-( – )-fructose. Being an α-hydroxy keto compound fructose is a reducing sugar.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 31

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 25.
Draw mirror images of glucose and fructose.
Answer:
(1) Glucose
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 32
(2) Fructose
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 33

Question 26.
Write the two cyclic structures of α-D-( – )-fructofuranose and β-D-( – )-fructofuranose exist in equilibrium with open chain structure.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 34

Question 27.
Write the Haworth projection formulae for α -D-( -) – Fructofuranose and β – D – ( -) – Fructo- furanose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 35

Question 28.
Explain the structure of sucrose.
Answer:
Sucrose is a hexasaccharide and has molecular formula C12H22O11. The structure of shcrose contains glycosidic linkage between C – 1 of α-glucose and C – 2 of β-fructose. Since aldehyde and ketone groups of both monosaccharide units are involved in the formation of glycosidic bond, sucrose is a nonreducing sugar.

Sucrose is dextrorotatory, on hydrolysis with dilute acid or an enzyme invertase gives equimolar mixture of dextrorotatory glucose and laevorotatory fructose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 36
The solution is laevorotatory because laevo rotation of fructose (- 92.4°) is more than dextrorotation of glucose ( + 52.50), hence the sign of rotation is changed from (+) to (-) after hydrolysis, the product is called invert sugar.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 37

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 29.
Explain the structure of maltose.
Answer:
Maltose is another disaccharide obtained by partial hydrolysis of starch or made of two units of D-glucose. In maltose, C-l of one α-D-glucose is linked to C-4 of another α-D-glucose molecule by glycosidic linkage. The glucose ring which uses its hydroxyl group at C-1 is α – 1 → 4 glycosidic linkage. It is a reducing sugar because a free aldehyde group can be produced at C1 of second glucose molecule. Maltose on hydrolysis with dilute acids gives glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 38

Question 30.
Draw a neat diagram for Haworth formula of maltose.

Question 31.
Explain the structure of lactose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 39
Lactose (C12H22O11) is a disaccharide. It is found in milk, therefore, it is also known as milk sugar. It is formed from two monosaccharide units, namely D – galactose and D – glucose. The glycosidic linkage is formed between C-l of β-D-galactose and C -4 of glucose. Therefore the linkage in lactose is called β – 1,4 – glycosidic linkage. The hemiacetal group at C-l of the glucose unit is not involved in glycosidic linkage but is free. Hence lactose is a reducing sugar. The above figure shows Haworth formula of lactose.

Question 32.
What are the hydrolysis products of (1) lactose (2) sucrose?
Answer:
(1) Lactose on hydrolysis in presence of an acid or enzyme lactase gives one molecule each of glucose and galactose
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 40
(2) Sucrose on hydrolysis in the presence of dii. acid or the enzyme invertase gives one molecule each of glucose and fructose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 41

Question 33.
Explain the structure of starch.
Answer:
Starch is found in cereal grains, roots, tubers, potatoes, etc. It is a polymer of α-D-glucose and consists of two components, amylose and amylopectin.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Amylose is water soluble component forms blue coloured complex with iodine. It constitutes about 20 % of starch. Amylose contains 200 to 1000 α-D-glucose units linked together by glycosidic linkage between C-l of one unit and C-4 of another unit. i.e. α-1, 4 glycosidic linkages.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 43
Amylopectin is insoluble in water and constitutes about 80 % starch which forms blue-violet coloured complex with iodine. It is a branched chain polymer. In amylopectin, α-D-glucose molecules are linked together by glycosidic linkage between C1 – of one unit and C-4 of another unit to form long chain and branching αcurs by glycosidic linkage between C-l and C6 glycosidic linkage.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 44

Question 34.
What are polysaccharides?
Answer:
A large number of same or different monosaccharides are joined together by glycosidic linkages are called polysaccharides. They have general formula (C6H10O5)n.

Question 35.
Explain the structure of cellulose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 45
Cellulose mainly αcurs in plants. Cell wall of plant cells is made up of cellulose. It is a long chain polymer. In cellulose, β-D-glucose units are linked by glycosidic linkage between C1-of one unit of glucose and C4 of another glucose unit. Thus cellulose contains 1 → 4β glycosidic linkages like those in cellobiose.

Question 36.
Explain the structure of glycogen.
Answer:
The glucose is stored in animal body in the form of glycogen. It is also known as animal starch because its structure is similar to amylopectin. Glycogen is highly branched. Whenever the body is required glucose, enzymes breaks the glycogen to glucose.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 37.
How is glycogen different from starch?
Answer:
Starch is the main storage molecules of plants whereas glycogen is the main storage molecule of animals. Starch is found in cereals, roots, tubers, etc. Glycogen is present in liver, muscles and brain.

Question 38.
What do you understand by the term glycosidic linkage?
Answer:
The linkage between two monosaccharide units through oxygen atom is called glycosidic linkage.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 46

Question 39.
What is the basic structural difference between starch and cellulose?
Answer:
Starch is a polymer of a-glucose and consists of two components-amylose and amylopectin. In amylose α-D-D-( + )-glucose units held by C,-C4 glycosidic linkage and in amylopectin, α-D-glucose units held by C1-C4 glycosidic linkage whereas branching αcurs by C1-C6 glycosidic linkage. [Refer Question 35 (i) (ii) Fig.] Cellulose is a straight chain polysaccharide composed only of β-D-glucose units held by C1-C4 glycosidic linkage. (Refer Question 37 Fig.)

Question 40.
Define the term : Protein OR What are proteins?
Answer:
Chemically proteins are polyamides which are high molecular weight polymers of the monomer units i.e. α-amino acids. OR It can also be defined as Proteins are the biopolymers of a large number of a-amino acids and they are naturally occurring polymeric nitrogenous organic compounds containing 16% nitrogen and peptide linkages (-CO-NH-).

Question 41.
Write the common sources of protein.
Answer:
Common sources of proteins are milk, pulses, peanuts, eggs, fishes, cheese, cereals, etc. They are also the principal materials of muscle, nerves, tendons, skin, blood, enzymes, many hormones and antibiotics.

Question 42.
What are the products of hydrolysis of proteins?
Answer:
On hydrolysis, proteins give a mixture of α-anlino acids.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 47
The α-carbon in α-amino acids ohtained by hydrolysis of proteins has ‘L’ configuration.

Question 43.
What are the a-amino acids?
Answer:
α-Amino acids are carboxylic acids having an amino (- NH2) group bonded to the α-carbon, i.e. the carbon next to the carboxyl (- COOH) group.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 48
α-amino acids are derivatives of carboxylic acids, obtained by replacing – H atom by amino group. They are bifunctional compounds containing acidic Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 49 and basic – NH2 groups.
Example : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 50 (where R is an alkyl group or aryl group).

The amino acids are colourless, crystalline, water soluble, high melting solids. These acids in their aqueous solutions behave like salts due to presence of both acidic, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 51 and basic. (- NH2) groups in the same molecule.

Such a doubly charged ion is known as zwitter ion. Example : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 52
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 53

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 44.
What are the final products of hydrolysis of proteins?
Answer:
Proteins on hydrolysis with dilute solution of acids, alkalies or enzymes give a mixture of large number of a-amino acids as final products.

For example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 54

Question 45.
Write the classification of amino acids, giving examples.
Answer:
The amino acids are of three types : acidic, basic and neutral. The symbol ‘R’ in the structure of a-amino acids represents side chain and may contain additional functional groups.

(1) Acidic amino acids : If ‘R’ contains a carboxyl (- COOH) group the amino acid is acidic amino acid, i.e. If carboxyl groups are more in number than amino groups, then amino acids are acidic in nature.

Examples : Glutamic acid HOOC-CH2-CH2-; Aspartic acid HOO-CH2

(2) Basic amino acids : If ‘R’ contains an amino (1°, 2°, or 3°) group, it is called basic amino acid i.e. If amino groups are more in number than carboxyl groups then amino acids are basic in nature.

Examples : Arginine Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 55

(3) Neutral amino acids : The other amino acids having neutral or no functional group in ‘R’ are called neutral amino acids, i.e. The amino acids having equal number of amino and carboxyl groups are neutral amino acids.

Examples : Alanine CH3-; Valine (CH3)2-CH

Question 46.
What are essential and non-essential amino acids? Give two examples of each.
Answer:
The amino acids, which cannot be synthesised in the body and are supplied through diet are called essential amino acids. Examples : Lysine H2N-(CH2)4-; Valine (CH3)2CH- The amino acids which are synthesized in the body are called non-essential amino acids.

Examples : Glutamic acid HOO-CH2-CH2-; Serine HO-CH2

Question 47.
What is meant by Zwitter ion?
Answer:
An a-amino acid molecule contains both acidic carboxyl ( – COOH) group as well as basic amino (- NH2) group. Proton transfer from acidic group to basic group of amino acid forms a salt, which is a dipolar ion called a zwitterion.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 61

Question 48.
Draw zwitter ion of alanine and other two forms.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 62

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 49.
What is a peptide bond (peptide linkage)?
OR
Define peptide bond.
Answer:
Proteins are the polymers of a-amino acids and they are connected to each other. The bond that connects a-amino acids to each other is called peptide bond (peptide linkage, – CONH -).

Question 50.
How is peptide linkage (dipeptide linkage) formed in proteins? How is tripeptide formed?
Answer:
Peptide linkage is formed by condensation of acidic Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 63 group of one molecule of a-amino acid and basic -NH2 group of other molecule of α-amino acid with elimination of water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 64

When one more molecule of amino acid combines with dipeptide, it forms tripeptide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 65
Thus, it forms tetra, penta and finally a polypeptide chain i.e. proteins. Hence, proteins are basically polypeptides.

Question 51.
Write the structures of all possible dipeptides which can be obtained from glycine and alanine.
Answer:
(1) Dipeptide from glycine :
Carboxylic group of glycine reacting with amino group another molecule of glycine to form dipeptide
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 73
(2) Dipeptide from alanine :
Carboxylic goup of alanine reaction with amino goup of another molecule of alamine to form dipeptide
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 74
(3) Dipeptide from glycine and alanine :
Carboxylic group of glycine reacting with amino group another molecule of alanine to form dipeptide
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 75

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 52.
How are proteins classified on the basis of molecular shapes?
Answer:
On the basis of their molecular shapes proteins are classified as :
(1) Fibrous proteins : The proteins in which the polypeptide chains lie parallel (side by side) to form fibre-like structure, are called fibrous proteins. The polypeptide chains held together by hydrogen bonds. These proteins are insoluble in water.

The fibrous proteins are tough and insoluble in water, and dilute acids or bases.

Example : myαin (in muscles), keratin (in hair, nails, skin), fibroin (in silk), collagen (in tendons), etc.

(2) Globular proteins : The proteins have spherical shape. This shape results from coiling around of the polypeptide chain of protein, and have intramolecular hydrogen bonding are called globular proteins.

They are soluble in water and dilute acids or bases.

Example : Haemoglobin (in blood), albumin (in eggs), insulin (in pancreas), etc.

Question 53.
Distinguish between globular and fibrous proteins.
Answer:

Globular proteinsFibrous proteins
(1) The chains of polypeptides of protein coil around to give a spherical shape.
(2) Globular proteins are soluble in water.
(3) They are sensitive to small changes of temperature and pH.
(4) They possess biological activity.
(1) The proteins in which the polypeptide chains lie parallel to form fibre like structure.
(2) Fibrous proteins are insoluble in water.
(3) They are stable to moderate changes of temperature and pH.
(4) They do not possess biological activity.

Question 54.
Draw a neat labelled diagram for the secondary structure of protein.
Answer:
Secondary structure of proteins : The three-dimensional arrangement of lαalized regions of a long polypeptide chain is called the secondary structure of protein. Hydrogen bonding between N-H proton of one amide linkage and C = O oxygen of another gives rise to the secondary structure. There are two different types of secondary structures i.e. α-helix and β-pleated sheet.

α-Helix : In a-helix structure, a polypeptide chain gets coiled by twisting into a right handed or clαkwise spiral known as a-helixn. The characteristic features of α-helical structure of protein are :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 78
(1) Each turn of the helix has 3.6 amino acids.
(2) A C = O group of one amino acid is hydrogen bonded to N – H group of the fourth amino acid along the chain.
(3) Hydrogen bonds are parallel to the axis of helix while R groups extend outward from the helix core.
Myosin in muscle and a-keratin in hair are proteins with almost entire a-helical secondary structure.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

β-Pleated sheet : In secondary structure, when two or more polypeptide chains (strands) line up side-by-side is called β-pleated sheets. The β-picate sheet structure of protein consists of extended strands of polypeptide chains held together by intermolecular hydrogen bonding. The characteristics of β-pleated sheet structure are :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 79

  • The C = O and N – H bonds lie in the planes of the sheet.
  • Hydrogen bonding occurs between the N – H and C = O groups of nearby amino acid residues in the neighbouring chains.
  • The R groups are oriented above and below the plane of the sheet.

The β-pleated sheet arrangement is favoured by amino acids with small R groups.

Question 55.
What is denaturation of proteins? How is denaturation brought about?
OR
What is the effect of denaturation on the structure of proteins?
Answer:
The prαess by which the molecular shape of protein changes without breaking the amide / peptide bonds that form the primary structure is called denaturation. OR Proteins gets easily precipitated. It is an irreversible change and the prαess is called denaturation of proteins.

Denaturation uncoils the protein and destroys the shape and thus loses their characteristic biological activity. Denaturation is brought about by heating the protein with alcohol, concentrated inorganic acids or by salts of heavy metals. During denaturation secondary and tertiary and quternary structures are destroyed but primary structure remains intact.

Example : Boiling of egg to coagulate egg white, conversion of milk to curd.

Question 56.
Define : Enzymes
Answer:
All biological reactions are catalysed by bio-catalyst in living organisms called enzymes.

Question 57.
What are enzymes? Explain with suitable example.
Answer:
All biological or bio-catalysts which catalyse the reactions in living organisms are called enzymes. Chemically all enzymes are proteins. They are required in very small quantities as they are catalyst also they reduce the activation energy for a particular reaction.

Example : Enzyme maltase converts maltose to glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 84

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 58.
Explain the catalytic action of enzymes.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 85
Answer:
Mechanism of enzyme catalysis : Action of an enzyme on a substrate is known as lock-and-key mechanism.

Accordingly, the enzyme has active site on its surface. A substrate molecule can attach to this active site only if it has the right size and shape. Once in the active site, the substrate is held in the correct orientation, enzymes provide functional group which will attack the substrate and forms the products of reaction. The products leave the active site and the enzyme is ready to act as catalyst again.

Question 59.
Give examples of industrial application of enzyme catalysis.
Answer:

  • Glucose Isomerase (enzyme) is used in conversion of glucose to sweet-tasting fructose.
  • New antibiotics are manufactured using penicillin acylase (enzyme).
  • Laundry detergentts are manufactured using proteases (enzyme).
  • Esters used in cosmetics are manufactured using genetically engineered enzyme.

Question 60.
Draw a neat diagram for enzyme catalysis.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 85

Question 61.
State the main functions of enzymes.
Answer:
Enzymes are biological catalyst and they are highly specific in nature. The two main functions are as follows :
(1) They lower the requirement of activation energy.
(2) They speed up the rate of reaction.
E.g. Enzyme maltase catalyses maltose to glucose.
\(\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\text { Maltase }}{\longrightarrow} 2 \mathrm{C}_{6} \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_{6}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 62.
What are nucleic acids?
Answer:
Nucleic acids are unbranched polymers of repeating monomers i.e. nucleotides. In other words, nucleic acids have a polynucleotide structure which in turn consists of a base, a pentose sugar and phosphate moiety.

Nucleic acids are biomolecules which are found in the nuclei of all living cells in the form of nucleoproteins or chromosomes.

(Nucleoproteins = Proteins + Nucleic acid)
(prosthetic group)

Question 63.
State the types of nucleic acids.
Answer:
The types of nucleic acids are : Ribonucleic acid (RNA) and deoxy ribonucleic acid (DNA). DNA molecules contain several million nucleotides while RNA molecules contain a few thousand nucleotides.

Question 64.
Explain chemical composition of nucleic acids.
Answer:
Nucleic acids have a polynucleotide structure. Nucleic acids (RNA and DNA) consists of three components :
(1) monosaccharide (sugar)
(2) nitrogen containing base and
(3) phosphate group.

(1) Monosaccharides : Nucleotides of both RNA consist of five membered monosaccharide ring (furanose), called as simply sugar component.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 86
In RNA, the sugar component of nucleotide units is D-ribose and in DNA 2-deoxy-D-ribose.
2 – deoxy means no – OH group at C2 position.

(2) Nitrogen containing base : Total five nitrogen – containing bases are present in nucleic acids. Three bases with one ring (cytosine, uracil and thymine) are derived from the parent compound pyrimidine. Two bases with two rings (adenine and guanine) are derived from the parent compound purine. Each base in designated by a one-letter symbol. Uracil (U) αcurs only in RNA while thymine (T) ocurs only in DNA.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 87

(3) Phosphate group : The sugar units are joined to phosphate through C3 and C5 hydroxyl groups.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 65.
What is meant by nucleosides?
OR
Write the structure of nucleoside. Give examples.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 89
A nucleoside contains two basic components of nucleic acids i.e. a pentose sugar and a nitrogenous base.

A nucleoside is formed when 1 -position of a pyrimidine (cytosine, thymine or uracil) or 9-position of guanine or adenine base is attached to C- l of sugar by β-linkage.

Examples: Formation of nucleoside:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 90

Question 66.
What is meant by nucleotide?
OR
Write the structure of nucleotide. Give example.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 91
A nucleotide contains all three basic components of nucleic acids i.e., a pentose sugar, a phosphoric acid and a nitrogenous base. These are obtained by esterification of \(\mathrm{C}_{5}^{1}-\mathrm{OH}\) group of the pentose sugar by phosphoric acid. Nucleotides are joined together through phosphate ester linkage. Thus, nucleotides are monophosphates of nucleosides. Abridged names of some nucleotides are AMP, dAMP, UMP, dTMP and so on. Here, the first capital letter is derived from the corresponding base. MP stands for monophosphate. Small letter ‘d’ in the beginning indicates deoxyribose in the nucleotide.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 92

 

Question 67.
Write the structure of nucleic acids.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 95
Answer:
Nucleic acids, both DNA and RNA, are polymers of nucleotides, formed by joining the 3′ – OH group of one nucleotide with 5′ – phosphate of another nucleotide. Two ends of polynucleotide chain are distinct from each other. One end having free phosphate group of 5′ position is called 5′ end. The other end is 3′ end and has free OH – group at 3′ position.

Question 68.
Draw a schematic representation of polynucleotide structure of nucleic acids.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 96

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 69.
Explain double helix.
OR
State the salient features of the Watson and Crick mode of DNA.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 98
The Salient features are :

  1. DNA is made of two polynucleotide strands that wind into a right-handed double helix.
  2. The two strands run in opposite directions: one from the Y end to the 3’ end, while the other from the 3’ end to the Y end.
  3. Pcrpcndicular to the axis of the helix, the sugar – phosphate backbone lies on the outside of the helix and the bases lic on the inside.
  4. The hydrogen bonding between the hases of the two DNA strands stabilizes the double helix. This gives rise to a ladder-like structure of DNA double helix.
  5. Adenine always forms two hydrogen bonds with thymine and guanine forms three hydrogen bonds with cytosinc. Thus A – T arid C – G arc complementary hase pairs and the Two strands of the double helix arc complementary to each other.

Question 70.
Give scientific reasons :
1. In the preparation of glucose from sucrose, ethyl alcohol is added at the time of cooling.
Answer:
Hydrolysis of sucrose with dilute hydrαhloric acid gives glucose along with fructose.

Ethyl alcohol is added at the time of cooling in the preparation of glucose, to separate glucose from fructose. Glucose being insoluble in alcohol, crystallizes out first, while fructose being more soluble in alcohol, remains in the solution.

Question 71.
Answer in one sentence :

(1) How is glucose stored in the animal body?
Answer:
Glucose is stored in the form of glycogen in the animal body.

(2) Write other term used for carbohydrates.
Answer:
Carbohydrates are often termed as saccharides or sugars.

(3) How many moles of acetic anhydride will be required to form glucose penta acetate from 1 mole of glucose?
Answer:
10 moles of acetic anhydride.

(4) What are reducing sugars?
Answer:
Reducing sugars : Carbohydrates which reduce Fehling solution to red ppt of Cu20 or Tollen’s reagent to shining metallic silver are called reducing sugars. All monosaccharides and oligosaccharides except sucrose are reducing sugars.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

(5) What are non-reducing sugars?
Answer:
Non-reducing sugars : Carbohydrates which do not reduce Fehling solution and Tollen’s reagent are called non-reducing sugars. E.g. sucrose.

(6) Give an example each of reducing and non-reducing sugars.
Answer:
Reducing sugars : Maltose or lactose
Non-reducing sugars : Sucrose.

(7) Name the linkage which joins two monosaccharide units through oxygen atom.
Answer:
The linkage which joins two monosaccharide units through oxygen atom is called glycosidic linkage.

(8) Name the sugar present in DNA.
Answer:
The sugar present in DNA is deoxyribose.

(9) A nucleotide from DNA containing thymine is hydrolysed. What are the products formed?
Answer:
When nucleotide from DNA containing thymine is hydrolysed, 2-deoxy-D-ribose, thymine and phosphoric acid is obtained.

(10) How is zwitterion formed?
Answer:
In aqueous solution, the carboxyl group loses a proton while the amino group accepts it, as a result, a dipolar or zwitter ion is formed.

(11) Name the amino acids which are synthesized in the body.
Answer:
The amino acids which are synthesized in the body are called non-essential amino acids. Examples : Glutamic acid, serine.

(12) Name the four bases present in DNA which of these is not present in RNA.
Answer:
Purines-adenine (A) and guanine (G); Pyrimidines-thymine (T) and cytosine (C), these four bases are present in DNA. Out of these, thymine (T) is not present in RNA.

(13) What are different types of RNA which are found in the cell?
Answer:
There are three different types of RNA found in the cell. (1) The messenger RNA which carries the message to the ribosome (2) Ribosomal RNA where synthesis of protein takes place (3) The transport RNA.

(14) State the functions of RNA and DNA.
Answer:
RNA and DNA are responsible for generic characteristics : DNA preserves the information and uses it by producing duplicate identical DNA molecules. RNA carries messages and transports them.

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 72.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each subquestion :

1. Which of the following is not sugar?
(a) Sucrose
(b) Starch
(c) Fructose
(d) Glucose
Answer:
(b) Starch

2. Which of the following is the example of disaccharide?
(a) Glucose
(b) Raffinose
(c) Cellulose
(d) Sucrose
Answer:
(d) Sucrose

3. Fructose is
(a) aldopentose
(b) aldohexose
(c) ketopentose
(d) ketohexose
Answer:
(d) ketohexose

4. Oxidation product of glucose with bromine water is
(a) sorbitol
(b) gluconic acid
(c) glutamic acid
(d) saccharic acid
Answer:
(b) gluconic acid

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

5. The general formula of carbohydrates is
(a) C(H2O)
(b) Cx(H2O)y
(c) Cx(H2O)
(d) Cx(H2O)x
Answer:
(b) Cx(H2O)y

6. Monosaccharides containing aldehyde group are called
(a) aldoses
(b) ketoses
(c) polysaccharides
(d) disaccharides
Answer:
(a) aldoses

7. Which of the following sugars can be used to prepare glucose on a large scale?
(a) Cellulose
(b) Cane sugar
(c) Galactose
(d) Starch
Answer:
(d) Starch

8. Which of the following carbohydrates cannot undergo hydrolysis?
(a) Glucose
(b) Sucrose
(c) Cellulose
(d) Maltose
Answer:
(a) Glucose

9. Glucose differs from fructose in
(a) the functional group
(b) the number of chiral carbon atoms
(c) the number of carbon atoms
(d) both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (b)

10. The example of aldopentose is
(a) arabinose
(b) glucose
(c) fructose
(d) sucrose
Answer:
(a) arabinose

11. Dextrose, grape sugar and blood sugar αcurs in
(a) fructose
(b) glucose
(c) sucrose
(d) starch
Answer:
(b) glucose

12. The example of ketopentose is
(a) galactose
(b) ribose
(c) raffinose
(d) maltose
Answer:
(b) ribose

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

13. Cane sugar on hydrolysis gives
(a) glucose and maltose
(b) glucose and lactose
(c) glucose and fructose
(d) only glucose
Answer:
(c) glucose and fructose

14. On commerical scale, glucose is prepared from
(a) starch
(b) potato pulp
(c) sucrose
(d) both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (b)

15. The number of monosaccharide units formed on hydrolysis of glucose are
(a) zero
(b) one
(c) two
(d) three
Answer:
(a) zero

16. Which of the following is NOT TRUE about glucose?
(a) It is monosaccharide
(b) It is a polyhydroxy aldehyde
(c) It is polyhydroxy ketone
(d) It contains six carbon atoms
Answer:
(c) It is polyhydroxy ketone

17. Final hydrolysis product of simple protein is
(a) carboxylic acid
(b) α-amino acid
(c) mineral acid
(d) acetic acid
Answer:
(b) α-amino acid

18. Haemoglobin is the example of-
(a) simple protein
(b) derived protein
(c) fibrous protein
(d) conjugated protein
Answer:
(d) conjugated protein

19. Protein are also called
(a) polysaccharides
(b) polypeptides
(c) polyglycerides
(d) polyster
Answer:
(b) polypeptides

20. The simplest amino acid is
(a) glycine
(b) oxalic acid
(c) adipic acid
(d) caprolactam
Answer:
(a) glycine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

21. Amino acids usually exist in the form of zwitter ion which consist of
(a) the basic group-NH2 and the acidic group -COOH
(b) the acidic group -N+H3 and the basic group COO
(c) the acidic group -COO+ and the acidic group NH3-
(d) acidic or basic group
Answer:
(b) the acidic group -N+H3 and the basic group COO-

22. The water insoluble protein is
(a) casein of milk
(b) albumin
(c) serum albumin
(d) keratin of hair
Answer:
(d) keratin of hair

23. The main structural feature of a protein molecule is the presence of
(a) an ester linkage
(b) an ether linkage
(c) a peptide linkage
(d) all of these
Answer:
(c) a peptide linkage

24. Milk sugar is
(a) sucrose
(b) lactose
(c) maltose
(d) glucose
Answer:
(b) lactose

25. The carbohydrates used for silvering of mirror is
(a) fructose
(b) starch
(c) glucose
(d) cellulose
Answer:
(c) glucose

26. Which one of the following is NOT produced by human body?
(a) DNA
(b) Hormones
(c) Enzymes
(d) Vitamins
Answer:
(c) Enzymes

27. A biological catalyst is essentially
(a) an amino acid
(b) an enzyme
(c) a nitrogen molecule
(d) a carbohydrate
Answer:
(d) a carbohydrate

28. Which one of the following is not a constituent of RNA?
(a) Ribose
(b) Uracil
(c) Thymine
(d) Phosphate
Answer:
(b) Uracil

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

29. DNA is a polymer of units of
(a) sugars
(b) ribose
(c) amino acids
(d) nucleotides
Answer:
(c) amino acids

30. Which one of the following molecules will form zwitter ion?
(a) CH3COOH
(b) CH3CH2NH2
(c) CCl3NO2
(d) NH2CH2COOH
Answer:
(d) NH2CH2COOH

31. In metabolic prαess the maximum energy is given by
(a) carbohydrates
(b) proteins
(c) vitamins
(d) fats
Answer:
(d) fats

32. DNA has a structure of helix was reported by
(a) Herman Fischer
(b) Fedrick Sauger
(c) Andreas Marggraf
(d) Watson and Crick
Answer:
(d) Watson and Crick

33. The secondary structure of a protein is determined by
(a) co-ordinate bond
(b) covalent bond
(c) ionic bond
(d) hydrogen bond
Answer:
(d) hydrogen bond

34. In maltose, glycosidic linkage is present between the two glucose units at positions
(a) 1, 2
(b) 1, 1
(c) 1, 3
(d) 1, 4
Answer:
(d) 1, 4

35. Which of the following amino acids is basic in nature?
(a) Valine
(b) Tyrosine
(c) Arginine
(d) Luecine
Answer:
(c) Arginine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

36. Sucrose molecules consists of
(a) a glucofuranose and a fructopyranose
(b) a glucofuranose and a fructofuranose
(c) a glucopyranose and a fructopyranose
(d) a glucopyranose and a’ fructofuranose
Answer:
(d) a glucopyranose and a’ fructofuranose

37. Which one of the following statements is not correct about DNA molecule?
(a) It has double helix structure
(b) It serves as hereditary material
(c) The two DNA strands are exactly similar
(d) Its replication is called semi-conservative mode of replication
Answer:
(c) The two DNA strands are exactly similar

38. Glycine on heating forms
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 107
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 108
Answer:
(a)

39. Acidic amino acid is
(a) Glutamine
(b) Glutamic acid
(c) Tyrosine
(d) Lysine
Answer:
(b) Glutamic acid

40. Basic amino acid is
(a) Lysine
(b) Glycine
(c) Cystine
(d) Alanine
Answer:
(a) Lysine

41. Precipitation of protein is referred to as
(a) destruction of proteins
(b) separation of proteins
(c) denaturation of proteins
(d) fragmentation of proteins
Answer:
(c) denaturation of proteins

42. An amino acid containing sulphur is
(a) serine
(b) cysteine
(c) valine
(d) asparagine
Answer:
(b) cysteine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

43. Rhamnose is a
(a) carbohydrate
(b) protein
(c) lipid
(d) vitamin
Answer:
(a) carbohydrate

44. Lactose on hydrolysis gives
(a) glucose + glucose
(b) glucose + fructose
(c) glucose + galactose
(d) fructose + galactose
Answer:
(c) glucose + galactose

45. Raffinose on hydrolysis gives
(a) glucose + glucose + galactose
(b) glucose + fructose + galactose
(c) glucose + galactose + galactose
(d) fructose + galactose + galactose
Answer:
(b) glucose + fructose + galactose

46. Naturally αcurring glucose is
(a) dextro rotatory
(b) laevo rotatory
(c) racemic mixture
(d) all of these
Answer:
(a) dextro rotatory

47. Amylopectin is
(a) soluble in water and constitutes about 80% of starch
(b) insoluble in water and constitutes about 80% of starch
(c) Soluble in alcohol and constitutes about 60% of starch
(d) in soluble in alcohol and constitutes about 60% of starch
Answer:
(b) insoluble in water and constitutes about 80% of starch

48. Insulin contains
(a) 51 amino acids
(b) 151 amino acids
(c) 15 amino acids
(d) 115 amino acids
Answer:
(a) 51 amino acids

49. Pyranose structure of glucose is
(a) an open chain structure of glucose
(b) a structure of reduction product of glucose
(c) a cyclic six-membered structure of glucose
(d) a four-membered cyclic form of glucose
Answer:
(c) a cyclic six-membered structure of glucose

50. The number of – OH groups present in ribulose is
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 5
Answer:
(b) 4

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

51. Peptide linkage is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 109
Answer:
(d)

52. Stachyose is an example of
(a) monosaccharides
(b) disaccharides
(c) trisaccharides
(d) tetrasaccharides
Answer:
(d) tetrasaccharides

53. How many moles of (CH3CO)2O will be required to form glucose pentaacetate form 2 moles of glucose?
(a) 2
(b) 5
(c) 10
(d) 2.5
Answer:
(c) 10

54. Which of the following NOT present in DNA?
(a) Adenine
(b) Guanine
(c) Thymine
(d) Uracil
Answer:
(d) Uracil

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

55. Maltose is a
(a) polysaccharide
(b) disaccharide
(c) trisaccharide
(d) monosaccharide
Answer:
(b) disaccharide

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 1.
What are amines?
Answer:
Amines : The alkyl or aryl derivatives of ammonia in which one, two or all the three hydrogen atoms attached to nitrogen are replaced by same or different alkyl or aryl groups are called amines. OR Amines are nitrogen-containing organic compounds having basic character.

Example : methyl amine : CH3 – NH2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 2.
Classify the following amines as primary, secondary and tertiary.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 7

Question 3.
Mention the functional group in :
(1) Primary amine
(2) Secondary amine
(3) Tertiary amine.
Answer:
(1) A primary amine has a functional group – NH2 (amino group).
Example : ethylamine, C2H5 – NH2
(2) A secondary amine has a functional group – NH – (imino group).
Example : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 8
(3) A tertiary amine has a functional group Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 9 (tertiary nitrogen atom)

Example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 10

Question 4.
Write common and IUPAC names of following compounds :
Answer:
(A) Primary amines :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 14
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 15
(B) Secondary amine :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 16
(C) Tertiary Aimines :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 17.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 5.
Give the structures of the following :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 22

Question 6.
Give the IUPAC names of the following amines :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 23

Question 7.
Write the IUPAC names of the following amines :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 24

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 8.
Give the structures and IUPAC names of the following amines :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 25

Question 9.
Classify the following amines as primary, secondary and tertiary and write the IUPAC names.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 26

Question 10.
Write the structures and classify the following amines as primary, secondary, tertiary amines.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 27

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 11.
Write the common and IUPAC name of a tertiary amine in which one methyl, one ethyl and one w-propyl group is attached to nitrogen.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 28

Question 12.
How will you prepare ethanamine from ethyl iodide?
Answer:
When ethyl iodide is heated with excess of alcoholic ammonia, under pressure at 373 K ethanamine is obtained as a major product.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 29

Question 13.
How is a nitroalkane converted to a primary amine?
OR
What is the action of LiAlH4/ether on (i) 1-Nitropropane (ii) 2-MethyI-l-nitropropane?
Answer:
When a nitroalkane is refluxed with tin (or iron) and concentrated HCl it gives corresponding primary amine.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 33
For example, (1) nitromethane on reduction by refluxing with Sn and concentrated HCl gives methylamine.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 34

(2) 1-Nitropropane on reduction with Sn and concentrated HCl gives propan-1-amine.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 35

(3) Niirobenzcnc on reducion with tin and concentrated HCI or by using H2/Pd in ethanol gives anilinc.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 36

(4) When nitropropane is reduced in the presence of LiAlH4 in ether, n-propyl amine is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 37

(5) When 2-methyl-1-nitropropane is reduced in the presence of LiAlH4 in ether, 2-methyl propan-1-amine is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 38

Question 14.
How will you prepare aniline from nitrobenzene?
OR
How is aniline prepared from nitro compounds?
Answer:
Nitrobenzene is reduced to aniline by passing hydrogen gas in the presence of finely divided nickel, palladium or platinum.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 39

Question 15.
Identify the compounds A and B in the following reactions
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 40
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 41

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 16.
How will you obtain a primary amine from an alkyl cyanide (nitrile)?
OR
Write a short note on Mendius reduction.
Answer:
Alkyl cyanides (nitriles) on reduction by sodium and ethyl alcohol form corresponding primary amines. This reaction is called Mendius reduction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 42
For example; propionitrile on reduction by sodium and ethanol gives n-propyl amine (Propan-1-amine).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 43
Methyl cyanide or acetonitrile on reduction by sodium and ethanol gives ethanaminc.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 44

Question 17.
How will you prepare ethylamine from acetonitrile?
OR
How is ethanamine prepared from methyl cyanide?
OR
What is the action of a mixture of sodium and alcohol on acetonitrile?
Answer:
Methyl cyanide or acetonitrile on reduction by sodium and ethyl alcohol forms ethanamine. The reaction is called Mendius reduction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 45

Question 18.
How will convert phenyl acetonitrile to β-phenylethylamine?
Answer:
When phenyl acetonitrile is reduced in the presence of sodium and ethanol, β-phenyl ethylamine is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 46

Question 19.
How will you obtain primary amine from an acid amide?
Answer:
Acid amides on reduction with lithium aluminium hydride or sodium, ethanol form corresponding primary amines.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 50
For example : Acetamide on reduction with lithium aluminium hydride or sodium, ethanol gives ethylamines.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 51

Question 20.
Explain Hoffmann degradation of amides.
Write a note on Hoffmann bromamide degradation.
Answer:
The conversion of amides into amines in the presence of bromine and alkali is known as Hoffmann degradation of amides. An important characteristic of this reaction is that an amine with one carbon less than those in the amide is formed. Thus, decreasing the length of carbon chain. This reaction is an example of molecular rearrangement and involves the migration of an alkyl or aryl group from the carbonyl carbon to the adjacent nitrogen atom. For example,

(1) When propanamide is treated with bromine and aqueous or alcoholic sodium hydroxide, ethanamine is obtained which has one carbon atom less.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 53
(2) When benzamide is treated with bromine and aqueous or alcoholic sodium hydroxide, aniline is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 54

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 21.
How will you obtain methyl amine from acetamide?
Answer:
When acetamide is treated with bromine and aq or alcoholic solution of KOH, methyl amine is obtained, which has one cabon atom less.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 55

Question 22.
How will you convert the following?

(1) Ethyl bromide to ethylamine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 60

(2) Propionitrile to n-propyl amine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 61

(3) Acetonitrile to ethylamine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 62

(4) Phenyl acetonitrile to β-phenylethyl amine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 63

(5) Acetamide to ethylamine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 64

(6) Nitropropane to propan-l-amine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 65

(7) Nitrobenzene to Aniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 66

(8) Benzamide to aniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 67

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 23.
How will you prepare propan-l-amine from (1) butane nitrile (2) 1-nitropropane (3) propanamide (4) butanamide?
Answer:
(1) From butane nitrile :
When butane nitrile is reduced by sodium and ethanol, it gives propan-l-amine.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 68

(2) From 1-nitropropane :
When 1-nitropropane is reduced in the presence of tin and cone, hydrochloric acid, propan-l-amine is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 69

(3) From propanamide :
When propanamide is reduced in the presence of lithium aluminium hydride, propan-l-amine is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 70

(4) From butanamide :
When butanamide is treated with bromine and aq. KOH, propan-l-amine is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 71

Question 24.
Write a reaction to, convert acetic acid into methyl amine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 78

Question 25.
Primary and secondary amines have boiling points higher than the tertiary amines. Explain why?
Answer:
(1) The N – H bond in amines is polar in nature because of electronegativities of nitrogen (3.0) and hydrogen (2.1) are different.
(2) Due to the polar nature of N – H bond, primary and secondary have strong intermolecular hydrogen bonding. Tertiary amines do not have intermolecular hydrogen bonding as there is no hydrogen atom on nitrogen of tertiary amine. Thus, intermolecular forces of attraction are strongest in primary and secondary amines and weakest in to tertiary amines. Hence, primary and secondary amines have boiling points higher than the tertiary amines.

Question 26.
Amines have boiling points higher than the hydrocarbon but lower than the alcohols of comparable masses. Explain, why?
Answer:
Amines are polar than alkanes but less polar than alcohols. Primary and secondary amines form intermolecular hydrogen bonds. This hydrogen bonding leads to an associated structure. The association is more in primary amines than that in secondary amines as there are two hydrogen atoms attached to the nitrogen atom. However, tertiary amines do not form intermolecular hydrogen bonds because they do not contain any hydrogen atoms attached to the nitrogen atom. Hence, amines have higher boiling points than the hydrocarbons but lower boiling points than the alcohols of comparable masses.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 79

CompoundMolar massBoiling points (K)
nC2H5CH(CH3)272300
nC4H9NH273350.8
nC4H9OH74391

Question 27.
Arrange the following compounds in the decreasing order of their solubility in water.
(a) Ethyl amine, diethyl amine and triethyl amine.
Answer:
Diethyl amine > triethyl amine > ethyl amine
(The reason that ethyl group has greater +1 effect than methyl group)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(b) Ethyl amine, n-propyl amine and n-butyl amine.
Answer: n-butyl amine < n-propyl amine < ethyl amine

(c) n-Butane, n -butyl alcohol and n-butyl amine
Answer:
n-butyl alcohol < n-butyl amine < n-butane

Question 28.
Arrange the following compounds in the decreasing order of their boiling points.
(a) Ethane, ethyl amine and ethyl alcohol.
Answer:
Ethyl alcohol < ethyl amine < ethane

(b) Ethyl amine, n-propyl amine and n-butyl amine.
Answer:
n-butyl amine < n-propyl amine < ethyl amine

(c) n-propyl amine, ethyl methyl amine and trimethyl amine.
Answer:
n-propyl amine < ethyl methyl amine < trimethyl amine.

(d) Ethyl alcohol, dimethyl amine and ethyl amine.
Answer:
Ethyl alcohol < ethyl amine < dimethyl amine.

Question 29.
Explain the basic nature of amines with a suitable examples.
OR
Explain why amines are basic.

Question 38.
Tertiary amine (R3N) or 3° amine is weaker base than secondary amine R2NH or 2° amine. Explain.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 81
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 82
The increase in basic strength from 1° amine to 2° amine is explained on the basis of increased stabilization of conjugate acids by +1 effect of the increased number of the alkyl group. However, decreased basic strength of 3° implies that the conjugate acid of 3° amine is less stabilized and is weak base though the +1 effect of three alkyl groups in R3NH is large.

R2NH is best stabilized by solvation while the stabilization by solvation is very poor in R3NH. Hence (R3N) or tertiary amine or 3° amine is weaker base than secondary amine (R2NH) or 2° amine.

Question 30.
Primary or aliphatic amine is a stronger base than ammonia. Explain.
Answer:
(1) The alkyl group in primary amines has +I effect i.e. (electron releasing).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 83
The alkyl group tends to increase the electron density on the nitrogen atom. As a result, amines can donate the lone pair of electrons on nitrogen more easily than ammonia.

(2) The amine being a base, can donate a pair of electrons to an acid. The alkyl group with +I effect will disperse the positive charge on the cation more than ammonia.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 84

Due to +I effect of alkyl group cation formed by primary amine is more stable compared to cation formed from ammonia. Also it is seen that observed increasing basic strength from ammonia to primary amine is explained on the basis of increased stabilization of conjugate acids by +I effect for the presence of alkyl (R) groups. Hence, primary or aliphatic amine is a stronger base than ammonia.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 31.
Aniline is less basic than ammonia. Explain.
Answer:
The less basic character of aniline can be explained on the basis of resonance shown by aniline.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 85

Due to resonance, the nitrogen atom of amino group in aniline acquires a positive charge, hence, lone pair of electrons is less available for protonation as compared to that of ammonia. Aniline is resonance stabilized by five resonance structures. On the other hand, aniline in aqueous medium, accepts a proton does not have lone pair of electrons on nitrogen to produce a very low concentration of anilium ion and anilium ion shows only two resonance structures and therefore less stabilized than anline.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 86

Thus, aniline is more stable than anilium ion. Hence aniline accepts proton less readily or less basic in nature than ammonia.

Question 32.
Explain the order of basicity in ammonia and aliphatic amines.
Answer:
Since nitrogen atom in ammonia molecule has a lone pair of electrons, it is a Lewis base.
Greater the availability of an electron pair, more is the basic character.

Since alkyl group (R -) is an electron releasing group with (+I) inductive effect, alkyl amines act as a stronger base than ammonia.

The decreasing order of basicity is –
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 87

The availability of a lone pair of electrons on a nitrogen atom in amines is influenced by steric factor due to crowding of alkyl groups which affects solvation along with inductive effect of alkyl groups.

Due to high energy of solvation of \(\mathrm{NH}_{4}^{+}\) ions, they acquire higher stability in aqueous solutions.

The presence of alkyl groups in secondary and tertiary amines, due to steric hindrance decrease the solvation energy.

This effect is more in tertiary amines making the tertiary ammonium ions (R3NH+) unstable as compared to secondary ammonium ion (R2N+H2).
Hence the cumulative effect on the order of basicity of amines is, secondary amine > primary amine > tertiary amine > ammonia (NH3).

Question 33.
Arrange the following amines in the decreasing order of their basic nature.
(a) Aniline, propan-l-amine and N-methylethanamine.
Answer:
N-methylethanamine < propan-l-amine < aniline

(b) Benzene-1, 4-diamine, ammonia and 4-aminobenzoic acid.
Answer:
Ammonia < benzene-1, 4-diamine < 4-aminobenzoic acid

(c) N-Methylaniline, phenylmethylamine and N-phenylaniline.
Answer:
N-Methylaniline < N-phenylaniline < phenylmethylamine

Question 34.
Arrange the following amines in the increasing order of their pKb values.
(a) Aniline, N-methylaniline and cyclohexalamine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 88

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(b) Phenylmethylamine, 2-aminotoluene and 2-fluoroaniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 89

(c) Aniline, 4-methoxyaniline and 4-nitroaniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 90

Question 35.
Arrange the following compounds in the decreasing order of their basic nature in the gaseous phase.
Ammonia, N-methylhexanamine, propan-1-amine and N, N-dimethylethanolamine.
Answer:
Propan-1-amine < N-methylethanamine < N,N-dimethylmethanamine < ammonia

Question 36.
Explain laboratory test for amines.
Answer:
(1) All amines are basic compounds. Aqueous solution of water soluble amines turns red litmus blue.

(2) When water insoluble amine is dissolved in aqueous HCl, forms water soluble substituted ammonium chloride, further a substituted ammonium chloride on reaction with excess aqueous NaOH regenerates the original insoluble amine.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 91

(3) Diazotization reaction/ Orange dye test: In a sample of aromatic primary amine, 1-2 mL of cone. HCl is added. The aqueous solution of NaNO2 is added with cooling. This solution is transfered to a test tube containing solution of β naphthol in NaOH. Formation of orange dye indicates presence of aromatic primary amino group. (It may be noted that temperature of all the solutions and reaction mixtures is maintained near 0 °C throughout the reaction).

Question 37.
Explain Hofmann’s exhaustive alkylation.
OR
Explain Hofmann’s exhaustive methylation of amines.
Answer:
Hofmann’s Exhaustive alkylation : When a primary amine is heated with excess of primary alkyl halide it gives a mixture of secondary amine, tertiary amine along with tetraalkylammonium halide
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 92

If excess of alkyl halide is used, tetraalkyl ammonium halide is obtained as major product. The reaction is known as exhaustive alkylation of amines.

Hofmann’s Exhaustive Methylation : The process of converting a primary, secondary or tertiary amine into quaternary ammonium halide by heating them with excess of methyl iodide, is called exhaustive methylation or Hoffmann’s exhaustive methylation.

Thus when methyl amine is heated with excess of methyl iodide it forms dimethylamine (secondary amine), then trimethylamine (a tertiary amine) and finally of quaternary ammonium iodide. The reaction is carried out in the presence of mild base NaHCO3, to neutralize the large quantity of HI formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 93

Question 38.
Predict the products of exhaustive methylation of following compounds.
(1) Ethylamine.
Answer:
A primary amine, ethylamine (CH3 – CH2 – NH2) on exhaustive methylation, i.e., on heating with excess methyl iodide, forms secondary amine, tertiary amine and finally a quaternary ammonium salt, ethyl-trimethyl ammonium iodide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 97

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(2) Benzylamine.
Answer:
Benzylamine C6H5CH2NH2 on exhaustive methylation i.e., on heating with excess methyl iodide forms benzylmethyl amine, benzyldimethyl ammonium chloride and finally benzyltrimethyl ammonium iodide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 98

Question 39.
Explain Hofmann elimination.
OR
Write a note on Hoffmann elimination.
Answer:
When tetra alkyl ammonium halide is heated with moist silver hydroxide, a quaternary ammonium hydroxide is obtained. Quaternary ammonium hydroxides are deliquescent crystalline solids and are basic in nature. Quaternary ammonium hydroxides on strong heating undergo ^-elimination to give tertiaryamine, alkenes and water, the reaction is called Hofmann elimination. The major product is least substituted alkene.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 99

Question 40.
Write the bond line formula of the alkene which is obtained as major product from the following amines, on heating with excess of methyl iodide followed by strong heating with moist silver oxide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 102
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 103

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 104
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 105

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 106
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 107

Question 41.
Compound X with a molecular formula C5H13N did not react with nitrous acid, but reacted with one mole of CH3I to form a salt. What is the structure of X?
Answer:
The structure of compound X is Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 108 ethyl-N-methylethanamine since compound X is tertiary amine. It reacts with one mole of CH3I to give a quaternary ammonium salt.

Question 42.
What is the action of acetyl chloride on :
(1) ethyl amine (ethanamine)
(2) diethyl amine (N-Ethylethanamine)
(3) triethyl amine?
OR
Write a short note on acylation of amines.
Answer:
The reaction of amines with acetyl chloride is called acetylation of amines.

(1) Acetyl chloride on reaction with ethylamine forms monoacetyl derivative, N-ethylacetamide (or N-acetyl ethylamine).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 109
(2) Diethyl amine on reaction with acetyl chloride forms N-acetyl dimethylamine.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 110
(3) Triethyl amine, being a tertiary amine does not have H atom attached to nitrogen of amine, hence it does not react with acetyl chloride.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 111

Question 43.
What is the action of acetic anhydride on aniline?
Answer:
Aniline on reaction with acetic anhydride forms N-phenyl acetamide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 116

Question 44.
What is the action of benzoyl chloride on ethanamine?
Answer:
When benzoyl chloride is treated with ethanamine, N-ethyl benzamide is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 117

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 45.
What is the action of nitrous acid on ethylamine?
Answer:
Ethyl amine on reaction with nitrous acid in cold forms aliphatic diazonium salt, (unstable intermediate), which decomposes immediately by reaction with solvent water to produce ethyl alcohol and nitrogen gas.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 123

Question 46.
What is the action of nitrous acid on aniline?
Answer:
Aniline reacts with nitrous acid in cold to form diazonium salt which has reasonable solubility at 273 K
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 124

Question 47.
How is benzenediazon|um chloride prepared?
Answer:
Benzenediazonium chloride is prepared by the action of nitrous acid on aniline at 273-278 K. Nitrous acid being unstable, is prepared in situ by the reaction between sodium nitrite and dilute hydrochloric acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 125

Question 48.
Write resonance stabilized structures of aryl diazonium salt.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 126

Question 49.
Write a note on Sandmeyer’s reaction.
OR
How is aryl chloride or aryl bromide or aryl cyanide prepared from diazonium salt?
Answer:
[Replacement by Cl, Br and -CN : Sandmeyer reaction.] Freshly prepared aromatic diazonium salt on reaction with cuprous chloride gives aryl chloride, on reaction with cuprous bromide gives aryl bromide and on reaction with cuprous cyanide give aryl cyanide. The reaction in which copper (I) salts are used to replace nitrogen in diazonium salt is called Sandmeyer reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 128

Question 50.
How is aryl chloride or aryl bromide prepared by Gattermann reactions?
Answer:
The aryl chloride or bromides can also be prepared by Gattermann reactions in which diazonium salt reacts with
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 129

Question 51.
How is aryl iodide obtained from diazonium salt?
Answer:
When diazonium salt is warmed with potassium iodide, aryl iodide is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 130

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 52.
Explain the reduction of arene diazonium salt?
OR
How is arene obtained from arene diazonium salt?
OR
What is the action of benzene diazonium chloride on ethanol?
Answer:
Arene diazonium salt on treatment with mild reducing agents like phosphinic acid (hypophosphoric acid) or ethanol, arene is obtained.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 131Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 132

Question 53.
How is phenol obtained from arene diazonium salt?
Answer:
When arene diazonium salt is slowly added to a large volume of boiling dilute sulphuric acid, phenol is obtained,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 133

Question 54.
How is aryl fluoride obtained from diazonium salt?
Answer:
When fluoroboric acid is treated with the solution of diazonium salt, a precipitate of diazonium fluoroborate is obtained, which is filtered and dried. When dry diazonium fluoroborate is heated, it decomposes to give aryl fluoride. This reaction is called Balz-Schiemann reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 134

Question 55.
How is nitrobenzene obtained from benzene diazonium fluoroborate?
Answer:
When benzene diazonium fluoroborate is heated with aqueous solution of sodium nitrite in the presence of copper powder, nitrobenzene is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 135
Benzene diazonium fluorobate can be obtained by reaction of benzene diazonium chloride with HBF4.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 136

Question 56.
What is meant by a coupling reaction? Explain with suitable examples.
OR
What is the action of benzene diazonium chloride on (a) phenol in alkaline medium (b) aniline?
OR
Write a note on the coupling reaction.
Answer:
Diazonium salts react with certain aromatic compounds having an electron-rich group (e.g.-OH, – NH2, etc.) to form azo compounds. This reaction is an electrophilic substitution and is called coupling reaction. Azo compounds are brightly coloured and are used as dyes and indicators. Coupling reaction is an electrophilic substitution reaction. Benzene diazonium chloride reacts with alkaline solution of phenol to give p-hydroxy azo benzene (orange dye).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 139
Benzene diazonium chloride reacts with aniline in mild alkaline medium to give p-aminobenzene (yellow dye).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 140

Question 57.
What is the action of p-toluene sulphonyl chloride on ethyl amine and diethyl amine?
Answer:
(1) When ethyl amine is treated with p-toluene sulphonyl chloride, N-ethyl p-toluene sulphonamide is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 144
(2) When diethyl amine is treated with p-toluene suiphonyl chloride. N.N-dicthyl p-toluene suiphonyl amide is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 145

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 58.
How will you distinguish between :
(1) Ethylamine, diethyl amine and triethyl amine by using (i) nitrous acid (ii) Hinsberg’s reagent.
(2) Diethyl amine and triethyl amine by using acetic anhydride.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 150
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 151

Question 59.
Give a chemical test to distinguish between following pairs of compounds.
(i) Ethylamine and diethyl amine :
Answer:
Ethylamine (C2H5NH2) is a primary amine while diethyl amine ( (C2H5)2NH) is a secondary amine. So the two can be distinguished by the following test.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 152

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(ii) Ethyl amine and aniline :
Answer:
Ethylamine is an aliphatic amine, while aniline is an aromatic amine. So the two can be distinguished by the following test :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 153

(iii) Aniline and benzyl amine :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 154

(iv) Aniline and N-ethylaniline :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 155

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 60.
Compound ‘X’ with a molecular formula C4H11N did not react with Hinsberg’s reagent, but reacted with one mole of CH3I to form a salt. What is the structure of ‘X’?
Answer:
The structure of compound ‘X’ is :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 156
Since the compound ‘X’ does not react with NaN02 and HC1 i.e. nitrous acid (HO – N = O), it must be a tertiary amine.

The tertiary amine reacts with one mole of CH3I to give a quaternary ammonium salt.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 157

Question 74.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 158
p-(dimethylamino) azobenzene is yellow dye which was formerly used as a colouring agent in margarine. Write the structures of the reactants used in the preparation of this dye.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 159

Question 61.
Convert 3-Methyl aniline into 3-nitrotoluene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 160

Question 62.
How will you bring about following conversions?
(1) N.Methyl aniline into N-methyl benzanilide.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 161

(2) 1.4-Dichlorobutane Into hexane-1,6-diamlne.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 162

(3) Benzene into 3-bromo aniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 163

(4) Chlorobenzene into 4-chioroanilinc.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 164

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(5) 11enaniide into toluene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 165

Question 63.
What is the action of aqueous bromine on aniline?
Answer:
Action of aqueous bromine on aniline : When aniline is treated with bromine water at room temperature, a white precipitate of 2, 4, 6-tri bromoaniline is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 166

Question 64.
Explain the action of cone, nitric acid (nitrating mixture) on aniline.
Answer:
When aniline is warmed with a mixture of cone, nitric acid and cone, sulphuric acid (a nitrating mixture), a mixture of ortho, meta and para nitroaniline is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 169

Question 65.
What is the action of acetic anhydride on aniline?
Answer:
When aniline is heated with acetic anhydride, an acetanilide is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 170

Question 66.
How will you convert aniline to p-nltroanhline? (major product)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 171

Question 67.
What is the action of cone, sulphuric acid on aniline?
Answer:
Aniline on treatment with cold sulphuric acid forms anilium hydrogen sulphate which on heating with sulphuric acid at 453 K-475 K gives sulphanilic acid, (p-aminobenzene sulphonic acid) as major product.Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 172
Sulphanilic acid exists as a salt; called dipolar ion or zwitter ion. It is produced by the reaction between an acidic group and a basic group present in the same molecule.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 68.
How will you convert the following?
(1) Ethylamine to ethyl alcohol.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 173

(2) N-Methyl aniline to N-Nitroso-N-methyl aniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 174

(3) Diethylamine to N-nitrosodiethylamine
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 175

(4) Triethylamine to triethyl ammonium nitrite.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 176

(5) Ethyl amine to N-ethylacetamide.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 177

(6) Diethyl amine to N-acetyl diethylamine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 178

(7) Aniline to acetanilide.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 179

(8) Aniline to N-ethyl henzamide.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 180

(9) Ethylamine to ethyl isocyanide.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 181

(10) Aniline to phenyl isocyanide.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 182

(11) Aniline to 2,4,6-tribromoaniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 183

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 69.
Give a plausible explanation for each of the following statements :
(1) Ethylamine is soluble in water whereas aniline is not.
Answer:
Ethylamine is soluble in water due to intermolecular hydrogen bonding resulting in the formation of C2H5NH3 ion. Whereas in anline the hydrogen bonding with water is negligible due to the phenyl group (C6H5) is bulky and has -I effect. Therefore, aniline is nearly insoluble in water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 184

(2) Butan-1-ol is more soluble in water than butani-amine.
Answer:
Rutan- l-al is more soluble in watcr duc to intermoiccular hydrogen bonding. In alcohols, hydrogen bonding is through oxygen atoms. WIereas hutani-amine is less soluble in water due to the larger hydrocarbon part is hydrophobic in nature. Hence, butan-l-ol is more soluble in water than butani-amine.

(3) Butan-1-amlne has higher boiling point than N-ethylethanamine.
Answer:
Due to the presence of two H-atoms on N-atom in butait- I -amine, they undergo extensive intermolecular H-bonding while in N-cthylethanamine due to the presence of one-H atom on the N-atom, they undergo least intermolecular H-bonding. Hence, butan- l-amine has higher boiling point than-N-ethyl ethanamine.

(4) AnIline Is less basic than ethyl afine.
Answer:
Aniline (Kb4-2 x 10-10) is less basic than ethyl amine (Kb5.1 x 10-4). This is because -I effect of phenyl group in aniline as compared to + 1 effect of ethyl group in ethyl amine.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 185
Due to resonance, the lone pair of electrons on the nitrogen atom gets delocalized over the benzene ring and thus less available for protonation. On the other hand, in ethyl anine, delocalization of the lone pair of electrons on the nitrogen atom by resonance is not possible. Further more, the electron density on the nitrogen atom is increased by +1 effect of the ethyl group. Hence, aniline is less basic than ethyl amine.

(5) pKb value of diethyl amine is less than that of ethyl amine.
Answer:
The basic strength of amines is expressed in terms of pKb values. Smaller is the value of pKb more basic is the amine. The pKb value of ethyl amine is 3.29 and that of diethyl amine is 3.00. Therefore, diethyl amine is more basic than ethyl amine.

(6) Aniline cannot be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis.
Answer:
In Gabriel-phthalimide synthesis of aniline, potassium phthalimide requires the treatment with chlorobenzene or bromobenzene. Since aryl halides do not undergo nucleophilic substitution reaction. Therefore, chlorobenzene or bromobenzene does not react with potassium phthalimide to give N-phenylphthalimide and hence aniline cannot be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis.

(7) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis is preferred for the preparation of aliphatic primary amines.
Answer:
In aromatic amines, the lone pair of electrons on the N-atom is delocalized over the benzene ring. As a result electron density on the nitrogen atom decreases. Whereas in aliphatic primary amines, due to +1 effect of alkyl group, electron density on nitrogen atom increases. As the pKh value of aliphatic amines is more than that of aromatic amines, aromatic amines are less basic than primary aliphatic amines. Hence, Gabriel phthalimide synthesis is preferred for the preparation of aliphatic amines.

(8) Arere diazonium salts are relatively more stable than alkyl diazonium salts.
Answer:
Arene diazonium salts are stable due to the dispersal of the positive charge over the benzene ring as shown below :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 186
Alkane diazonium salts are unstable due to their tendency to eliminate a stable molecule of nitrogen to form carbocation. Aromatic diazonium salts have much lower tendency to remove nitrogen than aliphatic diazonium salts. Hence, arene diazonium salts are relatively more stable than alkyl diazonium salts.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 187

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(9) Tertiary amines cannot be acylated.
Answer:
Tertiary amines do not react with acetic anhydride or acetyl chloride i.e. they can be acylated because they do not contain a H-atom on the N-atom.

(10) Besides the ortho and para derivatives, considerable amount of meta derivatives is also formed during nitration of aniline.
OR
Although amino group is o- and p-directing in electrophilic substitution reactions, aniline on nitration gives substantial amount of m-nitroaniline.
Answer:
In aromatic amines, -NH2 is an electron releasing or activating group. It activates the ortho and para positions in the benzene ring towards electrophilic substitution. When aniline is treated with nitrating mixture (cone. HNO3+ cone. H2SO4), a mixture of ortho and para nitroaniline is obtained. However, a substantial amount of m-nitroaniline is also formed. Aniline being a base gets protonated in acidic medium to form anilium cation, which deactivates the ring and the substitution takes place at the meta position.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 188

Question 70.
How will you convert :
(1) Aniline into benzyl alcohol.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 191

(2) Aniline into 4-bromoaniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 192

(3) Aniline into 1,3,5-tribromo benzene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 193

(4) Aniline into 2,4,6-tribromo fluoro benzene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 194

Question 71.
How will you convert :
(1) Propanoic acid into ethanoic acid.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 197

(2) Propanoic acid into ethanol
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 198

(3) Ethanamine into propan-l-amine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 199

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(4) Propan-l-amine into ethanamine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 200

(5) Propanoic acid into ethanamine.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 201

(6) Ethanamine into propanoic acid.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 202

(7) Benzene to aniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 203

(8) Aniline to Benzene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 204

(9) Aniline into benzoic acid.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 205

(10) Benzoic acid into aniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 206

(11) Aniline into benzamide.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 207

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(12) 3-Nitrotoluene into 3-methyl aniline.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 208

(13) 3-Methyl aniline into 3-Nitrotoluene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 209

Question 72.
An organic compound ‘A’ having molecular formula C2H6O evolves hydrogen gas on treatment with sodium metal and on treatment with red phosphorous and iodine gives compound ‘B’. The compound ‘B’ on treatment with alcoholic KCN and on subsequent reduction gives compound ‘C’. The compound ‘C’ on treatment with nitrous acid evolves nitrogen gas. Write the balanced chemical equations for all the reactions involved and identify the compounds ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C;.
Answer:
A = C2H5OH ethanol
B = C2H5I ethyl iodide
C = C2H5CH2NH2 n-propyl amine
Compound C2H6O = C2H5OH
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 215

Question 73
Identify B, C and D write complete reactions :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 216
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 217
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 218

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

Question 74.
Identify the compounds B, C and D in the following series of reactions and rewrite the complete equations :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 219
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 220

Question 75.
Identify the compounds ‘A’ and ‘B’ in the following equation :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 221
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 222

Question 76.
Answer in one sentence :

(1) Arrange the following compounds in decreasing order of basic strength in their aqueous solutions. NH3, C2H5NH2, (CH3)2NH, (CH3)3N
Answer:
The decreasing order of basic strength is – (C2H5)2NH > (C2H5)3N > (C2H5)2NH > NH3
(The reason that ethyl group has greater +1 effect than methyl group).

(2) Arrange the following compounds in an increasing order of their solubility in water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 226
Answer:
The solubility increases in order in which molecular mass decreases.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 227

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

(3) What is Hinsberg’s reagent?
Answer:
Benzenesulphonyl chloride (C6H5SO2Cl) is known as Hinsberg’s reagent.

(4) Name the reaction in which a primary amine is formed from amide.
Answer:
Hoffmann bromamide degradation.

(5) NH3 is a Lewis base.
Answer:
Since nitrogen in ammonia molecule has a lone pair of electrons, it is a Lewis base.

(6) How many primary amines are possible for the compound C3H9N?
Answer:
For the compound C3H9N, two primary amines are possible.

(7) State the hybridization of the nitrogen atom in amines.
Answer:
The hybridization of nitrogen atom in amines is sp3.

(8) Arrange the following compounds in an increasing order of basic strength. Aniline, p-nitroaniline, p-toluidine.
Answer:
p-nitroaniline < aniline < p-toluidine.

(9) Which of the two is more basic and why? CH3NH2 or NH3
Answer:
Due to +1 effect of -CH3 group, electron density on N-atom increases, hence methyl amine is a stronger base than ammonia.

(10) Which of the two is more basic and why? p-toluidine or aniline.
Answer:
p-toluidine is more basic due to the presence of -CH3 group at para position. Due to +1 effect of -CH3 group, electron density on nitrogen increases, hence the tendency to donate pair of electrons increases.

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 77.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each subquestion :

1. Which of the following is an amine?
(a) C2H5N(COCH3)2
(b) (C2H5)2N – N = 0
(c) (C2H5)3N
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

2. N-methyl-N-ethyl-n-propyl amine is
(a) a primary amine
(b) a secondary amine
(c) a tertiary amine
(d) an alkyl nitrile
Answer:
(c) a tertiary amine

3. Which of the following is a tertiary amine?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 229
Answer:
(d)

4. Tertiary butyl amine is a
(a) primary amine
(b) secondary amine
(c) tertiary amine
(d) quaternary ammonium salt
Answer:
(a) primary amine

5. The IUPAC name of
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 230
(a) ethyl propanamine
(b) ethyl butylamine
(c) 2-pentanamine
(d) 3-hexanamine
Answer:
(d) 3-hexanamine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

6. The IUPAC name of ethyl dimethyl amine is ……………..
(a) 2-amino propane
(b) N,N-dimethyl ethanolamine
(c) ethyl methanamine
(d) propanamine
Answer:
(b) N,N-dimethyl ethanolamine

7. Isopropyl amine and trimethyl amine are ……………..
(a) acidic in nature
(b) electrophilic compounds
(c) structural isomers
(d) optically active compounds
Answer:
(c) structural isomers

8. N, N-dimethylethanolamine is ……………
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 231
Answer:
(b)

9. IUPAC name of diethylmethyl amine is ………………
(a) methyl amino propane
(b) N-Ethyl-N-methylhexanamine
(c) methyl diethanamine
(d) amino pentane
Answer:
(b) N-Ethyl-N-methylhexanamine

10. Ethyl bromide reacts with excess of alcoholic ammonia, the major product is …………..
(a) ethyl amine
(b) diethylamine
(c) triethylamine
(d) tetraethyl ammonium bromide
Answer:
(a) ethyl amine

11. Isopropylamine is obtained by the reduction of
(a) acetoxime
(b) acetaldoxime
(c) formaldoxime
(d) aldoxime
Answer:
(a) acetoxime

12. Which of the following compounds can be converted into amines in the presence of Na and alcohol?
(a) Alkyl nitriles
(b) Aldoxime
(c) Ketoxime
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

13. Chloroethane when boiled with excess of aqueous-alcoholic ammonia gives hydrochloric acid and
(a) triethyl amine
(b) trimethyl amine
(c) diethyl amine
(d) ethyl amine
Answer:
(d) ethyl amine

14. How many hydrogen atoms are required for the reduction of 1-nitropropane to n-propyl amine?
(a) Four
(b) Three
(c) Six
(d) Two
Answer:
(c) Six

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

15. A secondary alkyl halide is heated with excess of ammonia, the major product obtained is
(a) primary amine
(b) secondary amine
(c) tertiary amine
(d) quaternary ammonium salt
Answer:
(a) primary amine

16. The true statement about ethylamine is
(a) it is weaker base than ammonia
(b) it is stronger base than diethyl amine
(c) it is stronger base than triethyl amine
(d) it is stronger base than alkali
Answer:
(c) it is stronger base than triethyl amine

17. The reaction which is given only by primary amines is
(a) acetylation
(b) alkylation
(c) reaction with HNO2
(d) carbyl amine test
Answer:
(d) carbyl amine test

18. The amine which reacts with NaNO2 and dil. HCl to give yellow oily compound is
(a) ethylamine
(b) isopropylamine
(c) sec-butylamine
(d) dimethylamine
Answer:
(d) dimethylamine

19. The name of the compound ‘C’ in the following series of reactions, is Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 232
(a) propan-l-ol
(b) propan-2-ol
(c) butan-l-ol
(d) butan-2-ol
Answer:
(b) propan-2-ol

20. Triethylamine when treated with nitrous acid gives
(a) an alcohol
(b) a nitrosamine
(c) a monoacetyl derivative
(d) a soluble nitrite salt
Answer:
(d) a soluble nitrite salt

21. Ammes are basic in nature because
(a) of the nitrogen atom contain or lone pair of electrons
(b) they give H+ ions in aqueous medium
(c) they form quaternary ammonium salts when heated with acids
(d) both (a) and (c)
Answer:
(a) of the nitrogen atom contain or lone pair of electrons

22. An aqueous solution of primary amine contains
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 233
Answer:
(d)

23. The basic nature of amines in an aqueous solution is in the order of
(a) tert. > sec. > pri.
(b) sec. > pri. > tert.
(b) pri. > sec. > tert.
(d) pri. > tert. > sec.
Answer:
(b) pri. > sec. > tert.

24. In trimethyl ammonium ion, the number of sigma bonds attached to nitrogen are
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
(b) 3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

25. The number of coordinate bond/bonds in a trialkyl ammonium ion is
(a) one
(b) two
(c) three
(d) four
Answer:
(a) one

26. The number of electrons in the valence shell of nitrogen in methyl amine is
(a) 5
(b) 3
(c) 8
(d) 7
Answer:
(c) 8

27. Ethanamine reacts with excess of acetyl chloride to form
(a) C2H5NHCOCH3
(b) C2H5N(CH3)2
(c) C2H5N(COCH3)2
(d) C2H5N+H3Cl
Answer:
(c) C2H5N(COCH3)2

28. The compound used for acylation of amine is
(a) (CH3CO)2O
(b) CH3COOH
(c) CH3COCl
(d) both (a) and (c)
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (c)

29. Dimethyl amine reacts with acetyl chloride to give
(a) N-acetyl methyl amine
(b) N-acetyl ethyl amine
(c) N-acetyl dimethyl amine
(d) N-acetyl diethyl amine
Answer:
(c) N-acetyl dimethyl amine

30. Identify ‘A’ in the following reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 234
Answer:
(c)

31. n-propyl alcohol is obtained when HNO2 is treated with
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 235
Answer:
(c)

32. A mixture of CH3NH2, (CH3)2NH, (CH3)3N can be distinguished by using
(a) HCI
(b) HNO2
(c) HNO3
(d) H2SO4
Answer:
(b) HNO2

33. In the acetylation reaction the H-atom of an amine is replaced by
(a) a carbonyl group
(b) an alkyl group
(c) an acetyl group
(d) an imino group
Answer:
(c) an acetyl group

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

34. Amines are basic in nature
(a) as they have a fishy odour
(b) as they form quaternary ammonium salts with alkyl halides
(c) due to the presence of an unshared pair of electrons on the nitrogen atom
(d) all of these
Answer:
(c) due to the presence of an unshared pair of electrons on the nitrogen atom

35. The correct order of increasing basic strength is
(a) NH3 < CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH
(b) CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH < NH3
(c) CH3NH2 < NH3 < (CH3)2NH
(d) (CH3)2NH < NH3 < CH3NH2
Answer:
(a) NH3 < CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH

36. Which of the following is the strongest base?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 236
Answer:
(d)

37. Identify the weakest base amongst the following :
(a) p-methoxyaniline
(b) o-toluidine
(c) benzene-1, 4-diamine
(d) 4-aminobenzoic acid
Answer:
(d) 4-aminobenzoic acid

38. Amine that cannot be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis is
(a) aniline
(b) benzyl amine
(c) methyl amine
(d) iso-butyl amine
Answer:
(a) aniline

39. Which of the following exist as Zwitter ion?
(a) Salicylic acid
(b) Suphanilic acid
(c) p-Aminophenol
(d) p-Amino acetophenone
Answer:
(b) Suphanilic acid

40. Reduction of benzene diazonium chloride with Zn/HCl gives
(a) phenyl hydrazine
(b) hydrazine hydrate
(c) aniline
(d) ozo benzene
Answer:
(c) aniline

41. When primary amine reacts with CHCl3 in alcoholic KOH, the product is
(a) aldehyde
(b) alcohol
(c) cyanide
(d) an isocyanide
Answer:
(d) an isocyanide

42. Which of the following amines cannot be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis?
(a) sec-Propylamine
(b) tert-Butylamine
(c) 2-Phenylethylamine
(d) N-Methyl benzyl amine
Answer:
(d) N-Methyl benzyl amine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

43. Which of the following compounds has highest boiling point?
(a) Ethane
(b) Ethanoic acid
(c) Ethanol
(d) Ethanamine
Answer:
(b) Ethanoic acid

44. Identify the statement about the basic nature of amines.
(a) Alkylamines are weaker bases than ammonia.
(b) Arylamines are stronger bases than alkylamines.
(c) Secondary aliphatic amines are stronger bases than primary aliphatic amines.
(d) Tertiary aliphatic amines are weaker bases than arylamines.
Answer:
(c) Secondary aliphatic amines are stronger bases than primary aliphatic amines.

45. The compounds ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ react with methyl iodide to give finally quaternary ammonium iodides. Only ‘C’ gives carbylamines test while only ‘A’ forms yellow oily compound on reaction with nitrous acid. The compounds ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ are respectively.
(a) butan-1-amine, N-ethylethanamine and
N, N-dimethylethanamine.
(b) N-ethylethanamine, N, N-dimethylethanamine and butan-1 – amine.
(c) N, N-dimethylethanamine, N-ethylethanamine and butan-1-amine.
(d) N-ethylethanamine, butan-1-amine and N-ethylethanamine.
Answer:
(b) N-ethylethanamine, N, N-dimethylethanamine and butan-1 – amine.

46. Which of the following amines is most basic in nature?
(a) 2, 4-Dichloroaniline
(b) 2, 4-Dimethylaniline
(c) 2, 4-Dinitroaniline
(d) 2, 4-Dibromoaniline
Answer:
(b) 2, 4-Dimethylaniline

47. How many moles of methyl iodide are required to convert ethylamine, diethylamine and triethylamine into quaternary ammonium salt, respectively?
(a) 1, 2 and 3
(b) 2, 3 and 1
(c) 3, 2 and 1
(d) 3, 1 and 2
Answer:
(c) 3, 2 and 1

48. Which of the following amines does not undergo acetylation?
(a) t-Butylamine
(b) Ethylamine
(c) Diethylamine
(d) Triethylamine
Answer:
(d) Triethylamine

49. n-Propylamine can be prepared by catalytic reduction of
(a) n-propyl cyanide
(b) propionaldoxime
(c) acetoxime
(d) nitroethane
Answer:
(b) propionaldoxime

50. Identify the compound ‘B’ in the following series of reactions :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 237
Answer:
(c)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines

51. Chloropicrin is used as
(a) antiseptic
(b) antibiotic
(c) insecticide
(d) anaesthetic
Answer:
(c) insecticide

52. Identify the compound B in the following series of reactions. Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Amines 238
(a) n-propyl chloride
(b) propanamine
(c) n-propyl alcohol
(d) Isopropyl alcohol
Answer:
(c) n-propyl alcohol

53. Which of the following amines yields foul smelling product with haloform and alcoholic KOH?
(a) Ethyl amine
(b) Diethyl amine
(c) Triethyl amine
(d) Ethyl methyl amine
Answer:
(a) Ethyl amine

54. Which of the following compounds is NOT prepared by the action of alcoholic NH3 on alkyl halide?
(a) CH3NH2
(b) CH3-CH2-NH2
(c) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – NH2
(d) (CH3)3CNH2
Answer:
(d) (CH3)3CNH2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 1.
What is a carbonyl group?
Answer:
Carbonyl group : A functional group in which a carbon atom is attached to an oxygen atom by a double bond and remaining two valencies of carbon atom are free is called a carbonyl group and represented as Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 7. Carbonyl group is present in aldehydes and ketones.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 2.
What are carbonyl compounds?
Answer:
The organic compounds containing a carbonyl group Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 7 are called carbonyl compounds. For example, acetaldehyde, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 8, acetone, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 9. As carbonyl group is common in aldehydes and ketones, their methods of preparation and properties show similarities.

Question 3.
What are carboxylic compounds?
Answer:
The compounds in which the functional group is – COOH are known as carboxylic compounds. Due to the – OH group bonded to Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 10 group, carboxylic acids are distinct from aldehydes and ketones.

Question 4.
How are carbonyl compounds classified ?
OR
Name the compounds containing carbonyl group.
Answer:
The carbonyl compounds contain a group Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 11. They are classified as follows :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 12

Question 5.
What are aliphatic aldehydes?
Answer:
The compounds in which the – CHO group (formyl group or aldehyde group) is attached directly to sp3 hybridized carbon atom that is saturated carbon atom are called aliphatic aldehydes. (Exception : Formaldehyde, H – CHO is also classified as aliphatic aldehyde though – CHO group is not attached to any carbon).

For example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 13

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 6.
What are aromatic aldehydes ?
Answer:
The compounds in which – CHO group is attached directly to an aromatic ring are called aromatic aldehydes.

For example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 14

Question 7.
Explain the structure of carbonyl functional group.
Answer:

  • In the carbonyl functional group, carbon atom is attached to an oxygen atom by a double bond and remaining two valencies of carbon atom are free, and it is represented as Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 15.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 16
  • The carbonyl carbon atom is sp2-hybridised forming coplanar three sigma (σ) bonds with the bond angle 120°.
  • One sigma bond is formed with oxygen atom while other two sigma (σ) bonds are formed with hydrogen or carbon atoms.
  • The remaining unhybridised 2pz orbital of carbon atom overlaps with p orbital of oxygen atom colaterally forming a pi (π) bond. Hence, carbon atom is joined to oxygen atom by a double bond of which one is sigma and another is n.
  • The oxygen atom in the carbonyl group has two lone pairs of electrons.
  • The carbonyl bond is strong, short and polarized.
  • The polarity of the carbonyl group is explained on the basis of resonance involving neutral and dipolar structures as shown below :
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 17

Question 8.
What are aliphatic ketones? How are they classified?
Answer:
Aliphatic ketones : The compounds in which Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 15 group is attached to two alkyl groups are called aliphatic ketones.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 20
Ketones are classified into two types :

  1. Simple or symmetrical ketones and
  2. mixed or unsymmetrical ketones.

1. Simple or symmetrical ketone : The ketone in which the carbonyl carbon is attached to two identical alkyl groups is called a simple or symmetrical ketone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 21
2. Mixed or unsymmetrical ketone : The ketone in which the carbonyl carbon is attached to two different alkyl groups is called a mixed or unsymmetrical ketone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 22

Question 9.
What are aliphatic carboxylic acids? Give their general formula.
Answer:
The organic compounds in which carboxyl (- COOH) group is bonded to an alkyl group are called aliphatic carboxylic acids or fatty acids. (Exception : Formic acid, H-COOH is also classified as aliphatic carboxylic acid though-COOH group is not attached to any carbon).

For example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 330

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 10.
How are carboxylic acids classified ? Give examples. (3 marks)
Answer:
Carboxylic acids are classified according to the presence of number of carboxyl groups into mono-, di-, tri- and polycarboxylic acids.

  • Monocarboxylic acids : These carboxylic acids contain one carboxyl group.
    Example : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 331
  • Dicarboxylic acids : These contain two carboxyl groups
    Example : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 332
  • Tricarboxylic acid : These contain three carboxyl groups
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 333

Question 11.
What are aromatic carboxylic acids ? Give examples.
Answer:
Aromatic carboxylic acids : These are the compounds in which one or more carboxyl groups (- COOH) are attached directly to the aromatic ring.

For example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 334

Question 12.
Give examples of common carboxylic acids which are used in daily life.
Answer:
Common carboxylic acids are widely distributed in nature, they are found in both the plants and animals.

  • Acetic acid is main constituent of vinegar.
  • Butyric acid of butter which is responsible for odour of rancid butter.
  • L-lactic acid is present in curd.
  • Citric acid is found in citrus fruits.
  • Higher carboxylic acids such as palmitic acid, stearic acid and oleic acid are the components of animal fats and vegetable oils.

Nomenclature of Aldehydes :

(A) Common System :

  • The names of aldehydes are derived from the common names of acids.
  • The suffix ‘-ic acid’ of an acid is replaced by ‘aldehyde’.
  • The positions of the substituents in the molecule are indicated by Greek letters α, β, γ, etc.
  • starting from the carbon atom attached to the carbonyl group. E.g.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 26

(B) I UP AC System :

  • The longest carbon atoms chain containing aldehyde carbon atom is selected as a parent hydrocarbon.
  • ‘e’ of the alkane is replaced by ‘al’. Alkane → Alkanal
  • The position (locant) of aldehyde group need not be mentioned since it is always at the end position.
  • The substituents in the alkyl group are prefixed in an alphabetical order by appropriate locants.
  • When two – CHO groups are present at the two ends of the chain the ending ‘e’ of alkane is retained and the suffix  ‘-dial’ is added to the name of parent aldehyde.
  • In IUPAC nomenclature an alicyclic compound -in which – CHO group is attached directly to the ring is named as a carbaldeliyde. The suffix ‘carbaldehyde’ is added after the full name of parent cycloalkane structure.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

(C) Common or trivial names :

(1) The common name of a carboxylic acid is derived from the source from which it was first isolated.
The following table gives common names and the source or origin of name.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 27

(2) In branched carboxylic acids, the position of substituents are indicated by Greek alphabet.

For example : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 28

(D) IUPAC system of nomenclature :

  • The longest continuous cha in of carbon atoms including the carbon atom of – COOH group ¡s selected.
  • The carboxvlic acid is conside red (IS a derivative of the corresponding parent a/kane.
  • The carbon atom of the – COOH group is always at terminal position, hence need not to be indicated while writing IUPAC name.
  • The position of the other substitutents are indicated by the appropriate locants in alphabetical order.
  • In case of dicarboxylic acids, ‘dioic acid’ is added to parent alkane.
  • In an alicyclic compound having a carboxyl group directly attached to alicyclic ring is named as cycloalkane carboxylic acid.

Trivial and IUPAC names of carboxylic acids and aldhydes
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 29
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 30

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 13.
Give the common names and IUPAC names of the Miowing aldehydes :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 31
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 32

Question 14.
Write the structures of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 33

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 15.
What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 34
Answer:
IUPAC name : 2-Amino butanoic acid

Question 16.
Write IUPAC name of
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 335
Answer:
IUPAC name : Ethanedioic acid

Question 17.
Write the structure and give IUPAC names of following carboxylic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 35
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 36

Question 18.
Draw the structures of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 37

Question 19.
Give IUPAC names of the following carboxylic acids.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 38

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 20.
Write the structures and IUPAC names of all isomers of carboxylic acids having molecular formula C5H10O2. HOW many of them are chiral?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 39

Nomenclature of ketones :

(A) Common System :

  • Ketones are named according to the alkyl groups attached to the carbonyl carbon atom followed by the word ketone.
  • The substituents in the alkyl groups are indicated by Greek letters a, f, y, etc. starting from the carbon atom attached to the carbonyl group.

(B) IUPAC System :

  • The longest continuous chain containing carbonyl carbon atom is selected as a parent hydrocarbon.
  • ‘e’ of the alkane is replaced by ‘one’. Alkane → Alkanone
  • The position of carbonyl group is represented by the lowest locant.
  • The substituents in the alkyl groups are prefixed in the alphabetical order along with their positions by appropriate locants.
  • When two C = O groups are present, then ending ‘e ’ of alkane is retained and the suffix – ‘dione ’ is added to the name of parent ketone indicating the locants of ketonic carbonyl groups.
  • In case of polyfunctional ketones, higher priority group is given lower number.
  • When ketonic carbonyl is a lower priority group it is named as ‘oxo’, preceded by the locant. In alicyclic ketones, carbonyl carbon is numbered as 1.

Question 21.
Give the common and IUPAC names of the following ketones :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 40
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 41

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 22.
Give the structures of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 42
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 43

Question 23.
Give IUPAC names of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 44

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 24.
Write the structures and give common names and IUPAC names of the carbonyl compounds represented by formula C5H10O.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 45

Question 25.
Write the structure and give IUPAC names of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 46
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 47

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 26.
Write the structure of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 48

Question 27.
How is an aldehyde obtained from an alcohol ?
Answer:
When a primary alcohol is oxidized with potassium dichromate and dil. H2SO4 under controlled conditions, an aldehyde is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 51
For example, when ethanol is oxidized with potassium dichromate and dil. H2SO4 under controlled conditions, acetaldehyde (ethanal) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 52

Question 28.
How is ketone obtained from an alcohol?
Answer:
When a secondary alcohol is oxidized with potassium dichromate and dii. H2SO4 under controlled conditions, a ketone is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 53
For example. when 2-propanol is oxidized with potassium dichromate and dii, H2SO4 under controlled conditions, accIone (propanone) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 54

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 29.
How are the following compounds obtained from alcohol:
(1) Methanal
(2) Propanal
(3) BuLanal
(4) 3-Methylpentanal?
Answer:

  1. Mehanol on controlled oxidation with K2Cr2O7 and dilute H2SO4 forms methanal.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 55
  2. Propan-1-ol on controlled oxidation with K,Cr20 and dilute H2SO4 forms propanal.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 56
  3. Butan..l-ol on controlled oxidation with K2Cr2O7 and dilute H2SO4 forms butanal.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 57
  4. 3-Mcthylpcntan.1-ol on controlled oxidation with K2Cr2O7 and dilute H2SO4 gives 3-Methylpentanal.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 58

Question 30.
How are the following compounds prepared from alcohol :
(1) Butanone
(2) Pentan-3-one
(3) 2,2-Dimethylpropanal?
Answer:

  1. Butan-2-ol on controlled oxidation with K2Cr2O7 and dilute H2SO4 forms butanone.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 59
  2. Pentan-3-ol on oxidation with K2Cr2O7 and dilute H2SO4 forms Pentan-3-one.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 60
  3. 2,2-Dimethylpropan- I -ol on oxidation with K2Cr2O7 or KMnO4 and dilute H2SO4 forms 2,2-Dimethyipropanal.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 61

Question 31.
How is an aldehyde obtained from primary alcohol ?
Answer:
When vapours of primary alcohol is passed over heated copper at 573 K, dehydrogenation takes place, an aldehyde is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 62
For example : When vapours of isopropyl alcohol is passed over heated copper at 573 K, acetone (propanone) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 63

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 32.
How is ketone obtained from secondary alcohol?
Answer:
When vapours of secondary alcohol is passed over heated copper at 573 K. dehydrogenation takes place, a ketone is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 64
For example : When vapours of isopropyl alcohol is passed over heated copper at 573 K. acetone (propanone) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 65

Question 33.
How are the following compounds obtained from alkene :
(1) Formaldehyde
(2) Acetaldehyde and
(3) Acetone ?
Answer:
When a stream of ozonised oxygen is passed through a solution of an alkene, in organic solvent, an unstable addition cyclocompound, ozonide is formed which on reduction with zinc dust and water forms an aldehyde or a ketone or a mixture of both.

  1. Formaldehyde : Under these conditions ethylene gives formaldehyde.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 66
  2. AcetuIdeh&: Symmetrically disubstituted alkene like but-2-ene gives acetaldehyde.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 67
  3. scctnne: Tetrasubshtwed alkene like 2,3-dimethyl but-2-ene gives acetone.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 68

Question 34.
Write ozonolysis reaction for
(1) Propylene and
(2) Isobutylene.
Answer:
(1) Propylene on reaction with ozonised oxygen in the organic solvent forms propylene ozonide which on reduction with zinc dust and water forms acetaldehyde and formaldehyde.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 69
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 70

Question 35.
How are the following compounds obtained from alkynes :
(1) Acetaldehyde
(2) Acetone?
Answer:

  1. Acetaldehyde : On passing acetylene through warm 40% H2SO4 in the presence of 1 % HgSO4, vinyl alcohol is obtained which tautomerises and forms acetaldehyde. It is a hydration reaction.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 71
  2. Acetone : On passing propyne through warm 40 % H2SO4 in the presence of 1 % HgSO4, alkenol is obtained which on tautomerisation form acetone.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 72

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 36.
Predict the products when
(1) dimethyl acetylene
(2) ethyl acetylene and
(3) diethyl acetylene are treated with mercuric sulphate in dilute sulphuric acid.
Answer:
(1) Dimethyl acetylene with 40% H2SO4 in the presence of mercuric sulphate (HgSO4) forms ethyl methyl ketone by tautomerisation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 73

(2) Ethyl acetylene with 40% H2SO4 in the presence of mercuric sulphate (HgSO4) forms Butan-2-one by tautomerisation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 74

(3) Diethyl acetylene with 40% H2SO4 in the presence of mercuric sulphate (HgSO4) forms hexan-3-one.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 75
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 76

Question 37.
Write the structures of aldehydes and ketones obtained by ozonolysis.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 77
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 78

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 79
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 80

Question 38.
Predict the structures of ketones produced by hydration of but-l-yne and but-2-yne.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 81

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 39.
How is acetaldehyde prepared from acetyl chloride?
Answer:
Acetyl chloride is reduced to acetaldehyde by hydrogen in presence of Pd catalyst poisoned with BaSO4. This reaction is called Rosenmund reduction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 82

Question 40.
How is benzaldehyde obtained from benzoyl chloride?
OR
Write chemical equation for Rosenmund reduction.
Answer:
When benzoyl chloride is hydrogenated in the presence palladium on barium sulphate (Pd/BaSO4), benzaldehyde is obtained. This reaction is called Rosenmund reduction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 83

Question 41.
How will you prepare acetophenone from benzene? (Friedel – Crafts acylation).
Answer:
When benzene is treated with acetyl chloride in the prcscncc of anhydrous aluminium chloride, acetophenonc is obtained. This reaction is known as Friedel – Crafts acylation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 86

Question 42.
How will you convert benzene into 1-phenylethanone?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 87

Question 43.
How will you obtain 4-Nitrobenzaldehyde from 4-Nitrotoluene ? (Friedel- Crafts reaction).
Answer:
When 4-nitrotoluene is treated with chromium oxide in acetic anhydride, a diacetate derivative is obtained which on acid hydrolysis produces 4-nitrobenzaldehyde.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 88

Question 44.
How will you prepare Propanone (acetone) from Grignard reagent?
Answer:
Grignard reagent (methyl magnesium iodide) reacts with cadmium chloride to give dimethyl cadmium. When acetyl chloride reacts with dimethyl cadmium, propanone (acetone) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 89

Question 45.
How is acetophenone obtained from Grignard reagent ?
Answer:
Grignard reagent (methyl magnesium iodide) reacts with cadmium chloride to give dimethyl cadmium. When benzoyl chloride reacts with dimethyl cadmium, acetophenone is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 90

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 46.
How is benzyl methyl ketone obtained from Grignard reagent ?
OR
Convert: Acetyl chloride to benzyl methyl ketone.
Answer:
Grignard reagent (Benzyl magnesium chloride) reacts with cadmium chloride to give diphenyl cadmium. When acetyl chloride reacts with dibenzyl cadmium, benzyl methyl ketone is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 91

Question 47.
How is an aldehyde obtained from alkyl nitrile ?
OR
What is Stephen reaction ?
OR
Write a note on Stephen reaction.
Answer:
(1) An ethereal solution of a nitrile is reduced to imine hydrochloride by SnCl2 in the presence of HCl gas. Further, imine hydrochloride on acid hydrolysis gives aldehyde. This reaction is called Stephen reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 92
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 93
(2) Alternatively, nitriles are selectively reduced by diisobi.ityl aluminium hydride (DIBAI-H) lo imines which on acid hydrolysis to aldehydes.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 94

Question 48.
How are following compounds prepared using Gngnard reagent
(1) Acetone
(2) Benzophenone?
Answer:
(1) Acetone: Acetoniti-ile (ethanenitrile) reacts with methyl magnesium iodide in presence of dry ether to give imine complex which on hydrolysis gives acctonc. During reaction acetonitrile and methyl magnesium iodide should be
taken in equimolecular proportion.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 95
(2) Benzophenone: Benzonitrile reacts with phenyl magnesium bromide in presence of dry ether to give an imine complex which on acid hydrolysis gives a benzophenone. During reaction bcnzonitrile and phenyl magnesium bromide should be aken in equimolecular proportion.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 96

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 49.
Write the structures and IUPAC names of ketones produced by Friedel-Crafts acylation of benzene with
(i) C2H5COCl
(ii) C6H5COCl.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 97

Question 50.
Predict the products of the following conversions.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 98

Question 51.
How are the following preparations carried out ?

(1) Benzaldehyde from toluene. (Etard oxidation)
Answer:
When toluene is treated with solution of chromyl chloride (CrO2Cl2) in Cs2, brown chromium complex is obtained, which on acid hydrolysis gives benzaldehyde. This reaction is called Etard reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 99

(2) Benzaldehyde from methyl arene.
Answer:
Methylarene is converted into a benzyllidene diacetate on treatment with chromium oxide in acetic anhydride at 273-278 K. The diacetate derivative on acid hydrolysis gives benzaldehyde.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 100

(3) Benzaldehyde from toluene (commerical method).
Answer:
Side chain chlorination of toluene gives benzal chloride which on hydrolysis gives benzaldehyde.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 101

(4) Benzaldehyde from benzene (Gattermann-Koch synthesis).
OR
Write chemical equation for Gatter- mann-Koch formylation.
Answer:
When benzene is treated with vapours of carbon monoxide and hydrogen chloride in the presence of a catalyst mixture of A1Cl3 and CuCl under high pressure, benzaldehyde is obtained. This reaction is called Gattermann- Koch synthesis.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 102
Preparation of aromatic ketones from hydrocarbons

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 52.
Explain Friedel-Craft’s acylation reaction.
Answer:
The reaction in which hydrogen atom of benzene is replaced by an acyl group Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 103 I in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3 is called Friedel-Craft’s acylation. When benzene is heated with an acetyl chloride or acetic anhydride in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3, forms acetophenone (1-Phenyl ethanone).

Electrophile : R – C + = O acylium ion Formation of the electrophile :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 104
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 105

Question 53.
Give the preparation of acetophenone from benzene using
(i) acetyl chloride
(ii) acetic anhydride.
Answer:

The reaction in which hydrogen atom of benzene is replaced by an acyl group Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 103 I in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3 is called Friedel-Craft’s acylation. When benzene is heated with an acetyl chloride or acetic anhydride in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3, forms acetophenone (1-Phenyl ethanone).

Electrophile : R – C + = O acylium ion Formation of the electrophile :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 104
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 105

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 54.
How will you prepare propionaldehyde from ethyl propionate?
Answer:
When ethyl propionate is reduced in presence of diisobutyl aluminium hydride (DIBAI-H), propionaldehyde is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 107

Question 55.
Explain the structure of carboxyl group.
Answer:
In carboxyl group, the carboxyl carbon is sp2-hybridised and the bonds to the carboxyl carbon lie in one plane. The C-C = O and O = C-O bond angles are 120°. The carboxylic carbon is less electrophilic than carbonyl carbon because of the resonance structures shown below :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 110

Question 56.
How is carboxylic acid obtained by the acid hydrolysis of an alkyl cyanide ?
Answer:
Alkyl cyanides or alkyl nitriles on acid or alkaline hydrolysis give corresponding carboxylic acids.

Acid Hydrolysis of Alkyl ankle: When alkyl cyanide is boiled wiLh dilute mineral acid, it gives corresponding carboxylic acid. In this, acid amide is obtained as the intermediate product.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 111

Question 57.
How is ethanoic add obtained from methyl cyanide by acid hydrolysis?
Answer:
When methyl cyanide is heated with dilutc hydrochloric acid or dilute sulphuric acid. ethanoic acid is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 112

Question 58.
How Is proplonlc acid obtained from an alkyl nitrile?
Answer:
When ethyl cyanide (propionitrile) is boiled with dilute HCI or dilute H2SO4, propionic acid is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 113

Question 59.
How Is benzoic acid obtained from bcnzamide?
Answer:
When benzarnide is heated with dil. HCl. benzoic acid is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 114

Question 60.
How is carboxylic acid obtained from acyl chlorides and acid anhydrides?
Answer:
When acyl chloride is hydrolysed with water, carboxylic acid is obtained. The reaction is carried out in presence of a base pyridine or NaOH to remove HCl generated.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 118
Acetyl chloride reacts with water almost explosively while benzoyl chloride very slowly.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 119
Acid anhydrides react with water to give carboxylic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 120
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 121

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 61.
How is benzoic acid obtained from
(i) ethyl benzoate
(ii) styrene?
Answer:
(i) Benzoic acid from ethyl benzoate : When an ethyl benzoate is heated with dil. H2SO4, undergoes hydrolysis to form benzoic acid and ethyl alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 122

(ii) Benzoic acid from styrene:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 123

Question 62.
How is propanoic acid obtained from phenyl propanoate?
Answer:
When phenyl propanoate is heated with dil. NaOH, sodium salt is obtained, which on hydrolysis gives propanoic- acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 124

Question 63.
How is propanoic acid obtained from methyl propanoate ?
OR
When methyl propanoate is heated with dil. NaOH, sodium, salt is obtained, which on hydrolysis gives propanoic acid.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 125

Question 64.
How is benzoic acid obtained from phenyl ethene?
Answer:
When phenyl ethene is heated with strong oxidising agents like acidic KMnO4 or acidic K2Cr2O7, benzoic acid is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 126

Question 65.
How is adipic acid obtained from cyclohexene?
Answer:
When cyclohexene is heated with acidified KMnO4, adipic acid (Hexane-1, 6-dioic acid) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 127

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 66.
What is carbonation of Grignard reagent ? How is acetic acid prepared by this reaction ? How is ethanoic acid pepared from dry ice?
Answer:
Addition reaction of carbon dioxide (0 = C = 0) to Grignard reagent, forming a complex and further formation of carboxylic acid is called carbonation of Grignard reagent.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 128
Example : When methyl magnesium iodide is added to solid carbon dioxide, a complex is formed which on acid hydrolysis forms acetic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 129

Question 67.
How is benzoic acid prepared from Grignard reagent?
OR
Write the preparation of benzoic acid from dry ice.
Answer:
When phenyl magnesium bromide is treated with dry ice (solid carbon dioxide) in the presence dry ether, complex is obtained which on acidification gives benzoic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 130

Question 68.
What are soaps ? How are they prepared ?
Answer:
The sodium or potassium salts of higher fatty acids are known as soaps. Soaps contain more than twelve carbon atoms.

When fat or oil is hydrolysed using sodium or potassium hydroxide solution, soap obtained remains in colloidal form. Soap and glycerol are separated by adding sodium chloride. Soap precipitates out due to common ion effect, and glycerol remains in the solution can be recovered by fractional distillation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 131

Question 69.
How is benzoic acid prepared from alkyl benzenes ?
OR
How will you convert the following :
(1) n-butyl benzene to benzoic acid.
(2) Toluene to benzoic acid.
(3) Cumene to benzoic acid ?
Answer:
When an alkyl benzene is heated with strong oxidizing agents like acidic or alkaline KMnO4 or acidified K2Cr2O7 etc. gives aromatic carboxylic acid. The alkyl side chain gets oxidised to -COOH group irrespective of the size of the chain.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 132

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 70.
Lower aldehydes and ketones are water soluble whereas higher homologues are insoluble. Explain, why.
Answer:
(1) The oxygen atom of Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 135 shows hydrogen bonding with water molecule.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 136
(2) As a result of this, the lower aldehydes and ketones are water soluble (example – acetaldehyde, acetone). As the molecular mass increases, the proportion of hydrocarbon part of the molecule increases which cannot form hydrogen bonding with water and the solubility of higher homologues in water decreases.

Question 71.
Carboxylic acids have higher boiling points than those of alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, ethers, hydrocarbons of comparable molecular masses. Explain, why.
Answer:
(1) Carboxylic group (-COOH) in acids is highly polar. in liquid state, pair of carboxylic acid molecules is held together by two intermolecular hydrogen bonds, have higher aggregations and in the vapour.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 137
(2) Intermolecular hydrogen bonding in carboxylic acids state most of the carboxylic acid.s exist as dimmers in which two molecules are held by two hydrogen R – R bonds. Acidic hydrogen of one molecule forms hydrogen bond with carbonyl oxygen of the other molecule. This doubles the size of the molecule resulting in increase in o – intermolecular van der Waals forces, which in turn results in high boiling points. Therefore, carboxylic acids possess higher boiling points than those of alcohols, aldehydes, ketones. ether, hydrocarbons of comparable molecular masses.

Question 72.
Lower aliphatic carboxylic acids are miscible with water while higher carboxylic acids are immiscible.
Answer:
(1) Lower aliphatic carboxylic acids are miscible with water due to the formation of hydrogen bonding with water molecules.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 138
(2) Hydrogen bonding between acid and water. As the molecular mass increases (he solubility of carboxylic acids in water decreases. The insolubility of carboxylic acids is due to increased hydrophobic interaction of hydrocarbon parts with water.

Question 73.
Explain why carboxylic acids are much weaker acids than mineral acids.
Answer:
Carboxylic acids are the organic compounds which are acidic in nature. However, compared to mineral acids like HCI or H2SO4. the carboxylic acids are weaker acids.

The strength of acidity depends upon their ability to release H+ ions. Greater the ease with which they release H+ ions, stronger is the acid.

Carboxylic acids when dissolved in water, pcoduce H+ due to its dissociation. (it does not dissociate completely.)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 139
The mineral acid-s like HCI, H2SO4 release H+ ion to a larger extent as they dissociatc almost complctcly in aqueous solution for e.g. HCl → H+ Cl thus carboxylic acids are weaker than mineral acids. The equilibrium exists in aqueous solution of carboxylic acid as
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 140
Since concentration of water practically remains constant
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 141

where Ka is acidity constant
Larger the value Ka greater is the extent of ionization and stronger is the acid. But strength of acids is expressed in ternis of their pKa values. Smaller the value of pKa. the stronger is the carboxylic acid. Here pKa value of carboxylic acids is higher than mineral acids. Hence, carboxylic acids arc weaker than mineral acids.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 74.
Carboxylic acids are more acidic than phenols and alcohols. Explain. Why?
Answer:
(1) Carboxylic acid loses a proton as compared to phenol. Consider the ionization of carboxylic acid and phenol
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 142
Due to delocalization the negative charge over the ortho and para positions of aromatic ring, phenoxide anion is more stable than phenol. Thus phenol easily undergoes ionization
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 143
However, alcohol and alkoxide ion are single structures. In an alkoxide anion the negative charge is localized on a single oxygen atom. Hence, phenols are more acidic than alcohols.

(2) Carboxylic acid has two resonance hybride non equivalent structures (I & II) while carboxylate anion has two resonance hybrid equivalent structures (III & IV). The carboxylate ion is more stable than carboxylic acid and equilibrium is shifted towards the direction of increased ionization.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 144
(3) Carboxylate ion has two equivalent resonance structures with nejative charge is delocalized over two electro negative oxygen atoms. Phenoxide anion has non-equivalent resonance structures in which negative charge is
delocalized over one oxygen atom and less electronegative carbon atom. As a result carboxylate anion is more stable than phenoxide ion. Hence carboxylic acids ionize to the greater extent than phenol furnishing higher concentration of H+ ions. Therefore, carboxylic acids are more acidic than phenols and alcohols.

Question 75.
Trichloro acetic acid is a stronger acid than acetic acid. ExplaIn.
Answer:
(1) The acidic nature of carboxylic acid is due to the ability to release H ions. Greater the ease with which they release H+ ions, stronger is the acid. Any factor that stabilizes the carboxylate ion would help the release of H+
ions and thus increase the strength of the acid. The electron-withdrawing group attached to -carbon atom increases the strength of the acid. In trichloroacetic acid, three chloro substituents on s-carbon atom of acetic acid makes the electrons withdrawing effect more pronounced and the negative charge of carboxylate ion formed gets dispersed.

Thus, increases the stability of carboxylate ion.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 336

(2) The acetate ion formed gets destabilised due to the electron releasing effect of a methyl group (+ I effect). As a result, acetic acid dissociates to a lesser extent.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 145

(3) The trichloro acetate ion formed gels stabilised due to electron-withdrawing effect of three 3Cl atoms (- I effect). As a result. trichloro acetic acid dissociates to a greater extent. Trichioro acetic acid having lower pKa value than acetic acid. Hence. trichloro acetic acid is a stronger acid than acetic acid.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 76.
Which is the stronger acid in each of the following pairs ?
(1) CH3-COOH and CH2 = CH-COOH
Answer:
CH2 = CH-COOH is the stronger acid than CH3-COOH

(2) C6H5-COOH and C6H5-CH2-COOH
Answer:
C6H5-COOH is the stronger acid than C6H5-CH2-COOH

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 148
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 149

(4) CH3-CH2-COOH and NC-CH2-COOH
Answer:
NC-CH2-COOH is the stronger acid than CH3-CH2-COOH

(5) (CH2)2CH-CH2-COOH and (CH3)2NH-CH2-COOH
Answer:
(CH3)2NH-CH2-COOH is the stronger acid than (CH3)2CH-CH2-COOH

(6) O2N-CH2-C00H and Cl-CH2-COOH
Answer:
NO2-CH2-COOH is the stronger acid than Cl-CH2-COOH.

Question 77.
Arrange the following acids in their increasing order of acidic strength.

(1) Acetic acid, chloroacetic acid, propionic acid, formic acid.
Answer:
Propionic acid < acetic acid < formic acid < chloroacetic acid

(2) Bromoacetic acid, chloroacetic acid, fluoroacetic acid, iodoacetic acid.
Answer:
Iodoacetic acid < bromoacetic acid < chloroacetic acid < fluoroacetic acid.

(3) Acetic acid, chloroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid.
Answer:
Acetic acid < chloroacetic acid < dichloroacetic acid < trichloroacetic acid.

(4) n-butyric acid, 3-chlorobutyric acid, 2-chlorobutyric acid, 3-chlorobutyric acid.
Answer:
n-Butyric acid < 3-chlorobutyric acid < 2-chlorobutyric acid < 1-chlorobutyric acid.

(5) Acetic acid, benzoic acid, p-methoxy benzoic acid, p-nitrobenzoic acid.
Answer:
Acetic acid < benzoic acid < p-methoxy benzoic acid < p-nitrobenzoic acid.

(6) Acetic acid, phenyl acetic acid, p-nitro phenyl acetic acid.
Answer:
Acetic acid < phenyl acetic acid < p-nitro phenyl acetic acid.

(7) Benzoic acid, p-toluic acid, p-chlorobenzoic acid.
Answer:
p-toluic acid < benzoic acid < p-chlorobenzoic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 157

Question 78.
Arrange the following carboxylic acids in order of increasing acidity : m-Nitrobenzoic acid, Trichloroacetic acid, benzoic acid, a-Chlorobutyric acid.
Answer:
Acidity in the increasing order : Benzoic acid, m-nitrobenzoic acid, a-chlorobutyric acid, trichloroacetic acid.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 79.
Arrange the following carboxylic acids with increasing order of their acidic strength and justify your answer.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 158

Question 80.
Explain polarity of carbonyl group.
Answer:
The polarity of a carbonyl group is duc to higher electronegativity of oxygen compared to carbon. It is explained on the basis of resonance involving neutral and dipolar structures.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 159
The carbonyl carbon has positive polarity (see structures (A) and (D)). Therefore, it is electron deficient. As a result, this carbon atom is electrophilic (electron loving) and is susceptible to attack by a nucleophile (Nu : ).

Question 81.
Explain SchifPs reagent test.
OR
What is a SchifPs reagent ? How is it used to detect aldehydes ?
Answer:

  • Schiff’s reagent is prepared by dissolving pink p-rosaniline hydrochloride (dye Fuchsin) in water and passing SO2 gas till the pink solution is decolourised.
  • Schiff s reagent is an oxidising agent.
  • When an aldehyde is added to Schiff s reagent, the colourless solution turns pink or in magenta colour and aldehyde is oxidised to a carboxylic acid.
  • This test is not given by ketones, hence, used to distinguish between aldehyde and ketone.

Question 82.
Which colour is obtained when SchifFs reagent is treated with acetaldehyde?
Answer:
When Schiff s reagent is treated with acetaldehyde, pink colour is obtained.

Question 83.
What is Tollen’s reagent?
Answer:

  • Tollen’s reagent is an ammoniacal silver nitrate, [Ag(NH3)2]+ OH.
  • It is prepared by adding NH4OH solution to silver nitrate solution.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 162
  • It is a stronger oxidising agent than Fehling solution. Aldehyde when heated with Tollen’s reagent, silver mirror is deposited.

Question 84.
Explain Tollen’s reagent test.
OR
Explain silver mirror test.
Answer:

  • Tollen’s reagent is an (ammoniacal silver nitrate) [Ag(NH3)2]+ OH.
  • When an aldehyde, like acetaldehyde is heated with Tollen’s reagent, it is oxidised to acetic acid and silver ions Ag+ in Tollen’s reagent complex are reduced to silver Ag giving greyish black precipitate or deposition of silver on inner surface of the test tube which shines like a mirror. Hence this test is also called silver mirror test.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 163
  • This test is not given by ketones.
  • Hence Tollen’s reagent is used to distinguish between aldehydes and ketones.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 85.
What is Fehling’s solution? How is it prepared?
Answer:

  • Fehling’s solution is a complex of cupric ions with tartaric acid.
  • It is a mild oxidising agent.
  • It is prepared by mixing equal amount of Fehling’s solution ‘A’ containing CuSO4 solution and Fehling’s solution ‘B’ containing sodium potassium tartrate (Rochelle salt) in caustic soda (NaOH) solution.
  • It is used to detect aldehydes that decolourise deep blue colour of the solution and give red precipitate of Cu2O.

Question 86.
Explain Fehling’s solution test.
Answer:

  • Fehling’s solution is a mixture of Fehling’s solution ‘A’ containing CuSO4 solution and Fehling’s solution ‘B’ containing sodium potassium tartrate (Rochella salt) in caustic soda (NaOH) solution.
  • When an aldehyde is heated with Fehling’s solution, the deep blue colour of the solution disappears and Cu+2 (cupric ion) is reduced to Cu+ ion a red precipitate of cuprous oxide, Cu2O is obtained while aldehyde is oxidised to a carboxylate ion.
  • For example,
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 164
  • This test is not given by ketones, since they cannot be oxidised by Fehling solution.
  • Aromatic aldehydes are not oxidised by Fehling solution.
  • Hence this test is used to distinguish between aldehydes and ketones.

Question 87.
What is the action of the following reagents on ethanal :
(1) Fehling’s solution,
(2) Tollen’s reagent or Ammonical silver nitrate ?
Answer:

  1. When ethanal is heated with Fehling’s solution, the deep blue colour of the solution disappears and a red precipitate of Cu2O is obtained.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 165
  2. When ethanal is heated with Tollen’s reagent a greyish black precipitate or deposition of silver is obtained.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 166

Question 88.
Why is benzaldehyde NOT oxidized by Fehling solution ?
Answer:
When benzaldehyde is treated with Fehling solution, it does not reduce cupric ion (Cu+2). Fehling solution does not oxidise benzaldehyde. Thus, Fehling test cannot be used for aromatic aldehyde.

Question 89.
Explain laboratory test for ketonic group or sodium nitroprusside test.
Answer:
Laboratory test for ketonic group : Sodium nitroprusside test : When a freshly prepared sodium nitroprusside solution is added to a ketone, mixture is shaken well and basified by adding sodium hydroxide solution drop by drop, red colour appears in the solution, which indicates the presence of ketonic (> C = O) group.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 170
The anion of ketone formed by alkali reacts with nitroprusside ion to form a red coloured complex which indicates the presence of the ketonic group.

Question 90.
What is the action of hydrogen cyanide on the following :
(1) Acetaldehyde
(2) Acetone
(3) Benzaldehyde?
Answer:
(1) Action of HCN on acetaldehyde : When acetaldehyde is treated with hydrogen cyanide, acetaldehyde cyanohydrin is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 171

(2) Action of HCN on acetone : When acetone is treated with hydrogen cyanide, acetone cyanohydrin is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 172

(3) Action of HCN on benzaldehyde : When benzaldehyde is treated with hydrogen cyanide, benzaldehyde cyanohydrin is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 173

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 91.
What is the action of hydrogen cyanide in basic medium on (1) butanone (2) 2,4-dichlorobenzaldehyde?
Answer:
(1) Action of hydrogen cyanide on butanone : When butanone is treated with hydrogen cyanide, butanone cyanohydrin is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 174

(2) Action of hydrogen cyanide on 2,4-dichlorobenzaldehyde : When 2, 4-dichloro benzaldehyde is treated with hydrogen cyanide, cyanohydrin of 2,4-dichloro benzaldehyde is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 175

Question 92.
What is the action of sodium bisulphite on :
(1) Acetaldehyde
(2) Acetone (propanone)?
Answer:
(1) Acetaldehyde reacts with saturated aqueous solution of sodium bisulphite (NaHSO3) and forms crystalline acetaldehyde sodium bisulphite. It is water soluble crystalline solid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 176

(2) Acetone reacts with saturated aqueous solution of sodium bisuiphite (NaHSO3) and forms crystalline acetone sodium bisuiphite. It is water soluble crystalline solid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 177

Question 93.
A carbonyl compound ‘A’ having molecular formula C5H10O forms crystalline precipitate with sodium bisulphite and gives positive iodoform test but does not reduce Fehling solution. Write the structure of carbonyl compound.
Answer:
A carbonyl compound C5H10O has two structures.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 178
Pentan-2-one forms crystalline precipitate with sodium bisulphite and gives positive iodoform test. But does not reduce Fehling solution.

Pentan-3-one does not react with iodine and NaOH because it does not contain Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 180 group.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 94.
How does alcohols react with aldehydes and ketones?
Answer:
Aldehyde reacts with one molecule of anhydrous monohydric alcohol in presence of dry hydrogen chloride to give alkoxyalcohol known as hemiacetal, which further reacts with one more molecule of anhydrous monohydric alcohol to give a geminaldialkoxy compound known as acetal as shown in the reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 181
Ketones react with 1, 2 – or 1, 3 – diols in presence of dry hydrogen chloride to give five or six-membered cyclic ketals.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 182

Question 95.
What is the action of ethanol on acetaldehyde ? What is the action of ethylene glycol on acetone ?
Answer:
Acetaldehyde reacts with one equivalent of monohydric alcohol in the presence of dry hydrogen chloride to form an intermediate known as hemiacetal, which further adds another molecule of alcohol to form a gem-dialkoxy compound known as acetal. Acetone reacts with ethylene glycol under similar conditions to form cyclic products known as ethylene glycol ketals.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 183

Question 96.
Write the structure of product in the following reactions:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 187
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 188

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 189
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 190

Question 97.
How does Grignard reagent react with the carbonyl compounds (or aldehydes and ketones)?
Answer:
The carbonyl compounds like aldehydes and ketones react with Grignard reagent (R – Mg – X) in dry ether and form a complex which on further hydrolysis with acid forms the corresponding alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 191

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 98.
What is the action of Grignard reagent, CH3 – Mg – I on : (1) formaldehyde (2) acetone?
Answer:
(1) Grignard reagent with formaldehyde gives a primary alcohol.
Formaldehyde on reaction with Grignard reagent, CH3 – Mg – I in dry ether forms a complex which on hydrolysis with dilute HCl forms ethyl alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 192

(2) Acetone on reaction with Grignard reagent, CH3 – Mg – I in dry ether forms a complex which on hydrolysis with dilute HC1 forms tert-butyl alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 193

Question 99.
Explain the mechanism of addition reactions of ammonia derivatives H2N-Z with carbonyl compounds (aldehydes or ketones).
Answer:
Derivatives of ammonia H2N-Z reacts with carbonyl compounds (aldehydes or ketones) in weakly acidic medium to give addition products, which loses a water molecule to give a final product imine derivatives. A substituted imine is called a Schiff base. Schiff bases are solids and have sharp melting points.

General reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 194

Question 100.
What Is the action of ethylamine on :
(1) acetaldehyde
(2) acetone ?
Answer:
(1) Acetaldehyde on reaction with ethyl amine forms imine (Schiff base).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 195
(2) Acetone on reaction with ethyl amine forms imine (Schiff base).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 196

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 101.
What are oximes? Which functional group do they contain?
Answer:
Oximes : These are the compounds obtained by the reactions of carbonyl compounds namely aldehydes and ketones with hydroxyl amine NH2OH.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 197

Question 102.
What is the action of hydroxyl amine (NH2OH) on (1) acetaldehyde (2) acetone?
Answer:
(1) Acetaldehyde on reaction with hydroxyl amine (in weakly acidic medium) forms crystalline acetaldoxime.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 198
(2) Acetone on reaction with hydroxyl amine (in weakly acidic medium) forms crystalline acetoxime.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 199

Question 103.
What are hydrazones?
Answer:
Carbonyl compounds like aldehydes and ketones react with hydrazine forming compounds like hydrazones. For example, acetaldehyde on reaction with hydrazine gives acetaldehyde hydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 200

Question 104.
Which compound can convert Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 201
Answer:
The compound which can convertMaharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 202.

Question 105.
What is the action of hydrazine on (1) formaldehyde (2) acetone ?
Answer:
(1) Formaldehyde on reaction with hydrazine forms formaldehyde hydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 203
(2) Acetone with hydrazine forms acetone hydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 204

Question 106.
What are phenylhydrazones?
Answer:
The carbonyl compounds like aldehydes and ketones on reaction with phenylhydrazine form hydrazones. For example, acetaldehyde on reaction with phenylhydrazine forms acetaldehydephenylhydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 205

Question 107.
What is the action of phenylhydrazine on (1) formaldehyde (2) acetone (propanone) ?
Answer:
(1) Formaldehyde on reaction with phenylhydrazine forms formaldehydephenylhydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 206
(2) Acetone on reaction with phenylhydrazine forms acetone phenylhydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 207

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 108.
What is the action of 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine on
(1) Acetaldehyde
(2) Acetone
(3) Butanone
(4) Benzaldehyde ?
OR
Complete and rewrite the balanced chemical equation : Butanone + 2, 4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine.
Answer:
(1) Acetaldehyde on reaction with 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine forms 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 208
(2) Acetone on reaction with 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine forms 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 209
(3) Butanone on reaction with 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine forms 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 210

Question 109.
What is the action of semi carbazide on (1) Acetaldehyde (2) Acetone?
Ans.
(1) Acetaldehyde on reaction with semicarbazide forms scrnicarbazone derivative.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 211
(2) Acetone on reaction with sernicarbazide forms semicarbazone derivative.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 212

Question 120.
Write the structures of carbonyl compounds and ammonia derivatives that combine to give following imines.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 213

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 121.
Write the structure of the products obtained from the following ketones by action of hydrazine in presence of (1) slightly acidic medium (2) strong base KOH.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 214
Answer:
(1) In slightly acidic medium
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 215
(2) In the presence of a strong base KOH
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 216

Question 122.
Explain haloform reaction.
Answer:
A ketone containing -COCH3 group is oxidised by sodium hypohalite a mixture of (sodium hydroxide and halogen) results in the formation of sodium salt of carboxylic acid having one carbon atom less than that of ketone and methyl group is converted to haloform.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 220
Acetaldehyde is the only aldehyde which gives haloform reaction. In this reaction, R may be hydrogen, methyl group or aryl group and X may be Cl, Br or I. The reaction is given by all methyl ketones (CH3 – CO – R) and all alcohols containing CH3 – (CHOH) group.

When a methyl ketone is warmed with iodine and sodium hydroxide, a yellow precipitate of iodoform is obtained. The iodoform reaction is used as a qualitative test for detection of CH3CO-group in a organic compound.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 221

Question 128.
Identify the compounds, amongst the following, that give positive iodoform test.
(CH3)2CHOH, (CH3)3COH, CH3COCH2CH2CH3, CH3CH2CHO, CH3CH2CH(OH)CH2CH3, CH3CH2OH, C6H5COCH2CH3, CH3CHO, C6H5CH2CH2OH and CH3CH(OH)CH2CH2CH3.
Answer:
For an iodoform test, the carbonyl compound must have Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 222 group.
The compounds that give positive iodoform test :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 223

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 129.
Explain cross aldol condensation.
Answer:
(1) An aldol condensation between two different carbonyl compounds (aldehydes and or ketones) takes place even though one of the two carbonyl compounds molecules does not contain a-hydrogen atom e.g. HCHO and C6H5CHO.

(2) If both aldehydes or ketones contain two a-hydrogen atoms each, then a mixture of four products, is formed. For example, a mixture of ethanal and propanal on reaction with dilute alkali followed by heating gives a mixture of four products.

Self aldol condensation:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 232
Cross aldol condensation:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 233

Question 130.
Write the structure of the major product of the following crossed aldol condensation.
Answer:
(1) Formaldehyde and propionaldehyde :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 236
(2) Benzaldehyde with acetone:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 237

Question 131.
Explain aldol condensation reaction of propionaldehyde.
Answer:
Since propionaldehyde has an a-hydrogen atom it undergoes aldol condensation with alkali Ba(OH)2, forming 3-Hydroxy-2-methylpentanal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 238
3-Hydroxy-2-methylpentanal on heating undergoes dehydration and forms 2-Methylpent-2-enal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 239

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 132.
If a mixture of formaldehyde and acetaldehyde is subjected to aldol condensation, predict the products formed and draw their structures.
Answer:
Since formaldehyde, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 240 does not have α-hydrogen atom it will not undergo self aldol condensation. Since acetaldehydeMaharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 241has a-hydrogen atom, it will undergo self aldol condensation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 242
Formaldehyde and acetaldehyde undergo cross aldol condensation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 243
Hence two aldol condensation products will be obtained.

Question 133.
Indicate by equations, what happens when a mixture of acetaldehyde and acetone are treated with alkali.
Answer:
When a mixture of acetaldehyde and acetone is treated with alkali, Ba(OH)2, they undergo self aldol condensation and cross aldol condensation.
(1) Self aldol condensation acetaldehyde :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 244
(2) Self aldol condensation of acetone:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 245
(3) Cro5s aldol condensation:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 246

Question 134.
Explain Cannizzaro reaction.
OR
Write a note on Cannizzaro reaction.
OR
Write a note on self oxidation-reduction reaction of aldehyde with suitable example.
Answer:

  • Aldehydes which do not have a-hydrogen atom, on heating with concentrated alkali (50% aqueous or ethanolic solution of NaOH or KOH) undergo self oxidation and reduction reaction or redox reaction.
  • This self redox reaction or disproportionation reaction is called Cannizzaro reaction.
  • In this reaction one molecule of the aldehyde is oxidised to carboxylic acid while the second molecule of the aldehyde is reduced to alcohol (carboxylic acid formed, reacts with alkali, NaOH and forms a salt R – COONa).
  • When formaldehyde (methanal) is heated with 50% NaOH solution, methanol (reduction product) and sodium formate (oxidation product) are formed.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 248.
  • Ketones and aldehydes like acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, etc. having a – H atom do not give Cannizzaro reaction.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 135.
Explain cross Cannizzaro reaction with example.
OR
Write the reaction for the action of 50 % NaOH on a mixture of formaldehyde and benzaldehyde.
Answer:
The reaction between two different aldehydes, not having a-hydrogen atoms is called cross Cannizzaro reaction. These two aldehydes undergo disproportionation in presence of concentrated alkali to give four products. However, if one of the aldehydes is formaldehyde, the reaction yields exclusively formate and alcohol to corresponding aldehyde.

Formaldehyde and benzaldehyde since do not have a-hydrogen atom, will undergo Cannizzaro (redox) reactions.

(1) Self Cannizzaro (redox) reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 249
(2) Cmss Cannizzaro (redox) reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 250

Question 136.
What is the action of cone, potassium hydroxide on benzaldehyde?
Answer:
When benzaldehyde is heated with concentrated potassium hydroxide in presence of methanol, a mixture of potassium benzoate and phenyl methanol (benzyl alcohol) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 251

Question 137.
Differentiate between Cannizzaro reaction and Aldol reaction.
Answer:

Cannizzaro reactionAldol reaction
1. It is given by aldehydes not having alpha hydrogen atom.
2.  In this reaction an aldehyde is converted to the corres­ponding acid and an alcohol.
3.  It is a disproportionate ion reaction.
4.  It requires concentrated alkali as a catalyst.
1. It is given by aldehydes and ketones possessing alpha hydrogen atom.
2.  In this reaction aldehydes and ketones are converted into aldol and ketols, respectively.
3.  It is an addition reaction.
4.  It requires dilute alkali as a catalyst.

Question 138.
Write the chemical equations for aldol condensation or Cannizzaro reaction that the following compounds undergo :
(1) Propanal
(2) 2-Methyl propanal (isobutyraldehyde)
(3) Pentanal
(4) 3-Methylbutanal
(5) Acetophenone
(6) p-Methoxybenzaldehyde
(7) 2-Methyl cyclohexanone
(8) Chloral
(9) Cyclopentanone
(10) Phenyl acetaldehyde
(11) 1-Phenyl propan-l-one.
Answer:
(1) Propanal (Aldol condensation) : Propanal contains α-H atom. Two molecules of propanal undergo self condensation in presence of dil. alkali to form 3-Hydroxy-2-methyl pentanal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 253

(2) 2-NIethvl propanal (Canniuaro reaction) : Two molecules of them undergo cannizzaro reaction in the presence of 50% alkali to form sodium isobutyrate and isohutyl alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 254

(3) Pentanal (Aldol condensation) : Pentanal contains a-H atom. Two molecules of them undergo self condensation in the presence of dil. alkali to form 3-Hydroxy-2-propyl heptanal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 255

(4) 3-Methyl butanal (Aldol condensation) : 3-Methyl butanal contains a-H atom. Two molecules of them undergo self condensation in the presence of dil. alkali to form 3-Hydroxy-2-isopropyl-5-methyl hexanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 256

(5) Acetophenone (Aldol condensation) : Acetophenone contains a-H atom. Two molecules of them undergo self condensation in the presence of base to form 3-Hydroxy-1, 3-diphenyl but-l-one.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 257

(6) p-Methoxybenzaldehyde (Cannizzaro reaction) :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 258

(7) 2-Methyl cyclohexanone
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 259

(8) Chloral (Cannizzaro’s reaction) : There is no α-H atom CCl3CHO, therefore it undergoes Cannizzaro’s reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 260

(9) Cyclopentanone (Aldol condensation) : Cyclopentanone contains a-H atom. Two molecules of them undergo self-condensation in the presence of base to form 2-(l-Hydroxy-1 cyclopentyl) cyclo pentane-l-one.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 261

(10) Phenyl acetaldehyde (Aldol condensation) : Phenyl acetaldehyde contains a-H atom. Two molecules of them undergo self-condensation in the presence of base to form 3-Hydroxy-2, 4-diphenylbutanal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 262

(11) 1-phenyl propan-l-one (Aldol condensation) : 1-phenyl propan-l-one contains a-H atom. Two molecules of them undergo self-condensation in the presence of base to form 3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-l, 3-diphenyl pentan-l-one
3-Hydroy-2-methyl-1, 3-diphenyl pentan-l-one
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 263

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 139.
Write a note on Clemmensen reduction.
OR
Explain Clemmeusen’s reduction.
OR
Explain the reduction of carbonyl group into methylene group.
Answer:

  • The carbonyl groupMaharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 264on reduciion with zinc amalgam (Zn – Hg) in concentrated hydrochloric acid is converted into methylene group ( – CH2 -).
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 265
  • Aldehydes and kctoncs on reaction with Zn – Hg in concentrated HCl forms corresponding alkanes. ibis reduction is called Clemmensen reduction.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 266
  • Acetaldehyde on reduction with Zn – Hg in concentrated HCl forms ethane.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 267
  • Acetone on reduction with Zn – Hg in concentrated HCl forms propane.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 268

Question 140.
Explain Wolff-Kishner reduction.
Answer:
Hydrazine (NH2-NH2) reduces carbonyl groupMaharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 269of aldehydes or ketones to metylene group Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 270 When aldehyde or ketone is heated with hydrazine in the presence of base such as potassium hydroxide and ethylene glycol, an alkane is obtained due to reduction of carbonyl compound.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 271

Question 141.
Compound A (C5H10O) form a phenyl hydrazone and gives a negative Tollen’s reagent test and iodoform test. On reduction with Zn-Hg/HCl, compound A gives n-pentane. Write the structure of ‘A’.
Answer:
Since A (C5H10O) forms a phenyl hydrozone, it is a carbonyl compound. Since it gives negative Tollen’s reagent test, it is not an aldehyde but it must be a ketone.

Since it doesn’t give iodoform test, it doesn’t have Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 272group.
Hence the structure of ‘A’ will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 273

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 142.
Identify A and B in the following reactions :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 274
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 275

 

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 276
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 277

 

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 278
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 279

 

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 280
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 281

Question 143.
What is the action of concentrated nitric acid on (1) Benzaldehyde (2) Benzophenone?
Answer:

  1. Benzaldehyde on reaction with concentrated nitric acid in presence of cone. H2SO4 forms m-nitrobenzaldehyde
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 282
  2. Benzophenone on reaction with concentrated nitric acid in presence of cone. H2SO4 forms m-nitrobenzophenone
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 283

Question 144.
Explain laboratory tests for carboxyl (- COOH) group.
Answer:
The presence of – COOH group in carboxylic acids is identified by the following tests :

(1) Litmus test : (valid for water soluble substances)
Aqueous solution of Organic compound containing – COOH group turns blue litmus red which indicates the presence of acidic functional group.

(2) Sodium bicarbonate test : When sodium bicarbonate is added to an organic compound containing – COOH group, a brisk effervescence of carbon dioxide gas is evolved. Water insoluble acid goes in solution and gives precipitate an acidification with cone. HCl. This indicates the presence of -COOH group.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 284

(3) Ester test : One drop of concentrated sulfuric acid is added to a mixture of given organic compound containing – COOH group and one mL of ethanol, the reaction mixture is heated for 5 minutes in hot water bath. After this, hot solution is poured in a beaker containing water, fruity smell of ester confirms the presence of carboxylic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 285

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 145.
How is acid chloride obtained from carboxylic acid?
Answer:
Carboxylic acid on heating with thionyl chloride (SOCl2), phosphorus trichloride (PCl3) or phosphorus pentachloride (PCl5) give corresponding acid chlorides. In this reaction – OH of carboxyl group is replaced by -Cl.

The reactions are :
(1) Action on SOCl2 on carboxylic acid :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 286
Example : Acetic acid reacts with thionyl chloride to give acetyl chloride.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 287

(2) Action of PCl3 on carboxylic acid (ethanoic acid) :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 288
Example : Action of phosphorus trichloride on acetic acid gives acetyl chloride.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 289

(3) Action of PCI5 on carboxIic acid :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 290

Question 146.
How will you convert 3,5-Dinitrobenzoic acid to 3,5-Dinitrobenzoyl chloride?
Answer:
When 3,5-Dinitrobenzoic acid is heated with phosphorus pentachloride, 3,5-Dinitrobenzoyl chloride is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 291

Question 147.
How is acid amide obtained from carboxylic acid?
Answer:
Carboxylic acid or acid chloride with ammonia salts, which on further strong heating at high temperature decompose to give amides.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 292
When acetic acid is treated with ammonia, ammonium acetate is obtained. Ammonium acetate on strong heating decomposes to form acetamide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 293
When acetyl chloride is treated with ammonia, acetamide is obtained
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 294

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 148.
How is acid anhydride obtained from carboxylic acid?
Answer:
When carboxylic acid is heated with strong dehydrating agent like phosphorus pentoxide or concentrated sulphuric acid, an acid anhydride is obtained,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 295

The reaction is reversible and anhydride is hydrolysed back to acid.

Alternatively, when sodium acetate is heated with acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride is obtained. This reaction is irreversible.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 296

Question 149.
What is decarboxylation of an acid ? How is it done?
OR
What happens when sodium acetate is heated with soda lime ?
Answer:
Removal of a carboxylic group from acid is called decarboxylation. Decarboxylation of an acid is carried out by heating anhydrous sodium salts of carboxylic acids with soda lime (NaOH + CaO). The product hydrocarbons obtained contain one carbon atom less than the carboxylic acid.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 297
When sodium acetate is heated with soda lime, methane is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 298

Question 150.
How is alcohol obtained from carboxylic acid ?
OR
What is the action of LiAlH4/H3O+on ethanoic acid? Write balanced equation for the conversion :
Cyclopropane carboxylic acid to Cyclopropylmethanol.
Answer:
Carboxylic acids are reduced to primary alcohols using powerful reducing agent lithium aluminium hydride.

(i) When ethanoic acid is reduced in the presence of LiAlH4 in dry ether, forms ethanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 299
(ii) When cyclopropane carboxylic acid is reduced in the presence of lithium aluminium hydride in dry ether, forms cyclopropyl methanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 300
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 301

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Question 151.
What is the action 9f following compounds on cyclohexanone in presence of dry hydrogen chloride?
(1) Ethyl alcohol
(2) Ethylene glycol
Answer:
(1) With Ethyl alcohol : Cyclohcxanonc reacts with one equivalent of monohydric ethyl alcohol lo form hemi ketal, which further adds another molecule of alcohol to form a gem-dialkox compound known as ketal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 309
(2) With Ethylene glycol : cyclohexanone reaCts with ethylene glycol to form cyclic ketal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 310

Question 152.
Answer the following in one sentence.

1. Name the compound which reacts with formaldehyde to produce ethyl alcohol.
Answer:
The compound which reacts with formaldehyde to produce ethyl alcohol is methyl magnesium iodide.

2. What are imines ?
Answer:
These are the compounds obtained by the reactions of carbonyl compounds namely aldehydes and ketones with primary amine.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 317

3. Why does skin have burning sensation, when an ant bites ?
Answer:
When an ant bites, formic acid is released from an ant which gives burning sensation as the acid comes in contact with the skin.

4. What is the percentage of acetic acid in vinegar?
Answer:
The percentage of acetic acid in vinegar is 6 to 8%.

5. Which reagent is used to distinguish formic acid and acetic acid?
Answer:
The reagent used to distinguish formic acid and acetic acid is ammoniacal silver nitrate.

6. What happens when acetyl chloride is treated with dibenzyl cadmium ? Give reaction.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 318

7. Complete the following reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 319
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 320

8. Give reason : Aromatic carboxylic acids do not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.
Answer:
Aromatic carboxylic acids do not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction because the catalyst aluminium chloride (Lewis acid) gets bonded to carboxyl group.

9. Write the name of two compounds which do not contain carbonyl group but show iodoform test.
Answer:
The name of two compounds which do not contain carbonyl group but show iodoform test are ethanol
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 321

10. Give reason : In semicarbazide, – NH2 group bonded to carbonyl group is not involved in the formation of semicarbazone.
Answer:
NH2 group attached to – NH group in semicarbonide is more active than NH2 group attached to carbonyl group due to electron density difference.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

11. Fehling solution does not oxidise benzaldehyde but Tollen’s reagent oxidises benzaldehyde. Give reason.
Answer:
When benzaldehyde is heated with Fehling solution, there is no change in colour of the solution, Cu2+ ion is not reduced, hence Fehling solution does not oxidise benzaldehyde. However, Tollen’s reagent oxidises benzaldehyde to give silver mirror test.

12. Give reason : Direct attachment of vinyl group to carboxylic group increases the acidity of corresponding acids.
Answer:
Direct attachment of vinyl group to carboxylic group increases the acidity of corresponding acids due to greater electronegativity of sp2-hybridised carbon to which carboxyl carbon is attached.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 322

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 153.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-question :

1. IUPAC name of
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 337
(a) l-Phenylhexan-2-one
(b) 6-Phenylhexan-5-one
(c) l-Benzylhexan-2-one
(d) Dodecan-5-one
Answer:
(a) l-Phenylhexan-2-one

2. The general formula of carbonyl compounds is
(a) CnH2n+1OH
(b) CnH2nO
(c) CnH2nO2
(d) CnH2n+1O
Answer:
(b) CnH2nO

3. Aldehydes and ketones are
(a) chain isomers
(b) functional isomers
(c) geometrical isomers
(d) position isomers
Answer:
(b) functional isomers

4. Identify ‘C’ in the following reaction,
\(\mathrm{C}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{5} \mathrm{Br} \stackrel{\mathrm{KCN}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{A} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}^{+} \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{B} \stackrel{\mathrm{LiAlH}_{4}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{C}\)
(a) Propan – 1 – ol
(b) Propanone
(c) 2-Ethyl-3-pentanone
(d) Propanal
Answer:
(d) Propanal

5. Grignard reagent when reacted with alkyl cyanide followed by hydrolysis gives
(a) an aldehyde
(b) a ketone
(c) a primary alcohol
(d) a secondary alcohol
Answer:
(b) a ketone

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

6. Identify ‘ B ’ in the following reaction :
\(\mathrm{CH}_{3}-\mathrm{C}=\mathrm{N} \stackrel{\mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{MgI}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{A} \underset{\mathrm{HCl}}{\stackrel{2 \mathrm{HOH}}{\longrightarrow}} \mathrm{B}+\mathrm{NH}_{3}+\mathrm{MgIOH}\)
(a) Magnesium intermediate
(b) Ethanol
(c) Propanal
(d) Propanone
Answer:
(d) Propanone

7. \(\mathrm{A}+\mathrm{B} \stackrel{\text { dry ether }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{Col}\) Complex \(\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O} / \mathrm{H}^{+}\) Ethyl Methyl Ketone. In the above reaction, A and B are
(a) Formonitrile, Propyl magnesium bromide
(b) Ethyl cyanide, Ethyl magnesium bromide
(c) Hydrogen cyanide, Ethyl magnesium bromide
(d) Acetonitrile, Ethyl magnesium bromide
Answer:
(d) Acetonitrile, Ethyl magnesium bromide

8. A dilute solution of p-rosaniline hydrochloride in water whose pink colour has been discharged by passing sulphur dioxide, does not restore its colour by
(a) HCHO
(b) CH2CHO
(c) (CH3)2COCH3
(d) CCl3CHO
Answer:
(c) (CH3)2COCH3

9. The reagent with which both acetaldehyde and acetone reacts easily is –
(a) Fehling’s solution
(b) Tollen’s reagent
(c) Grignard reagent
(d) Schiff s reagent
Answer:
(c) Grignard reagent

10. Isopropyl methyl ketone when treated with Zn-Hg and concentrated hydrochloric acid give
(a) iso-butane
(b) iso-pentane
(c) n-pentane
(d) neo-pentane
Answer:
(b) iso-pentane

11. The formation of acetone cyanohydrin from acetone is an example of
(a) Nucleophilic addition
(b) Nucleophilic substitution
(c) Electrophilic addition
(d) Electrophilic substitution
Answer:
(a) Nucleophilic addition

12. Which of the following is Fehling solution ‘A’?
(a) CuSO4 solution
(b) CaSO4 solution
(c) NaOH solution
(d) Sodium potassium tartarate solution
Answer:
(a) CuSO4 solution

13. The compound ‘X’ upon alkaline hydrolysis gives a product which reacts with phenylhydrazine but does not reduce ammoniacal silver nitrate solution. A possible structure for ‘X’ is
(a) CH3CHCl CH2Cl
(b) CH3CCl2CH3
(c) CH3CH2CH2Cl
(d) CH3CH2CHCl2
Answer:
(b) CH3CCl2CH3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

14. Which of the following is the correct statement with respect to aldehyde and ketones ?
(a) Ketones are reducing agents
(b) Aldehydes are good reducing agents
(c) Cannizzaro reaction is an addition reaction
(d) Ketones do not react with Grignard reagent
Answer:
(b) Aldehydes are good reducing agents

15. Acetaldehyde acts as
(a) a catalyst
(b) a reducing agent
(c) an oxidizing agent
(d) a mordant
Answer:
(b) a reducing agent

16. An organic compound (A) C3H80 on oxidation gives (B) C3H6O2. The compound A may be
(a) an ester
(b) an alcohol
(c) an aldehyde
(d) a ketone
Answer:
(b) an alcohol

17. Identify ‘B’ from the following reaction :
\(\mathrm{C}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{5} \mathrm{CHO}+\mathrm{NH}_{2} \mathrm{OH} \rightarrow \mathrm{A} \stackrel{\mathrm{Na} / \mathrm{C}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{5} \mathrm{OH}}{\Delta} \mathrm{B}\)
(a) Propan-1-amine
(b) Propan-2-amine
(c) Isopropylamine
(d) Dimethylamine
Answer:
(a) Propan-1-amine

18. Sodium borohydride does not reduce
(a) – COOH group
(b) – NO2 group
(c) – X atom
(d) – CHO group
Answer:
(a) – COOH group

19. An aldehyde when warmed with Zn/Hg and cone. HCl gives
(a) alcohol
(b) hydrocarbon
(c) carboxylic acid
(d) ketone
Answer:
(b) hydrocarbon

20. Acetaldol is
(a) 3-hydroxy butanol
(b) 3-hydroxy butanal
(c) 2-hydroxy propanal
(d) 3-hydroxy pentanal
Answer:
(b) 3-hydroxy butanal

21. Acetone can be reduced to propane, the reduction is called
(a) Clemmensen’s reduction
(b) catalytic reduction
(c) Rosenmund’s reduction
(d) partial reduction
Answer:
(a) Clemmensen’s reduction

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

22. Which of the following reagents can react with acetaldehyde to give water soluble white crystal-line solid?
(a) NaHSO4
(b) NaHSO3
(c) Na2SO3
(d) Na2SO4
Answer:
(b) NaHSO3

23. Which of the following compounds does NOT undergo aldol condensation?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 326
Answer:
(a)

24. Formalin is 40% aqueous solution of :
(a) Methanal
(b) Methanoic acid
(c) Methanol
(d) Methanamine
Answer:
(a) Methanal

25. Which of the following compounds do not produce pink colour with Schiff s reagent?
(a) Formaldehyde
(b) 2-propanone
(c) 3-pentanone
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Answer:
(d) Both (b) and (c)

26. Both aldehydes and ketones can react with
(a) Tollen’s reagent
(b) the Grignard reagent
(c) Fehling’s solution
(d) Schiffs reagent
Answer:
(b) the Grignard reagent

27. Aldol reaction is.
(a) an addition reaction
(b) an elimination reaction
(c) a self-reduction reaction
(d) a disproportionate ion reaction
Answer:
(a) an addition reaction

28. The reaction in which two molecules combine to form a new molecule with the elimination of a small molecule like water is called
(a) an oxidation reaction
(b) a condensation reaction
(c) a hydrolysis reaction
(d) a redox reaction
Answer:
(b) a condensation reaction

29. Benzaldehyde undergoes Cannizzaro’s reaction to give
(a) sodium benzoate and methyl alcohol
(b) sodium benzoate and benzyl alcohol
(c) benzyllic acid and benzyl alcohol
(d) phenol and benzoic acid
Answer:
(b) sodium benzoate and benzyl alcohol

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

30. Identify ‘X’ in the following reaction :
CH3-CHO + X → CH3-CH = N-NH-C6H5 + H2O
(a) C6H5-NH2
(b) C6H5-NH-NH2
(c) C6H5-N = NH
(d) C6H5-NH-NH-CH3
Answer:
(b) C6H5-NH-NH2

31. What happens when propanal is treated with zinc amalgam and conc.HCl ?
(a) Propan-l-ol
(b) Propan-2-ol
(c) Propane
(d) Propanone
Answer:
(c) Propane

32. Identify ‘ B ’ in the following reaction :
\(2 \mathrm{CH}_{3}-\mathrm{CHO} \frac{\text { dil. base or acid }}{300 \mathrm{~K}} \mathrm{~A} \underset{\text { dehydration }}{\text { dehy }} \mathrm{B}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\)
(a) CH3-CH(OH)-CH2-CHO
(b) CH3-CH2-CH(OH)-CHO
(c) CH3-CH = CH-CHO
(d) CH3-CO-CH3
Answer:
(c) CH3-CH = CH-CHO

33. The blue colour of Fehling’s solution is due to
(a) Cu2O
(b) CuCO3
(c) CuO
(d) Cu++ ions
Answer:
(d) Cu++ ions

34. How is Schiff s reagent prepared?
(a) By passing CO2 through p-rosaniline solution
(b) By passing NO2 through p-rosaniline solution
(c) By passing SO2 through p-rosaniline solution
(d) By passing NH3 through silver nitrate solution
Answer:
(c) By passing SO2 through p-rosaniline solution

35. Benzaldehyde when treated with cone. HNO3 gives
(a) o-nitrobenzaldehyde
(b) p-nitrobenzaldehyde
(c) m-nitrobenzaldehyde
(d) a mixture of -o and -p-nitrobenzaldehyde
Answer:
(c) m-nitrobenzaldehyde

36. Which of the following carbonyl compounds undergoes aldol condensation ?
(a) Benzaldehyde
(b) Benzophenone
(c) Acetophenone
(d) tert-Butyl phenyl ketone
Answer:
(c) Acetophenone

37. Which of the following carbonyl compounds undergoes self redox reaction in presence of concentrated base ?
(a) 3-Methylpentanal
(b) 2-Chlorobutanal
(c) 2,2-Dimethylpropanal
(d) tert-Butyl methyl ketone
Answer:
(c) 2,2-Dimethylpropanal

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

38. The smell of bitter almond is given by the compound.
(a) Benzoic acid
(b) Benzaldehyde
(c) Vanillin
(d) Cinnamaldehyde
Answer:
(b) Benzaldehyde

39. Which of the following will not give yellow precipitate when treated with NaOH and H?
(a) 3-Methylbutan-2-one
(b) 2-methylpentan-3-one
(c) Propanone
(d) Hexan-2-one
Answer:
(b) 2-methylpentan-3-one

40. A β-hydroxyl carbonyl compound is obtained by the action of NaOH on
(a) HCHO
(b) C6H5CHO
(c) CR3CHO
(d) CH3CHO
Answer:
(d) CH3CHO

41. Decarboxylation of sodium propionate gives
(a) methane
(b) ethane
(c) propane
(d) ethene
Answer:
(b) ethane

42. Ester on hydrolysis with dil HCl gives
(a) RCOOH + ROH
(b) RCOR + ROH
(c) ROH + ROH
(d) RCOR + RCOOH
Answer:
(a) RCOOH + ROH

43. \(\mathrm{CH}_{3}-\mathrm{CO}-\mathrm{CH}_{3} \stackrel{\mathrm{CrO}_{3}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{A}\) The compound A is
(a) acetic acid
(b) propionic acid
(c) formic acid
(d) benzoic acid
Answer:
(a) acetic acid

44. The reaction of C6H5CH = CHCHO with LiAlH4 gives
(a) C6H5CH2CH2CH2OH
(b) C6H5CH2CH2CHO
(c) C6H5CH = CHCH2OH
(d) C6H5CH2CHOHCH3
Answer:
(a) C6H5CH2CH2CH2OH

45. A mixture of sodium benzoate and sodalime on heating yields
(a) methane
(b) benzene
(c) sodium benzoate
(d) calcium benzoate
Answer:
(b) benzene

46. Which is the strongest acid?
(a) CH3COOH
(b) CH3CH2COOH
(c) (CH3)3CCOOH
(d) CICH2COOH
Answer:
(d) CICH2COOH

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

47. Benzaldehyde when treated with alkaline KMnO4 yields
(a) Benzyl alcohol
(b) Benzoic acid
(c) CO2 and H2O
(d) Salicylic acid
Answer:
(a) Benzyl alcohol

48. Acetonitrile on acidic hydrolysis gives
(a) HCOOH
(b) CH3NC
(c) CH3COONa
(d) CH3COOH
Answer:
(d) CH3COOH

49. The organic compounds A and B reacts with sodium metal and liberates hydrogen gas. A and B reacts together to give ethyl acetate. The A and B are
(a) CH3COOH & C2H5OH
(b) HCOOH & C2H5OH
(c) CH3COOH & HCOOH
(d) CH3COOH & CH3OH
Answer:
(a) CH3COOH & C2H5OH

50. Which one of the following undergoes reaction with 50% NaOH to give to corresponding alcohol and acid?
(a) Phenol
(b) Benzoic acid
(c) Benzaldehyde
(d) Butanal
Answer:
(c) Benzaldehyde

51. Identify the reactant in the following reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 327
Answer:
(c) CO

52. The strongest acid is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 328
Answer:
(c)

53. Predict the product in the following reaction
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 338
The compound A is
(a) butane
(b) propane
(c) ethane
(d) propene
Answer:
(b) propane

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

54. Ethyl benzoate when heated with dil H2SO4 gives
(a) acetic acid
(b) benzoic acid
(c) ethanoic acid
(d) phenyl methanol
Answer:
(b) benzoic acid

55. Margarine contains
(a) acetaldehyde
(b) propionaldehyde
(c) butyraldehyde
(d) formaldehyde
Answer:
(c) butyraldehyde

56. Monocarboxylic acids have the general formula
(a) CnH2n+1O2
(b) CnH2nO2
(c) CnH2nO
(d) CnH2n-1O2
Answer:
(b) CnH2nO2

57. Formic acid is obtained from
(a) vinegar
(b) red ants
(c) butter
(d) oil
Answer:
(b) red ants

58. Butter contains
(a) lactic acid
(b) butyric acid
(c) citric acid
(d) acetic acid
Answer:
(b) butyric acid

59. Glacial acetic acid is
(a) HCOOH
(b) CH3COOH
(c) CH3CH2COOH
(d) C3H7COOH
Answer:
(b) CH3COOH

60. Which of the following acids is optically active?
(a) Oxalic acid
(b) Salicylic acid
(c) Acetic acid
(d) Lactic acid
Answer:
(d) Lactic acid

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

61. Lactic acid is
(a) propionic acid
(b) α-hydroxy propionic acid
(c) p-hydroxy benzoic acid
(d) butyric acid
Answer:
(b) α-hydroxy propionic acid

62. The carbon atom of the carboxylic group is
(a) sp3-hybridized
(b) sp2-hybridized
(c) sp-hybridized
(d) unhybridized
Answer:
(b) sp2-hybridized

63. The common name of carboxylic fatty acids is derived from
(a) the name of parent alkanes
(b) the name of corresponding aldehydes
(c) from their original sources
(d) the name of alkyl group present in them
Answer:
(c) from their original sources

64. The IUPAC name of a-methylpropionic acid is
(a) Propanoic acid
(b) Butanoic acid
(c) 2-Methylpropanoic acid
(d) 2-Methylbutanoic acid
Answer:
(c) 2-Methylpropanoic acid

65. For the nomenclature of carboxylic acids, the suffix used is
(a) -ane
(b) -oic
(c) -al
(d) -ol
Answer:
(b) -oic

66. Propionic acid can be prepared by the
(a) action of propyl magnesium chloride on dry ice
(b) alkaline hydrolysis of propyl cyanide
(c) acid hydrolysis of ethyl cyanide
(d) oxidation of Propanone
Answer:
(c) acid hydrolysis of ethyl cyanide

67. The intermediate compound formed during hy-drolysis of acetonitrile to acetic acid is
(a) acetone
(b) acetamide
(c) ammonium acetate
(d) ethyl ammonium chloride
Answer:
(b) acetamide

68. Carbonation of CH3MgI gives organic compound. The same compound can also be obtained by
(a) oxidation of Methanol
(b) oxidation of Methanal
(c) acid hydrolysis of acetonitrile
(d) alkaline hydrolysis of ethyl cyanide
Answer:
(c) acid hydrolysis of acetonitrile

69. The acid that cannot be prepared by the action of Grignard reagent on dry ice is
(a) methanoic acid
(b) ethanoic acid
(c) propanoic acid
(d) butanoic acid
Answer:
(a) methanoic acid

70. The compound which on acid hydrolysis followed by oxidation gives acetic acid is
(a) CH3I
(b) CH2Cl2
(c) ClCH2CH2C1
(d) CH3CHCl2
Answer:
(d) CH3CHCl2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

71. The hydrolysis product of alkyl cyanide is
(a) primary amine
(b) amides
(c) aldehyde
(d) carboxylic acid
Answer:
(d) carboxylic acid

72. To prepare acetic acid,
(a) methyl alcohol is oxidized with KMnO4
(b) calcium acetate is distilled with calcium for-mate under dry conditions
(c) acetaldehyde is oxidized in the presence of K2Cr2O7 and dil. H2SO4
(d) glycerol is heated with H2SO4
Answer:
(c) acetaldehyde is oxidized in the presence of K2Cr2O7 and dil. H2SO4

73. Solid carbon dioxide when treated with etheral solution of C2H5MgBr followed by acid hydrolyzis gives
(a) propanoic acid
(b) ethanoic acid
(c) propionic acid
(d) both (a) and (c)
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (c)

74. Which of the following compound does not give acetic acid on oxidation ?
(a) Ethanol
(b) Propan-l-ol
(c) Propan-2-ol
(d) 2-Methyl propan-2-ol
Answer:
(b) Propan-l-ol

75. A carboxylic acid resembles an alcohol with respect to its reaction with
(a) acidified K2Cr2O7
(b) washing soda
(c) caustic soda
(d) sodium metal
Answer:
(d) sodium metal

76. Acetic acid can be converted into acetic anhydride on heating with
(a) POCl3
(b) PCl3
(c) PCI5
(d) P2O5
Answer:
(d) P2O5

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

77. Acetyl chloride reacts with ammonia to give
(a) ammonium acetate
(b) ethylammonium chloride
(c) ethylamine
(d) acetamide
Answer:
(d) acetamide

78. The reagent that reacts with acetic acid to give sodium acetate with liberation of carbon dioxide gas is
(a) sodium metal
(b) caustic soda
(c) caustic potash
(d) baking soda
Answer:
(d) baking soda

79. An alkene on hydration gives a compound, which reacts with propionic acid to produce isopropyl propionate. The alkene is
(a) CH2 = CH2
(b) CH3-CH = CH2
(c) CH3 – CH2 – CH = CH2
(d) CH3 – CH = CH – CH3
Answer:
(b) CH3-CH = CH2

80. Both the compounds ‘A’ and ‘B’ react with sodium metal to liberate hydrogen gas and react with each other to give Methylethanoate. The compounds ‘A’ and ‘B’ are
(a) C2H5 – COOH and CH3 – OH
(b) C2H5 – COOH and C2H5 – OH
(c) CH3 – COOH and C2H5 – OH
(d) CH3 – COOH and CH3 – OH
Answer:
(d) CH3 – COOH and CH3 – OH

81. Identify the product ‘D’ in the following series of reactions.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 339
(a) CH3COOCH3
(b) CH3COOC2H5
(c) C2H5COOCH3
(d) C2H5COOC2H5
Answer:
(b) CH3COOC2H5

82. Acetyl chloride on heating with sodium acetate gives
(a) ethyl acetate
(b) acetamide
(c) acetic anhydride
(d) acetaldehyde
Answer:
(c) acetic anhydride

83. Carboxylic acids are acidic in nature because
(a) it dissociates to give H+ ions
(b) it donates proton
(c) it reacts with active metal and liberates hydro-gen gas
(d) all of these
Answer:
(d) all of these

84. Carboxylic acids on heating with P2O5 give
(a) acid chlorides
(b) alkyl halides
(c) acid amides
(d) acid anhydrides
Answer:
(d) acid anhydrides

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

85.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 329
Answer:
(c)

86. The compound having general formula is called
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids 340
(a) diester
(b) acid anhydride
(c) hemiacetal
(d) acetal
Answer:
(d) acetal

87. Identify the strongest acid amongst the following :
(a) Chloroacetic acid
(b) Acetic acid
(c) Trichloroacetic acid
(d) Dichloroacetic acid
Answer:
(c) Trichloroacetic acid

88. Acetaldehyde, when treated with which among the following reagents does ‘not’ undergo addition reaction?
(a) ammonia
(b) hydroxyl amine
(c) ammoniacal silver nitrate
(d) semicarbazide
Answer:
(c) ammoniacal silver nitrate

89. Popcorn has butter flavour which contains
(a) butan-l-one
(b) butane-2, 3-dione
(c) butan-2-one
(d) butyric acid
Answer:
(b) butane-2, 3-dione

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

90. On acid hydrolysis, propane nitrile gives
(a) propanal
(b) acetic acid
(c) propionamide
(d) propanoic acid
Answer:
(d) propanoic acid

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 1.
What are alcohols? How are they classified?
Answer:
Alcohols are the hydroxy derivatives of hydrocarbons in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by hydroxyl group.

Examples : CH3 – OH methyl alcohol, CH3 – CH2 – OH ethyl alcohol. Depending on the basis of hydroxyl groups present in a molecule, alcohols are classified into monohydric, dihydric, trihydric and polyhydric alcohols.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 2.
What are monohydric alcohols? How are they classified?
Answer:
Alcohols having only one hydroxyl group in their molecules are called monohydric alcohols. Monohydric alcohols are classified according to the type of hybridization of the carbon atom to which the hydroxyl group is attached.

(1) Alcohols containing Csp3 – OH bond : In these alcohols -OH group is attached to a sp3 – hybridised carbon atom of alkyl group. These alcohols are represented as R-OH. They are further classified as primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols in which – OH group is attached to primary, secondary and tertiary carbon atoms respectively.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 2

(a) Allylic alcohols : In these alcohols -OH group is attached to a sp3 -hybridised carbon atom next to the carbon-carbon double bond i.e., to allylic carbon. Allylic alcohols may be primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 3

(b) Benzylic alcohols : In these alcohols -OH group is attached to a sp3 -hybridised carbon atom next to an aromatic ring. Benzylic alcohols may be primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 4

(2) Alcohols containing Csp3 – OH bond: In these alcohols -OH group is attached to a sp2 – hybridised carbon atom,
i.e., vinylic carbon. These alcohols are also called vinylic alcohols.
e.g., CH2 = CH – OH vinyl alcohol.

Question 3.
What are phenols (carbolic acids)?
Answer:
Hydroxy derivatives of aromatic hydrocarbons in which the hydroxyl group is directly attached to the aromatic ring are called phenols.
Examples:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 5

Question 4.
What is phenol? OR Define carbolic acid.
Answer:
The hydroxy derivative of benzene in which the OH group is directly attached to benzene ring is called phenol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 6

Question 5.
How are phenols classified? Give suitable examples.
Answer:
Phenols are classified on the basis of number of hydroxyl (- OH) groups present in a molecule of phenol.
(1) Monohydric phenols : Phenols contain one hydroxyl group in their molecule.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 8

(2) Dihydric Phenols : Phenols contain two hydroxyl groups in their molecule.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 9

(3) Trihydric phenols : Phenols contain three hydroxyl groups in their molecule.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 10

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 6.
What are ethers? How are ethers classified?
Answer:
They are alkoxy derivatives of alkanes in which a hydrogen atom of alkane (R – H) is replaced by alkoxy group ( – O – R) and divalent oxygen atom is attached to two alkyl groups or two aryl groups or one alkyl and one aryl group. Ethers are organic oxides R – O – Ar, Ar – O – Ar.
E.g. R – O – R or C2H5 – O – C2H5.

Ethers are classified into two groups as follows :
(1) Simple or symmetrical ether : The ethers in which both alkyl (or aryl) groups attached to the oxygen atom are same are called simple ethers.
E.g. (R – O – R), CH3 – O – CH3, dimethyl ether; C6H5 – O -C6H5 diphenyl ether.

(2) Mixed or unsymmetrical ethers : The ethers in which the two alkyl (or aryl) groups attached to the oxygen atom are different are called mixed ethers.
E.g. (R – O – R), CH3 – O – C2H5 ethyl methyl ether; C2H5 – O – C6H5 ethyl phenyl ether.

Question 7.
What is the general formula of ethers?
Answer:
The general formula of ethers is CnH2n + 2 O. For example, dimethyl ether CH3 – O – CH3 has molecular formula C2H6O.

Common nomenclature system :
(1) In this system, monohydric alcohols (R — OH) are named as alkyl alcohols.
(2) According to the attachment of hydroxyl group to a carbon atom they are named with prefixes as n-(normal or primary) alcohol, sec-(secondary) alcohol, tert-(tertiary) alcohol.
(3) Alcohols with two hydroxyl groups are named as glycols.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 12

Carbinol system : In this system alcohols are considered as derivatives of methyl alcohol which is called carbinol. The alkyl group attached to the carbon carrying – OH group are named in alphabetical order. Then the suffix carbinol is added.

For example :Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 13

IUPAC system of nomenclature :

  • In this system, alcohols are named as alkanols.
  • A longest continuous chain of carbon atoms containing – OH group is chosen as a parent hydrocarbon and alcohol is considered as a hydroxy derivative of this alkane.
  • The carbon atoms are numbered from a terminal carbon atom nearest to a carbon atom attached to – OH group so that the position of – OH group is indicated by the lowest locant.
  • ‘e’ of an alkane is preplaced by ‘oT, giving alkanol. The number of OH groups is indicated by prefix, di, tri, etc. before ‘oT. The positions of -OH groups are indicated by appropriate locants.
  • The different substituents are arranged in the alphabetical order, and their positions are indicated by proper numbers.
  • Their names are hyphened on either sides except the last substituent.
  • For cyclic alcohols are named by using prefix cyclo to the parent alkane considering – OH group attached to carbon atom C – 1.

Question 8.
Give common and IUPAC names for the following :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 14
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 15

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 9.
Classify the following alcohols as primary, secondary and tertiary and write their IUPAC names.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 16

Question 10.
Give the structures of the following :
(1) Ethanol
(2) Propan-l-ol
(3) 2-Methylbutan-l-ol
(4) Pentan-3-ol
(5) Butan-2-ol
(6) 3-Methylbutan-2-ol
(7) Hexan-l-ol
(8) 3-Methylpentan-3-ol
(9) 2-Methylpropan-2-ol
(10) Butan-l-ol (H-Butyl alcohol)
(11) 2-Methylpropan-l-ol
(12) 2,3-Dimethylbutan-l-ol
(13) 2, 3-Dimethylbutan-2-oI
(14) 2-MethyIhexan-l-ol
(15) 2,2,3-Trimethylpentan-3-ol
(16) 2,3,3-Trimethylbutan-2-ol
(17) 3-EthyI-4-methylpentan-l-ol.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 17
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 18

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 11.
Give the IUPAC names of the following alcohols. Classify them as primary (1°), secondary (2°) and tertiary (3°) alcohols. Identify allylic and benzylic alcohols amongst them.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 19
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 20

Question 12.
Write all the possible structural isomers of alcohol having molecular formula C6H140. Give their IUPAC names. Classify them as primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols. Identify optically active alcohols amongst them.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 21
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 22

The optical isomers of C6H14O are (2), (3), (6), (7), (12).

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 13.
Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 23

Question 14.
Write IUPAC names of following alcohols :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 24

Question 15.
Write the structures of following alcohols : (1 mark each)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 25

The IUPAC system name of phenol is benzenol. The common name phenol is also accepted by IUPAC. The common names have prefixes ortho, meta and para in substituted phenols. IUPAC system uses the locant 2-, 3-, 4-, etc. to indicate the positions of substituents.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 16.
Write the IUPAC names of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 26
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 27

Question 17.
Write IUPAC name of the following compounds :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 28

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 18.
Give the structures and IUPAC names of isomeric phenols represented by the molecular formula C8H10O.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 29

Common and IUPAC system of nomenclature of ethers

In the common system of nomenclature, the ethers are named by writing names of the alkyl groups attached to the oxygen atom in alphabetical order and word ether is added. If two alkyl groups are same, prefix di- is used. According too the IUPAC system of nomenclature, ethers are named as alkoxyalkanes. The larger alkyl group is considered to be parent alkane. The name of the smaller alkane is prefixed by the name of alkoxy group and its locant.

Question 19.
Give common name and JUPAC name for the I11owing ethers :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 30

Question 20.
Give the IUPAC name of the following ethers.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 31

Question 23.
Give the structures and IUPAC names of all metameric ethers represented by formula C5H12O.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 38

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 24.
How many isomeric compounds can be represented by formula C4H10O?
Answer:
A compound with the molecular formula C4H10O can show two functional isomers as a monohydric alcohol and ether.

Isomers of C4H10O as alcohol :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 39
Isomers of C4H10O as ether :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 40

Hence, the total number of isomers of C4H10O are seven

Question 25.
Write the structural formula and IUPAC names of all possible isomers of the compound with molecular formula C3H8O.
Answer:
Possible isomers of C3H8O with structural formulae and IUPAC names :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 41

Question 26.
Write structures of alcoholic and ether isomers of a compound having molecular formula C7H8O.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 42

Question 27.
How is alkyl halide converted into alcohol by using
(1) Aqueous NaOH (or KOH),
(2) Moist silver oxide?
Answer:
(1) When an alkyl halide (R – X), is boiled with aqueous NaOH (or KOH) an alcohol is obtained,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 43
(2) Alkyl halide when heated with moist Ag2O, undergoes hydrolysis and forms an alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 44

Question 28.
How are following compounds prepared by hydrolysis of alkyl halides
(1) Ethanol
(2) Isopropyl alcohol
(3) tert-butyl alcohol
(4) methyl alcohol
(5) butan-2-ol?
Answer:
(1) Ethanol When ethyl bromide (bromoethane) is refluxed with aqueous potassium hydroxide, ethyl alcohol is formed. The reaction is called a hydrolysis reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 45

(2) Isopropyl alcohol : When isopropyl bromide (2-bromopropane) is boiled with aqueous potassium hydroxide, isopropyl alcohol is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 46

(3) Tert-butyl alcohol : When tert-butyl chloride is refluxed with aqueous potassium hydroxide, tert-butyl alcohol is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 47

(4) Methyl alcohol : When methyl bromide (bromomethane) is heated with aq KOH, it is hydrolysed to methyl alcohol (methanol).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 48

(5) Butan-2-ol : When 2-Chlorobutane is boiled with aqueous KOH, Butan-2-ol is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 49

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 29.
How are following compounds prepared from alkyl halides using moist silver oxide?
(1) Ethanol
(2) Propan-2-ol.
Answer: ‘
(1) Bromoethane (C2H5Br) when boiled with moist Ag2O undergoes hydrolysis and forms C2H5OH.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 50

(2) When 2-chloropropane is boiled with moist Ag20, propan-2-ol is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 51

Question 30.
What is hydration of alkenes or olefins? How is it carried out? Explain with an example.
OR
How are alcohols prepared from alkenes?
Answer:
The addition of a water molecule across the double bond in an alkene is called hydration of alkenes or olefins.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 52

Hydration does not take place directly. It is carried out by passing an alkene through cold and concentrated H2SO4 which forms deliquescent solid, alkyl hydrogen sulphate, which when boiled with water forms an alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 53

Question 31.
How are the following compounds obtained by hydration of alkenes :
(1) Ethyl alcohol
(2) Isopropyl alcohol
(3) Tert-butyl alcohol?
Answer:
(1) When ethene is passed through cold 98 % H2SO4, ethyl hydrogen sulphate is formed, which on heating with water gives ethanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 54

(2) Propene with cold 80% H2SO4 gives isopropyl hydrogen sulphate which further on boiling with water gives isopropyl alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 55

(3) 2-Methylpropene (isobutylene) directly reacts with 50 % H2SO4 giving tert-butyl hydrogen sulphate, which when heated with water gives tert-butyl alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 56

Question 32.
Identify C in the following reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 57
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 58

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 33.
Explain hydroboration-oxidation of alkene.
Answer:
When diborane is treated with alkene in the presence of tetrahydrofuran (THF) solvent, an addition product trialkyl borane is formed. Trialkyl borane is then oxidised with alkaline peroxide forms primary alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 62

The addition of diborane to the double bond takes place in such a way that the boron gots attached to the less substituted carbon. The overall reaction gives Anti-Markovnikov’s product from unsymmetrical alkenes.

Question 34.
How is propan-l-ol prepared using diborane?
Answer:
When diborane is treated with propene, in the presence of THF an addition product tripropyl borane is formed. Tripropyl borane is then oxidised to propan-l-ol using hydrogen peroxide in the presence of dil NaOH.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 63
The addition of diborane to the double bond takes place in such a way that the boron gets attached to the less substituted carbon. The alcohol formed by the addition of water to the alkene in a way opposite to the Markovnikov’s rule.

Question 35.
How is ethanol prepared using diborane?
Answer:
When diborane is treated with ethene in the presence of THF an addition product triethylborane is formed.Triethylborane is then oxidised with hydrogen peroxide to form ethyl alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 64

Question 36.
Predict the major product when 2-methylbut-2-ene is converted into an alcohol in each of the following methods :
(1) acid catalysed hydration
(2) hydroboration by BH3 – THF complex.
Answer:
(1) Acid catalysed hydration :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 66
(2) Hydroboration by BH3 – THF complex :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 67

Question 37.
How are alcohols prepared from aldehydes and ketones?
OR
How are the following compounds obtained using Ni as catalyst and at high temperature
(1) Ethanol
(2) Propan-2-ol?
Answer:
Aldehyde and ketones are carbonyl compounds containing a carbonyl group  C = O. The reduction of the carbonyl group gives an alcohol.

(1) Primary alcohols are prepared by the reduction of aldehydes.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 68

Example : When acetaldehyde is reduced with hydrogen in the presence of nickel as catalyst and at high temperature, ethyl alcohol (ethanol) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 69

(2) Secondary alcohols are prepared by the reduction of ketones.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 70

Example : When acetone is reduced with hydrogen in the presence of nickel as catalyst and at high temperature, isopropyl alcohol (propan-2-ol) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 71

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 38.
How will you convert carboxylic acids and esters to primary alcohols? Explain with suitable examples.
Answer:
Carboxylic acids and esters are not easily reduced by catalytic hydrogenation or by NaBH4. However, relatively more reactive and an expensive LiAlH4 is used to convert carboxylic acids and esters to primary alcohols. When acetic acid is reduced in the presence of LiAlH4 and followed by their acid hydrolysis, ethyl alcohol is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 72

When ethyl acetate is reduced in the presence of LiA1H4 and followed by their acid hydrolysis. n-propyl alcohol and ethyl alcohol is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 73

[Since LiA1H4 is an expensive reagent. commercially acids are reduced to alcohol by converting them to esters, followed by their reduction. (catalytic hydrogenation)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 74

Question 39.
How is Crotoflyl alcohol obtained from crotonaldehyde?
Answer:
When crotonaldehyde is reduced in the presence of lithium aluminium hydride, the produc obtained is hydrolysed to give crotonyl alcohol. Here. LiA1H4 does not reduce carbon-carbon double bond.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 75

Question 40.
WrIte the structure of aldehyde that yields
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 79
Answer:
The structure of aldehyde:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 80

Question 41.
How are the following compounds prepared using Grignard reagent
(1) Ethanol
(2) Propan-l-ol
(3) Propan-2-ol
(4) 2-Methyl propan-2-ol?|
Answer:
(1) Ethanol : Formaldehyde on reaction with Grignard reagent, CH3 – Mg – I in dry ether forms a complex which on further hydrolysis with dilute HCl forms ethanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 81

(2) Propanol-l-ol : Formaldehyde on reaction with Grignard reagent, C2H5 – Mg – I in dry ether forms a complex which on further hydrolysis with dilute HC1 forms Propan-l-ol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 82

(3) Propan-2-ol : An acetaldehyde on reaction with Grignard reagent in dry ether forms a complex which on further hydrolysis with dilute acid HC1, forms propan-2-ol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 83
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 84

(4) 2-Methyl propan-2-ol : Acetone on reaction with Grignard reagent in dry ether forms a complex which on further hydrolysis with dilute acid HCl, forms a tertiary butyl alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 85

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 42.
Give a mechanism of following reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 86
Answer:
Grignand reagent reacts with aldehyde or ketone to form an adduct which on hydrolysis with dil. acid gives the corresponding alcohol.

In the first step, the nucleophilic addition of Grigard reagent to the carbonyl group resulting in the formation of an adduct, which on hydrolysis yields an alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 87

Question 43.
Write the structure of carbonyl compounds that can be converted by reduction methods into following alcohols :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 89
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 90
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 91

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 92
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 93

Question 44.
Using Grignard reagent, suggest synthesis of following alcohols from aldehydes or ketones. Wherever possible, suggest more than one combination.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 94
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 95
(b) Synthesis of propan- 1-01:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 96
(c) Synthesis of butan-2-ol:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 97
(d) Synthesis of 2-methylhexan-2-oI:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 98

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 45.
How will you obtain butan-2-ol from
(1) Propanal
(2) butan-2-one
(3) but-2-ene?
Answer:
(1) Propanal : When propanal is treated with methyl magnesium iodide in the presence of dry ether, a complex is formed, which on acid hydrolysis butan 2-ol is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 99
(2) Butan-2-one: When butan-2-one is hydrogenated at 413 K in the presence of catalyst finely divided nickel butan-2-ol is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 100
(3) But-2-ene : When but-2-ene is passed through cold concentrated sulphuric acid, isobutyl hydrogen sulphate is formed. Isobutyl hydrogen sulphate on heating with water gives butan-2-ol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 101

Question 46.
Write the structure of aldehyde, carboxylic acid and ester that yield the following alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 102
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 103

Question 47.
How will you prepare?
(1) 2-Ntethylbutan-1-oI from an alkene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 104

(2) CycIoheyImethanoI from a Grignard reagent.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 105

(3) 1-Phenyl ethanol from acelaldehyde.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 106

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 48.
How are following conversions brought about?
(1) Benzyl chloride to benzyl alcohol. (NCERT)
OR
How is benzyl alcohol prepared from benzyl chloride?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 107

(2) Benzyl alcohol to Benzoic acid.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 108

(3) 1-Ethyl cyclohexanol from cyclohexanone.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 109

Question 49.
How is phenol (carbolic acid) prepared from chlorobenzene (Dow’s process)? OR
Write chemical reaction for the preparation of phenol from chlorobenzene.
Answer:
Preparation of phenol from chlorobenzene (Dow’s process) : Chlorobenzene is fused with NaOH at about 623 K under a pressure of about 150 atmospheres (1.5 x 107 Nm-2), when sodium phenoxide is formed. Sodium phenoxide is acidified with dil.HCl to obtain phenol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 110

Question 51.
How is phenol (carbolic acid) prepared from benzene sulphonic acid?
Answer:
Preparation of phenol from benzene sulphonic acid : Benzene sulphonic acid is neutralized with the requisite quantity of soda ash (Na2CO3) or NaOH and the solution is evaporated to obtain sodium benzene sulphonate salt. Dry sodium benzene sulphonate is fused with an excess of caustic soda (NaOH) at about 573 K when sodium phenoxide is formed. The fused mass of sodium phenoxide on treatment with dilute HC1 gives phenol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 112

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 52.
How is phenol (carbolic acid) prepared from aniline (diazotization)?
OR
How is carbolic acid prepared from amino benzene?
Answer:
Preparation of phenol from aniline (diazotization) : When aniline is treated with sodium nitrite and hydrochloric acid (NaNO2 + HC1) at low temperature (0°C – 5°C), benzene diazonium chloride is formed. This reaction is called diazotization. An aqueous solution of benzene diazonium chloride on warming with water or dil. H2S04 gives phenol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 113

Question 54.
Describe the physical properties of alcohols and phenols.
Answer:
The properties of alcohols and phenols are mainly due to the hydroxyl group.

(1) Nature of intermolecular forces : Due to presence of – OH groups, alcohols and phenols are polar molecules. The polar – OH groups are held together by the strong intermolecular forces i.e. hydrogen bonding.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 114

(2) Physical State : Lower alcohols are colourless, toxic liquids having characteristic alcoholic odour. Pure phenol is colourless, toxic, low melting solid having characteristic carbolic or phenolic odour.

(3) Boiling Points : The boiling points of alcohols and phenols increase with increase in their molecular mass.
Methyl alcohol – 65 °C
Phenol -182° C
n-Butyl alcohol-118 °C
o-nitrophenol-217 °C

(4) Solubility : Solubility of alcohols and phenols in water due to their ability to form intermolecular hydrogen bonding.

Question 55.
Arrange the following compounds in order of their increasing boiling points.
Butan-2-ol, ethanol, pentan-l-ol, butan -l-ol, propan-l-ol, methanol.
Answer:
Methanol, ethanol, propan:l-ol, butan-2-ol, butan-1 -ol pentan-l-ol.

Question 56.
Explain the following :
(1) Ethanol has higher boiling point than ethane.
Answer:
(1) The hydroxyl group in alcohols is highly polar. The H-atom has partial positive charge and the oxygen atom has partial -ve charge. The hydroxyl group in ethanol is extensively hydrogen bonded.

(2) Large number of ethanol molecules associated together by intermolecular hydrogen bonding. The energy required to separate the molecules by breaking hydrogen bond into vapour state is higher. This results in increasing the boiling point of ethanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 116

(3) On the other hand, in ethane (alkane) there is no hydrogen bonding between the molecules. The molecules of ethane are held together by weak van der Waals forces of attraction. Hence, these molecules can be easily separated. Thus, ethanol has higher boiling point than that of ethane.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

(2) Methanol is more soluble in water than propan-l-ol.
Answer:
(1) Methanol being lower members of alcohols is more soluble in water, but as the size of an alkyl group or molecular weight of alcohol increases the solubility decreases.

(2) The solubility of methanol in water is due to polar characters of alcohols (R – O -H ) and water (H – O – H).

(3) The solubility of methanol is due to the formation of intermolecular hydrogen bonding between polar molecules of methyl alcohol and water. Hence, methyl alcohol is a associated liquid.

(4) In methyl alcohol, size of methyl group being very small, -OH group constitutes major part of the molecule giving more solubility. As size of alkyl group increases, the non-polar character increases the solubility decreases. Hence, methanol is more soluble in water than propan-l-ol.

Question 57.
Which of the following pair is more acidic and why?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 270
Answer:
Due to high electronegativity of sp2-hybridized carbon, electron density on oxygen in phenol (I) decreases. This increases the polarity of O – H bond and results in more ionization of phenol than that of cyclohexyl alcohol (II). Therefore, phenol is more acidic than cyclohexyl alcohol.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 120
Answer:
In p-nitrophenol, nitro group (N02) is an electron-withdrawing group present at ortho position which enhances the acidic strength (- I effect). The O – H bond is under strain and release of proton (H+) becomes easily. Hence, o-nitrophenol is more acidic than phenol.

Question 58.
Draw intramolecular hydrogen bonding structures in the following compounds :
(a) o-nitrophenol
(b) o-hydroxy benzoic acid.
Answer:
(a) o-nitrophenol :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 121
(b) o-hydroxy benzoic acid :

Question 59.
Explain laboratory test of alcohols and phenols.
Answer:
Laboratory test : Aqueous solution of alcohols and phenols can be tested with litmus paper. Aqueous solution of alcohols is neutral to litmus (neither blue nor red litmus change colour). Aqueous solutions of phenols turn blue litmus red. Thus, phenols have acidic character.

Question 62.
Write the action of aq NaOH on phenol and the product obtained is acidified.
Answer:
Phenols dissolve in aqueous NaOH by forming water soluble sodium phenoxide and are reprecipitated/ regenerated as phenols on acidification with HC1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 124

Question 63.
Explain the action of sodium on ethanol.
Answer:
When cthanol is treated with sodium metal, sodium ethoxide is formed and hydrogen gas is liberated.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 125
Liberation of H2 gas is used to detect the presence of alcoholic -OH group of a molecule.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 64.
How are the following compounds obtained from alcohols using HCI:
(1) C2H5CI
(2) Isopropyl chloride
(3) tert-butyl chloride?
Answer:
(1) Ethyl alcohol, C2H5OH in the presence of Lucas reagent (ZnCl2 + HCI conc.) forms ethyl chloride.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 126

(2) Isopropyl alcohol reacts with Lucas reagent forms isopropyl chloride.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 127

(3) Tert-butyl alcohol reacts with Lucas reagent forms tert-butyl chloride
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 128

Question 65.
What is Lucas reagent? What are its uses?
Answer:
Lucas reagent is composed of a mixture of concentrated HCl and Lewis acid. anhydrous ZnCI2.

It is used to prepare alkyl chlorides and distinguish between 10, 2° and 3° alcohols.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 129

Question 66.
How can alcohols be distinguished with the help of Lucas reagent?
Answer:
Lucas reagent is a mixture of concentrated HCI and anhydrous ZnCl2. It is used to distinguish between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols.
Alcohol with Lucas reagent forms an alkyl chloride, R -Cl which is insoluble and gives cloudiness and forms separate layer.

The time required for cloudiness to appear is based on the type of the alcohol and its reactivity :

(1) Primary alcohol : It reacts with the Lucas reagent very slowly and on heating forms alkyl chloride. The cloudiness and separation of a layer takes place after a long time on heating.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 130

(2) Secondary alcohol : It reacts with the Lucas reagent much faster to form alkyl chloride. The cloudiness and separation of layer takes place slowly.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 131

(3) Tertiary alcohol : It reacts immediately with the Lucas reagent at room temperature to form alkyl chloride. The cloudiness and separation of layer takes place instantaneously.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 132

Question 67.
What is esterificatlon? how Is an ester obtained from alcohol or phenol?
Answer:
(1) When an alcohol or phenol is heated with a carboxylic acid in the presence of conc.sulphuric acid an ester is obtained. The reaction is called esterification. This is reversible reaction and the formation of an ester is favoured
using excess of alcohol in the presence of conc. H2SO4.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 138

(2) Alcohols and phenols react with acid anhydrides in presence of acid catalyst to form eser.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 139

(3) The reaction of alcohol and phenols with acid chloride is carried out in the presence of pyridine (base), which neutralizes HCl.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 140

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 68.
Explain the action of the following on ethanol :
(1) Acetic acid
(2) Acetic anhydride
(3) Acetyl chloride.
Answer:
(1) Acetic acid : When ethanol is treated with acetic acid in the presence of cone, sulphuric acid, ethyl acetate (ester) is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 141

(2) Acetic anhydride : When ethanol is treated with acetic anhydride in the presence of cone, sulphuric acid, ethyl acetate (ester) is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 142

(3) Acetyl chloride : When ethanol is treated with acetyl chloride in the presence of pyridine, ethyl acetate (ester) is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 143

(Pyridine neutralises HC1 formed during reaction)

Question 69.
Explain the action of the following phenol :
(1) Acetic acid
(2) Acetic anhydride
(3) Acetyl chloride
Answer:
(1) Acetic acid : When phenol is treated with acetic acid in the presence of cone, sulphuric acid, (ester) is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 144
(2) Acetic anhydride : When phenol is treated with acetic anhydride in the presence of cone, sulphuric acid, (ester) is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 145
(3) Acetyl chloride : When phenol is treated with acetyl chloride in the presence of cone, sulphuric acid, (ester) is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 146
(Pyridine neutralizes HC1 formed during reaction.)

Question 70.
What is the action of acetic anhydride on salicyclic acid?
Answer:
When acetic anhydride is treated with salicyclic acid in presence of glacial acetic acid, acetyl salicyclic acid (aspirin) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 147
Aspirin is a common analgesic, antipyretic drug. Reactions involving breaking of C – O bond of alcohol :

Question 71.
How are the following compounds prepared by using HBr from corresponding alcohols :
(1) Ethyl bromide
(2) Isopropyl bromide
(3) Tert-butyl bromide (2-Methyl-propan-2-ol)?
Answer:
(1) When ethyl alcohol is heated with HBr, ethyl bromide is formed. (HBr is prepared in situ by adding NaBr to HCl or H2SO4)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 148

(2) Isopropyl alcohol on heating with HBr forms isopropyl bromide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 149

(3) Tert-butyl alcohol on heating with HBr forms tert-butyl bromide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 150

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 72.
Explain the action of hydroiodic acid on the following :
(1) Propan-2-ol
(2) 3-Methyl butan-2-ol.
Answer:
(1) Propan-2-ol : When propan-2-ol is heated with hydroiodic acid, 2-iodopropane is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 151

(2) 3-Methyl butan-2-ol : When 3-Methyl butan-2-ol is heated with hydroiodic acid, 2-Iodo-2-methyl butane is obtained. Here, secondary alcohol is converted into a tertiary alkyl halide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 152

Question 73.
Describe the action of PCl3 on
(1) ethanol
(2) Propan-l-ol
(3) Propan-2-ol.
Answer:
(1) Ethanol : When ethanol is treated with PCl3, ethyl chloride is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 153

(2) Propan-l-ol : When propan-l-ol is treated with PCl3, n-propyl chloride is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 154

(3) Propan-2-ol : When Propan-2-ol is treated with PCl3, 2-Chloropropane is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 155

Question 74.
Describe the action of PCl5 on
(1) ethanol
(2) propan-2-ol.
Answer:
(1) Ethanol : When ethanol is treated with PCl5, ethyl chloride is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 156

(2) Propan-2-ol : When propan-2-ol is treated with PCl5, 2-chloropropane is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 157

Question 75.
Describe the action of SOCl2 on
(1) ethanol
(2) propan-l-ol.
Answer:
(1) Ethanol : When ethanol is treated with SOCl2 in the presence of pyridine, ethyl chloride is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 158

(2) Propan-l-ol : When propan-l-ol is treated with SOCl2 in the presence of pyridine, w-propyl chloride is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 159

Question 76.
Explain dehydration of alcohols.
OR
What is dehydration of alcohols? Give the chemical reactions showing dehydration of primary (1°), secondary (2°) and tertiary (3°) alcohols.
Answer:
Removal of water from an alcohol is called dehydration of alcohol. Alcohols having a /i-hydrogen is heated with dehydrating agents like concentrated H2SO4 (or H3PO4 or P2O5 or Al2O3). The ease of dehydration of alcohols is in the following order : tert-alcohol (3°) > secondary (2°) > primary (1°)
(1) Primary (1°) alcohol is dehydrated by heating it with 95% H2SO4 at 453 K.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 160
(2) Secondary alcohol (2°) is dehydrated by heating with 60% H2SO4 at 373 K.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 161
(3) A ternary alcohol can be easily dehydrated by heating with 20% H2SO4 at 363 K.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 162

An alcohol can be dehydrated by passing vapours alcohols over heated alumina (Al2O3).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 163

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 77.
Explain oxidation of primary and secondary alcohols.
Answer:
(1) Primary alcohol on oxidation with CrO3 forms aldehyde. However, a better reagent to bring about this oxidation is PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 169

(2) Secondary alcohol on oxidation with chromic anhydride (CrO3) forms ketone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 170

Question 78.
What is the action of acidified K2Cr2O7 on the following :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 171
How are following alcohols distinguished :
(1) ethyl alcohol
(2) isopropyl alcohol
(3) tert-butyl alcohol?
OR
How will you distinguish primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols by oxidation process?
Answer:
Primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols are distinguished on the basis of their oxidation products, when their oxidation is carried out using K2Cr2O7 and dil. H2SO4. Acidified potassium dichromate, K2Cr2O7 is an oxidising agent.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 172

(1) Ethyl alcohol is a primary alcohol and on oxidation, it first forms acetaldehyde, which on further oxidation forms acetic acid. In this both, aldehyde and acid have same number of carbon atoms.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 173

(2) Isopropyl alcohol is a secondary alcohol and on oxidation it gives a ketone, acetone with the same number of carbon atoms. Acetone resists further oxidation as it involves breaking of C-C bond.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 174

(3) The oxidation of tert-butyl alcohol is difficult, since it does not have a-hydrogen atom. It is oxidised by using acidic and stronger oxidising agents like KMn04, CrO3 at high temperature, which dehydrate tertiary alcohol to alkene and then oxidise it to a ketone, acetone with less number of carbon atoms.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 175

Question 79.
What happens when vapours of primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols are passed over heated copper at 573 K?
Answer:
When vapours of primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols are passed over heated copper at 573 K, dehydrogena¬tion of primary and secondary alcohol takes place while tertiary alcohols undergo dehydrogenation to given an alkene.

Primary alcohol :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 176

Secondary alcohol :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 177

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Reactions of phenols :

Question 80.
(1) Explain the action of bromine in carbon disulphide (CS2) on phenol (carbolic acid). OR Give equation of the reaction of bromine in CS2 with phenol.
Answer:
When phenol is stirred at a low temperature with bromine dissolved in a polar solvent such as carbon disulphide or CCl4 at (273 K), a mixture of o-bromophenol and p-bromophenol is formed, p-bromophenol is the major product.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 179

Question 81.
Explain the action of bromine water on phenol (carbolic acid).
OR
Name the reagent used in the bromiriation of phenol to 2, 4, 6 tribromophenol.
Answer:
When phenol is treated with bromine water, a yellowish white precipitate of 2, 4, 6 – tribromophenol is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 180

Question 82.
Explain the action of dilute nitric acid on phenol (carbolic acid).
OR
Give equation of the reaction of dilute HNO3 with phenol.
Answer:
When phenol is treated with dilute nitric acid, a mixture of o-nitrophenol and p-nitrophenol is formed. In this reaction, p-nitrophenol is formed as the major product.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 181

Question 83.
Explain the action of cone, nitric acid (nitrating mixture) on phenol (carbolic acid).
OR
How is phenol converted into picric acid?
Answer:
When phenol is warmed with a mixture of cone, nitric acid and cone, sulphuric acid (a nitrating mixture or the mixed acid), 2, 4, 6 – trinitrophenol, commonly called picric acid, is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 182

Question 84.
Explain the action of concentrated sulphuric acid on phenol at different temperatures.
Answer:
(a) At room temperature : When phenol is treated with cone. H2SO4 at room temperature (about 300 K), o-phenol sulphonic acid is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 183
(b) At 373 K : When phenol is treated with cone. H2SO4 at about 373 K, p-phenol sulphonic acid is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 184

Question 85.
Explain (1) Kolbe’s reaction (2) Reimer-Tiemann reaction.
Answer:
(1) Kolbe’s reaction : When phenol reacts with sodium hydroxide, sodium phenoxide is obtained. Phenoxide ion being more reactive than phenol towards electrophilic substitution. Phenoxide undergoes electrophilic substitution with carbon dioxide at 398 K under pressure of 6 atm (a weak electrophile) forms salicylic acid as major product.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 185

(2) Reimer-Tiemann reaction : Phenol is heated with chloroform along with aqueous NaOH, this is followed by acidification with dil. HC1 when salicyladehyde (2-hydroxy benzaldehyde) is formed as the major product, which can be separated from p-isomer by steam distillation. The stability of o-isomer is due to intramolecular hydrogen bonding.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 186

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 86.
Explain the action of zinc dust on phenol.
OR
How is phenol converted into benzene?
Answer:
When phenol is heated with zinc dust, benzene is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 187

Question 87.
Explain the action of chromic acid on phenol.
OR
How is phenol converted into benzoquinone?
Answer:
When phenol is oxidised by chromic acid, a diketone, p-benzoquinone is formed. It is a conjugated diketone.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 188

Question 88.
Explain catalytic hydrogenation of phenol.
Answer:
When a mixture of vapours of phenol and hydrogen is passed over nickel catalyst at 433 K., cyclohexanol is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 189

Question 89.
How is diethyl ether (ethoxyethane) obtained from alcohol?
Answer:
When excess of ethyl alcohol is distilled with concentrated sulphuric acid (H2SO4) at 413 K, diethyl ether is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 190

Question 91.
Write a note on Williamson’s synthesis.
OR
How are ethers prepared from Alkyl halides?
OR
How are simple ethers and mixed ethers prepared by Williamson’s synthesis?
Answer:
Williamson’s synthesis : When an alkyl halide (R – X) is heated with sodium alkoxide (R – O – Na), an ether is obtained, this reaction is known as Williamson’s synthesis. This method is used to prepare simple (or symmetrical) ethers and mixed (unsymmetrical) ethers.

Sodium alkoxide is obtained by a reaction of sodium with an alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 194

(A) Simple (Symmetrical) ether : When an alkyl halide and sodium alkoxide having similar alkyl groups are heated, symmetrical ether is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 195
Sodium ethoxide on heating with ethyl bromide gives diethyl ether.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 196

(B) Mixed (Unsymmetrical) ether : When an alkyl halide and sodium alkoxide or sodium phenoxide having different alkyl groups are heated, unsymmetrical ether (dialkyl ethers or alkyl aryl ether) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 197
Sodium ethoxide on heating with methyl bromide gives ethyl methyl ether.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 198
Sodium phenoxide on heating with ethyl bromide gives ethyl phenyl ether.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 199

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 92.
How is anisole obtained from phenol?
OR
How is methoxy benzene prepared from carbolic acid?
Answer:
Phenol reacts with sodium hydroxide, sodium phenoxide is formed. When sodium phenoxide is heated with methyl iodide, anisole is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 200

Question 93.
Explain the limitations for the preparation of unsymmetrical ethers.
OR
What care is to be taken in the preparation of unsymmetrical ethers by Williamson’s synthesis? Explain.
OR
Illustrate with examples the limitations of Williamson’s synthesis for the preparation of certain types of ethers.
Answer:
(1) In the preparation of unsymmetrical ethers by Williamson’s synthesis, the proper choice of the reactants namely alkyl halide and sodium alkoxide is necessary.

(2) The best yield of unsymmetrical ether is obtained when primary alkyl halide and tertiary alkoxide are heated, since primary alkyl halides are more susceptible to SN2 reaction.

(3) Secondary or tertiary alkyl halide undergo a and fi (halogen and hydrogen) elimination reaction giving an alkene instead of an ether since a carbon atom is sterically hindered by bulky alkyl groups.

(4) For example : t-butyl methyl ether can be synthesised by reaction of methyl bromide with sodium t-butoxide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 201

Question 94.
State physical properties of ethers.
Answer:
(1) Dimethyl ether and ethyl methyl ether are gases. Other ethers are colourless liquids with pleasant odour.
(2) Lower ethers are highly volatile and highly inflammable substances.
(3) Boiling points of ethers show gradual increase with the increase in molecular mass.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 205
(4) The solubility/miscibility of ethers in water is similar to that of alcohols of comparable molecular mass.

Question 95.
Explain, ethers posses a small net dipole moment.
Answer:
In ethers, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 206 bond angle is 110° and not 180°, bond dipole moments of the two C – O bonds do not cancel each other, therefore, ethers possess a smal net dipole moment, (for example, dipole moment of diethyl ether is 1.18 D)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 207

Question 96.
Explain, the solubility/miscibility of ethers in water is similar to that of alcohols of comparable molecular mass.
Answer:
The solubility/miscibility of ethers in water is similar to that of alcohols of comparable molecular mass. This is because ethers can form hydrogen bonds with water through ethereal oxygen.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 208

For example, diethyl ether and n-butyl alcohol have respective miscibilities of 7.5 and 9 g per 100 g of water.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 97.
Explain laboratory test for ethers.
Answer:
Ethers are neutral compounds in aqueous medium. Ethers do not react with bases, cold dilute acids, reducing agents, oxidizing agents and active metals. However, ethers dissolve in cold concentrated H2SO4 due to formation of oxonium salts.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 209
This property distinguishes ethers from hydrocarbons.

Question 98.
What is the action of atmospheric oxygen on diethyl ether?
Answer:
When atmospheric oxygen combines with diethyl ether, peroxide of diethyl ether is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 210

Question 99.
What is the action of dilute sulphuric acid on
(1) Dimethyl ether
(2) Diethyl ether
(3) Ethyl methyl ether?
(4) Anisole?
OR
Explain hydrolysis of ethers.
Answer:
Simple ethers on heating with dilute sulphuric acid under pressure undergoes hydrolysis to give alcohol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 211
(1) Dimethyl hydrolysis on hydrolysis give methanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 212
(2) Diethyl ether on hydrolysis give ethanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 213
(3) A mixed ether on heating with dii. H2SO4 under pressure undergoes hydrolysis to give mixture of two different alcohols.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 214
Ethyl methyl ether on hydrolysis give a mixture of ethanol and methanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 215
(4) Anisole on hydrolysis give a mixture of phenol and methanol.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 216

Question 100.
State the combustion products of diethyl ether.
Answer:
The combustion products of diethyl ether are CO2 and H2O.

Question 101.
What is the action of phosphorus pentachloride on
(1) Diethyl ether
(2) Ethyl methyl ether
(3) Methyl phenyl ether (anisole)?
Answer:
(1) Diethyl ether : When diethyl ether is heated with ethyl methyl ether, ethyl chloride is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 217
(2) Ethyl methyl ether : When ethyl methyl ether is heated with phosphorus pentachloride, a mixture of ethyl chloride and methyl chloride is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 218
(3) Methyl phenyl ether (Anisole) : When methyl phenyl ether is heated with phosphorus pentachloride, a mixture of methyl chloride, chlorobenzene is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 219

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 102.
Describe the action of hot concentrated HI on
(i) Dialkyl ether
(ii) Alkyl aryl ether.
Answer:
Ether reacts with excess of hot concentrated hydrogen halide to give two alkyl halide molecules.
R – O – R + HX → RX + R – OH
R – OH + HX → RX + H20
Alkyl aryl ether reacts with hot concentrated hydrogen halide to give phenol and alkyl halide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 220
Ethers with two different alkyl groups react with hot.conc. HI to give alkyl halides.
R – O – R’+ 2H – X → R – X + R’ – X + H2O
The order of reactivity of HX is HI > HBr > HC1

Question 103.
What is the action of hot HI on isopropyl methyl ether?
Answer:
When isopropyl methyl ether is treated with excess of hot hydroiodic acid, a mixture of isopropyl iodide and methyl iodide is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 221

Question 104.
Describe the action of hydroiodic acid on the following :
(1) Diethyl ether.
Answer:
When diethyl ether (ethoxy ethane) is treated with hydroiodic acid, a mixture of ethanol and ethyl iodide is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 222

If excess of hydroiodic acid is available, then ethyl alcohol further reacts with hydroiodic acid at higher temperature to form ethyl iodide and water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 223

(2) Ethyl methyl ether.
Answer:
When ethyl methyl (methoxy ethane) is treated with hydroiodic acid, a mixture of ethyl alcohol and methyl iodide is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 224

If excess of hydroiodic acid is available, then ethyl alcohol further reacts with hydroiodic acid at higher temperature to form ethyl iodide and water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 225

(3) Methyl n-propyl ether.
Answer:
When methyl n-propyl ether (1-Methoxy propane) is treated with hydroiodic acid, a mixture of n-propyl alcohol and methyl iodide is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 226

If excess of hydroiodic acid is available then n-propyl alcohol further reacts with hydroiodic acid at higher temperature to form n-propyl iodide and water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 227

(4) Methyl phenyl ether (anisole).
Answer:
When methyl phenyl ether (anisole) is treated with hydroiodic acid, phenol and methyl iodide is formed. Here, phenol does not react further with HI because – OH group is attached to sp2-hybridised carbon atom and it cannot be replaced by iodide (nucleophile).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 228

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 105.
Draw the resonance structures of aromatic ethers.
Answer:
The alkoxy group in aromatic ether is a ring activating and ortho-, paradirecting group toward electrophilic aromatic substitution.

Resonance structures :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 234
+ R Effect of – OR group results in increased electron density at the para- and two ortho-posotions (see resonance structures II, III and IV).

Question 106.
Describe the action of bromine in acetic acid on anisole.
OR
Write the equation of the reaction of bromination of anisole in ethanoic acid medium.
Answer:
When anisole is treated with bromine in acetic acid, /i-bromoanisole (major product) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 235

Question 107.
Describe the action of methyl chloride on anisole (Friedel-Crafts reaction).
OR
Write the equation of Friedel-Crafts reaction-alkylation of anisole.
Answer:
When anisole is treated with alkyl halide in the presence of anhydrous aluminium chloride (a Lewis acid) as catalyst, 4-Methoxy toluene is formed as major product. The alkyl groups are introduced at -ortho and -para positions in anisole, the reaction is known as Friedel-Crafts alkylation reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 236

Question 108.
Describe the action of Acetyl chloride on anisole (Friedel-Crafts acylation).
OR
Write the equation of the reaction Friedel-Crafts acylation of anisole.
OR
Write a note on Friedel-Crafts acylation.
Answer:
When anisole is treated with acetyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous aluminium chloride (a Lewis acid), 4-Methoxy acetophenone (major product) is obtained. The acetyl groups are introduced at -ortho and -para positions in anisole, the reaction is known as Friedel Craft’s acylation reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 237

Question 109.
Describe the action of cone. HNO3 on anisole.
OR
Write the equation of nitration of anisole.
Answer:
When anisole is reacted with nitrating mixture (cone. HNO3 + cone. Fl2SO4), a mixture of p-nitroanisole and o-nitroanisole is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 238

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 110.
An organic compound with the formula C4H10O3 shows properties of ether and alcohol. When treated with an excess of HBr yields only one compound 1,2 dibromomethane. Write structural formula of ether and that of alcohol.
Answer:
When C4H10O3 is treated with excess of HBr, a single compound 1,2-dibromoethane is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 239

Question 111.
An organic compound ‘A’ having molecular formula C4H10O does not react with sodium metal. On hydrolysis with dilute H2SO4 it gives only one organic compound ‘B’ The compound B on heating with red phosphorus and iodine gives compound ‘C’. The compound C can also be obtained from compound ‘A’ on heating with excess HI. Identify the compounds A, B and C.
Answer:
(1) The organic compound ‘A’ with molecular formula C4H10O may be an alcohol or ether.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 240
(2) Since ‘A’ does not react with sodium (Na), it is not an alcohol. Hence ‘A’ may be an ether.
(3) Since an ether ‘A’ on hydrolysis with dilute H2SO4 gives only one compound ‘B’, the compound ‘A’ must be a symmetrical (simple) ether. Hence compound ‘A’ may be, C2H5 – O – C2H5Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 241

Question 112.
How will you affect the following two-step conversions? Diethyl ether into n-butane :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 242

Question 114.
Answer in one sentence/word.

(1) Name the alcohol that is used to make propan-2-one.
Answer:
The alcohol used to make propan-2-one is iso-propyl alcohol.

(2) Which is the first oxidation product of secondary alcohol?
Answer:
The first oxidation product of secondary alcohol is ketone.

(3) Name the alcohol that is used to make acetic acid.
Answer:
The alcohol that is used to make acetic acid is ethyl alcohol.

(4) Write the structure of cyclohexane-1, 4-diol.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 246

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

(9) Which of the following isomers is more volatile : o-nitrophenol or p-nitrophenol?
Answer:
The isomer o-nitrophenol with lower boiling point is more volatile.

(10) Identify the product of the following reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 247
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 248

(11) Identify the product obtained by industrial synthesis of carboxylation of phenoxide ion followed by acidification.
Answer:
The product is phenol
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 249

(12) What is the product A obtained in the following reaction?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 250
Answer:
The product is phenolMaharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 251

(13) Which positions are occupied by – NO2 group during nitration of carbolic acid?
Answer:
– o – (ortho) and – p – (para) positions are occupied by – NO2 group during nitration of carbolic acid.

(14) Write the name of reactants used for the preparation of ethyl-tert-butyl ether.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 252
are used for the preparation of ethyl-tert-butyl ether.

(15) The product formed in the reaction of reverse of dehydration of alcohol is
Answer:
The product formed in the reaction of reverse of dehydration of alcohol is alkene.

(16) Which rule is obeyed by hydroboration oxidation process?
Answer:
The rule obeyed by hydroboration oxidation process is opposite to the Markovnikov’s rule.

(17) Name the reagents for the complete hydroboration-oxidation reaction in step 1 and step 2.
Answer:
Step 1 : Diborane
Step 2 : Hydrogen peroxide and dil. NaOH.

(18) Write the name of the test by which methanol can be distinguished from ethanol.
Answer:
Iodoform test by which methanol can be distinguished from ethanol.

(19) Write the name of reactant used for preparation of phenol, which gives byproduct used as solvent.
Answer:
Reactant used in the preparation of phenol :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 253

(20) Ether is a good solvent for Grignard reagent. Which property makes it a good solvent?
Answer:
Ether has a low polarity, this property makes it a good solvent.

(21) The C – O – C bond angle in dimethyl ether is
Answer:
The C – O – C bond angle in dimethyl ether is 110°.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Question 115.
State the uses of methyl alcohol.
Answer:
(1) Methyl alcohol is used as an industrial solvent for dissolving oils, fats, gums, etc.
(2) It is used for dry cleaning and preparation of perfumes and varnishes.
(3) It is used as antifreeze agent for automobile radiators at low temperature.
(4) It is used in the preparation of methyl chloride, dimethyl sulphate and formaldehyde.
(5) It is used to denature ethyl alcohol.

Question 116.
State the uses of ethyl alcohol. OR Write two uses of ethyl alcohol.
Answer:
(1) Ethyl alcohol is used as solvent for dyes, oils, perfumes, cosmetics and drugs.
(2) A mixture of 10-20% ethyl alcohol with petrol is used as motor fuel.
(3) A mixture of ethyl alcohol and calcium acetate in gel form is used as solid fuel.
(4) It is widely used in beverages.
(5) Since ethyl alcohol has low freezing point, it is used in thermometer.
(6) It is an effective tropical antiseptic therefore it is used in many mouth washes.
(7) It kills micro-organisms on wound surface and in the mouth but its low toxicity does not kill the cells of the skin or mouth tissues.
(8) It is used in the preparation of chloroform, iodoform, acetic acid and ethers.
(9) It is used as fuel.

Question 117.
Give the important uses of phenol.
OR
Write two uses of phenol.
Answer:
(1) Phenol is used in the preparation of phenol-formaldehyde polymer which is used in a plastic bakelite.
(2) It is used in the preparation of phenol-phthalein-an indicator and in certain dyes.
(3) It is used in the preparation of drugs such as salol, aspirin, etc.
(4) It is used in the preparation of dettol, which is an antiseptic.
(5) It is used in the preparation of 2,4-dichlorophenoxy acetic acid which is used as selective weed killer.
(6) It is used to prepare picric acid which is used as explosive.

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 118.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-question:

1. Which one of the following is a tertiary alcohol?
(a) Pentan-l-ol
(b) Pentan-2-ol
(c) 2-Methylpentan-2-ol
(d) 3-Methylpentan-2-ol
Answer:
(c) 2-Methylpentan-2-ol

2. Which of the following is a primary alcohol?
(a) 3-ethyl-3-hexanol
(b) 2-butanol
(c) 3-methyl-l-butanol
(d) 1-hexanol
Answer:
(d) 1-hexanol

3. The molecular formula C4H10O represents
(a) aldehydes
(b) alcohols
(c) ethers
(d) both (b) and (c)
Answer:
(d) both (b) and (c)

4. The general formula of primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols is
(a) CnH2nOH
(b) CnH2n-1OH
(c) CnH2n+1OH
(d) CnHn+1OH
Answer:
(c) CnH2n+1OH

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

5. Which of the following alcohols cannot be prepared by hydration of the corresponding alkene?
(a) Ethanol
(b) Propan- l-ol
(c) Propan-2-ol
(d) 2-Methylpropan-2-ol
Answer:
(b) Propan- l-ol

6. Which of the following compounds when treated with CH3MgI in dry ether followed by the hydroly¬sis, will give Propan-2-ol?
(a) HCHO
(b) CH3CHO
(c) CH3CH2OH
(d) CH3COCH3
Answer:
(b) CH3CHO

7. To prepare 3-Ethylpentan-3-ol, the reagents needed are
(a) CH3CH2MgBr + CH3COCH2CH3
(b) CH3MgBr + CH3CH2CH2COCH2CH3
(c) CH3CH2MgBr + CH3CH2COCH2CH3
(d) CH3CH2CH2MgBr + CH3COCH2CH3
Answer:
(c) CH3CH2MgBr + CH3CH2COCH2CH3

8. How is 1-propanol obtained?
(a) Using propanal
(b) Using propanone
(c) Using propene
(d) All of these
Answer:
(a) Using propanal

9.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 260
Answer:
(a)

10. Ketone on reduction gives
(a) 1° alcohol
(b) 2° alcohol
(c) 3° alcohol
(d) all of these
Answer:
(b) 2° alcohol

11. Primary alcohols are prepared by catalytic hydro-genation of aldehydes in presence of ……………………………… as a catalyst
(a) aluminium bromide
(b) fluoroboric acid
(c) dry ether
(d) palladium
Answer:
(d) palladium

12. Lower member of alcohols are
(a) insoluble in water
(b) soluble in water
(c) insoluble in acetaldehyde
(d) insoluble in petrol
Answer:
(b) soluble in water

13. Which of the following compounds contain hydro¬gen bonds?
(a) Ethane
(b) Ethanol
(c) Methoxymethane
(d) Ethylene
Answer:
(b) Ethanol

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

14. Which of the following is a trihydric alcohol?
(a) n-propyl alcohol
(b) Glycerol
(c) Glycol
(d) Glycine
Answer:
(b) Glycerol

15. Aldehydes are first oxidation products of
(a) primary alcohols
(b) secondary alcohols
(c) tertiary alcohols
(d) carboxylic acids
Answer:
(a) primary alcohols

16. The oxidation product of alcohol depends on
(a) – OH group of an alcohol
(b) number of carbon atoms in alcohol
(c) number of hydrogen atoms attached to hydroxyl bearing carbon
(d) all of these
Answer:
(c) number of hydrogen atoms attached to hydroxyl bearing carbon

17. The order of ease of oxidation is
(a) primary > secondary > tertiary
(b) primary < secondary < tertiary
(c) primary > tertiary > secondary
(d) secondary > tertiary > primary
Answer:
(b) primary < secondary < tertiary

18. Ethyl alcohol \(\frac{\text { conc. } \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4}}{443 \mathrm{~K}} \mathrm{~A} \stackrel{\mathrm{HBr}}{\longrightarrow}\) Ethyl bromide. Identify A.
(a) Ethyl hydrogen sulphate
(b) Ethylene
(c) Isopropyl hydrogen sulphate
(d) Acetic acid
Answer:
(b) Ethylene

19. One mole of PCl5 reacts with one mole of ethyl alcohol to give
(a) 1 mole Cl2
(b) 1/2 mole Cl2
(c) 1 mole HCl
(d) 1/2 mole HCl
Answer:
(c) 1 mole HCl

20. When ethyl alcohol is reacted with sodium metal and the compound so formed is treated with ethyl bromide, the product formed is
(a) an acid
(b) an alkane
(c) an ether
(d) an ester
Answer:
(c) an ether

21. Dehydration occurs at the lowest temperature and concentration for
(a) methyl alcohol
(b) n-propyl alcohol
(c) iso-propyl alcohol
(d) tert-butyl alcohol
Answer:
(d) tert-butyl alcohol

22. One mole of sodium when reacts with one mole of methyl alcohol, gives
(a) one mole of oxygen
(b) one mole of hydrogen
(c) half mole of hydrogen
(d) half mole of oxygen
Answer:
(c) half mole of hydrogen

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

23. A compound ‘X’(C3H8O) on oxidation gives com-pound ‘ Y’(C3H6O2), hence compound ‘X’ must be
(a) a ketone
(b) an aldehyde
(c) a primary alcohol
(d) a secondary alcohol
Answer:
(c) a primary alcohol

24. The toxicity of alcohols
(a) increases with an increase in their molecular weight
(b) decreases with an increase in their molecular weight
(c) increases with a decrease in their molecular weight
(d) does not depend on their molecular weight
Answer:
(a) increases with an increase in their molecular weight

25. The structural formula of 2-phenyl ethanol is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 261
Answer:
(c)

26. Compound that fails to give effervescence with NaHCO3 is
(a) C6H5COO
(b) CH3COOH
(c) C6H5OH
(d) Picric acid
Answer:
(c)

27. Phenol is a bifunctional compound because
(a) it gives reactions of hydroxyl group (-OH) as well as aromatic ring
(b) it is a strong acid
(c) it is insoluble in NaOH
(d) it is readily soluble in water
Answer:
(a) it gives reactions of hydroxyl group (-OH) as well as aromatic ring

28. Phenol gives characteristic colour with
(a) iodine solution
(b) bromine water
(c) ammonium hydroxide
(d) aqueous ferric chloride solution
Answer:
(d) aqueous ferric chloride solution

29. Ethanol and phenol are distinguished from each other by the action of
(a) neutral ferrous chloride
(b) neutral ferric chloride
(c) ferric hydroxide
(d) ferrous hydroxide
Answer:
(b) neutral ferric chloride

30. Which of the following compounds is used to prepare bakelite resin?
(a) Acetaldehyde
(b) Ethanol
(c) Phenol
(d) Methyl amine
Answer:
(d) Methyl amine

31. Increasing order of acid strength among p-methoxy-phenol, p-methyl phenol and p-nitro- phenol is as
(a) p-nitrophenol > p-methoxyphenol > p-methylphenol
(b) p-methylphenol > p-methoxyphenol > p-nitrophenol
(c) p-nitrophenol > p-methylphenol > p-methoxyphenol
(d) p-methoxyphenol > p-methylphenol > p-nitrophenol
Answer:
(d) p-methoxyphenol > p-methylphenol > p-nitrophenol

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

32. The IUPAC name of the compound is Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 262
(a) 3,3-dimethyl-l-hydroxy cyclohexane
(b) l,l-dimethyl-3-cyclohexanol
(c) 3,3-dimethyl-1-cyclohexanol
(d) l,l-dimethyl-3-hydroxy cyclohexane
Answer:
(c) 3,3-dimethyl-1-cyclohexanol

33. Which of the following is the most reactive towards electrophilic attack?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 263
Answer:
(a)

34. In the following reaction, Ethanol \(\stackrel{\mathrm{PBr}_{3}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{A}\)\(\stackrel{\text { Alc-KOH }}{\longrightarrow} \text { B } \frac{\text { (i) } \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4} \text {, room temp. }}{\text { (ii) } \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}, \text { heat }} \mathrm{C} \text {. }\). The product C is
(a) CH3 – CH2 – O – CH2 – CH3
(b) CH3 – CH2 – OSO3H
(c) CH3CH2OH
(d) CH2 = CH2
Answer:
(c) CH3CH2OH

35. What is the general formula of ethers?
(a) CnH2nO
(b) CnH2n+2O
(c) CnH2n-1O
(d) CnH2n-2O
Answer:
(b) CnH2n+2O

36. The Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 264 linkage is present in
(a) proteins
(b) ketones
(c) ethers
(d) aldehydes
Answer:
(c) ethers

37. Methoxy ethane is the functional isomer of
(a) CH3CHOHCH3
(b) CH3CH2CH2OH
(c) CH3 – O – CH3
(d) both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (b)

38. An oxygen atom in ether is
(a) sp2-hybridized
(b) sp3-hybridized
(c) sp-hybridized
(d) sp2-d-hybridized
Answer:
(b) sp3-hybridized

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

39. C5H12O represents
(a) only an alcohol
(b) only an aldehyde
(c) only an ether
(d) an alcohol and an ether
Answer:
(d) an alcohol and an ether

40. Ether molecules are
(a) tetrahedral
(b) angular
(c) pyramidal
(d) diagonal
Answer:
(b) angular

41. Which one of the following compounds is not isomeric with Ethoxypropane?
(a) 1-Methoxypropane
(b) 2-Methoxypropane
(c) 2-Methylpropane-2-ol
(d) 2-Methylbutan-2-ol
Answer:
(d) 2-Methylbutan-2-ol

42. The IUPAC name of C2H5 – O – CH2 – CH(CH3)2 is
(a) 1-Ethoxy-1-butane
(b) 2-Ethoxy-2-butane
(c) l-Ethoxy-2-methylpropane
(d) 3-Ethoxy-2-methylpropane
Answer:
(c) l-Ethoxy-2-methylpropane

43. The IUPAC name of CH3OC6H5 is
(a) methoxy phenyl ether
(b) phenoxy methane
(c) methoxy benzene
(d) methyl phenyl ether
Answer:
(c) methoxy benzene

44. In CH3(CH2)3 – O -CH3, the parent hydrocarbon of large alkyl group is
(a) n-butane
(b) butane
(c) pentane
(d) n-pentane
Answer:
(a) n-butane

45. Which one of the following alkyl halide gives best yield in Williamson’s synthesis?
(a) CH3 – Br
(b) CH3 – CH(Br) – CH3
(c) CH2 – CH(Br) – CH3 – CH3
(d) (CH3)3 C – Br
Answer:
(a) CH3 – Br

46. Which one of the following ethers cannot be pre¬pared by using diazomethane?
(a) Dimethyl ether
(b) Diethyl ether
(c) Ethyl methyl ether
(d) t-Butyl methyl ether
Answer:
(b) Diethyl ether

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

47. The continuous etherification is carried out at
(a) 473 K
(b) 413 K
(c) 498 K
(d) 403 K
Answer:
(b) 413 K

48. Williamson’s synthesis is used for the preparation of
(a) only unsymmetrical ethers
(b) only symmetrical ethers
(c) both symmetrical and unsymmetrical ethers
(d) only methyl ethers
Answer:
(c) both symmetrical and unsymmetrical ethers

49. Which of the following ethers on hydrolysis gives two different products that are successive members of a homologous series?
(a) Methoxymethane
(b) Ethoxythane
(c) Methoxyethane
(d) 2-Methoxypropane
Answer:
(c) Methoxyethane

50. Which one of the following compounds dissolves in hot dilute sulphuric acid but does not react with sodium metal?
(a) Ethyl bromide
(b) Acetic acid
(c) Ethyl alcohol
(d) Diethyl ether
Answer:
(d) Diethyl ether

51. Identify ‘A’ in the following reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 271
Answer:
(c)

52. The C-O-C bond angle in an ether is
(a) 180
(b) 90°
(c) 104.5°
(d) 109.5°
Answer:
(d) 109.5°

53. Ether free from moisture and alcohol is known as ,
(a) dry ether
(b) absolute ether
(c) pure ether
(d) spirit ether
Answer:
(b) absolute ether

54. The geometry of ether is similar to
(a) ammonia
(b) methane
(c) water
(d) ethyne
Answer:
(c) water

55. Sodium metal does not react with
Answer:
C2H5 – O – C2H3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

56. Ethers have boiling points
(a) lower than those of alkanes of comparable molecular masses
(b) higher than those of isomeric alcohols
(c) lower than those of isomeric alcohols
(d) higher than those of alkanes of comparable molecular masses
Answer:

57. Ether on hydrolysis gives
(a) aldehyde
(b) alcohol
(c) acid
(d) ester
Answer:
(c) acid

58. Which of the following reactions represent Williamson’s reaction?
(a) R – O – R’ + HI →
\(\text { (b) } \mathrm{R}^{\prime}-\mathrm{OH}+\stackrel{\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4}}{\longrightarrow}\)

(d) R – O – Na + R’X →
Answer:
(c)

59. Which of the following reactions represent the continuous etherification process?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 265
Answer:
(b)

60. Ethers on complete combustion produce
(a) an alcohol and water
(b) an alkene and water
(c) an alkane and an alkene
(d) carbon dioxide and water
Answer:
(d) carbon dioxide and water

61. Diethyl ether is used as a solvent in many organic reactions because it
(a) is liquid at room temperature
(b) has lower boiling point
(c) contains divalent oxygen atom
(d) is inert in nature
Answer:
(d) is inert in nature

62. Which of the following reagents can be prepared using ether as a solvent?
(a) Tollen’s reagent
(b) Grignard’s reagent
(c) Schiff’s reagent
(d) Millon’s reagent
Answer:
(b) Grignard’s reagent

63. Diethyl ether is used as
(a) a hypnotic
(b) an antiseptic
(c) an anaesthetic
(d) an antipyretic
Answer:
(c) an anaesthetic

64. To obtain fuel, diethyl ether is mixed with
(a) ester
(b) ethanal
(c) ethanol
(d) 2-propanone
Answer:
(c) ethanol

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

65. Which of the following alcohols is prepared by acid catalyzed hydration of alkenes?
(a) Butan-l-ol
(b) Propan-l-ol
(c) Ethanol
(d) Methanol
Answer:
(c) Ethanol

66. Which of the following alcohols can be prepared by direct hydration of corresponding alkene in presence of 50 % sulphuric acid?
(a) Butan-l-ol
(b) Butan-2-ol
(c) 2-Methylpropan-1 -ol
(d) 2-Methylpropan-2-ol
Answer:
(d) 2-Methylpropan-2-ol

67. Which of the following alcohols cannot be prepared by reduction of carbonyl compounds?
(a) Pentan-l-ol
(b) Pentan-2-ol
(c) 2-Methylpentan-2-ol
(d) 3-Methylpentan-2-ol
Answer:
(c) 2-Methylpentan-2-ol

68. Which of the following conversions explains the acidic nature of alcohols?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 268
Answer:
(b)

69. Which of the following compounds gives 3-ethyl- pentan-3-ol by the action of ethyl magnesium iodide followed by acid hydrolysis?
(a) Propanone
(b) Butanone
(c) Pentan-2-one
(d) Pentan-3-one
Answer:
(d) Pentan-3-one

70. Benzyl phenyl ether reacts with hydrogen bromide to give
(a) benzyl bromide and phenol
(b) benzyl alcohol and bromobenzene
(c) benzyl bromide and bromobenzene
(d) benzyl alcohol and phenol
Answer:
(a) benzyl bromide and phenol

71. Ethers are considered as
(a) monoalkyl derivatives of water
(b) divalent oxygen atom is attached to two alkyl groups
(c) alkyl derivatives of fatty acids
(d) condensation products of acid and alcohol
Answer:
(b) divalent oxygen atom is attached to two alkyl groups

72. Which of the following compounds is not isomeric with ethoxyethane?
(a) 1-methoxypropane
(b) 2-methoxypropane
(c) 2-methylpropan-2-ol
(d) 2-methylbutan-2-ol
Answer:
(d) 2-methylbutan-2-ol

73. Which of the following compounds dissolves in hot dilute sulphuric acid but does not reacts with sodium metal?
(a) Ethyl bromide
(b) Acetic acid
(c) Ethyl alcohol
(d) Diethyl ether
Answer:
(d) Diethyl ether

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

74. Which of the following alcohol will have the fastest rate of dehydration?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 266
Answer:
(c)

75. The phenol having lowest acidity is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 267
Answer:
(b)

76. Which of the following reagents is best for the following conversion?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 269
Answer:
(a)

77. 3-Methyl butane-2-ol on heating with HI gives
(a) 2 -iodo-3-methyl butane
(b) 2-iodo-2-methyl butane
(c) l-iodo-3-methyl butane
(d) l-iodo-2-methyl butane
Answer:
(b) 2-iodo-2-methyl butane

78. In phenol carbon atom attached to -OH group undergoes –
(a) sp3-hybridisation
(b) sp-hybridisation
(c) sp2-hybridisation
(d) No hybridisation
Answer:
(c) sp2-hybridisation

79. Which among the following reducing agents is ‘not’ used to reduce acetaldehyde to ethyl alcohol?
(a) Na-Hg and water
(b) Zn-Hg and cone. HCl
(c) H2-Raney Ni
(d) Li-A1H4/H+
Answer:
(b) Zn-Hg and cone. HCl

80. Identify the weakest acidic compound amongst the following :
(a) p-nitrophenol
(b) p-chlorophenol
(c) p-cresol
(d) p-aminophenol
Answer:
(d) p-aminophenol

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

81. Natalite is a mixture of
(a) diethyl ether and methanol
(b) diethyl ether and ethanol
(c) dimethyl ether and methanol
(d) dimethyl ether and ethanol
Answer:
(b) diethyl ether and ethanol

82. The alcohol used in thermometers is
(a) methanol
(b) ethanol
(c) propanol
(d) butanol
Answer:
(b) ethanol

83. Which of the following is the first oxidation product of secondary alcohol?
(a) Alkene
(b) Aldehyde
(c) Ketone
(d) Carboxylic acid
Answer:
(c) Ketone

84. When phenol is heated with cone. HNO3 in presence of cone. H2SO4 it yields
(a) o-nitrophenol
(b) p-nitrophenol
(c) 2, 4, 6-trinitrophenol
(d) m-nitrophenol
Answer:
(c) 2, 4, 6-trinitrophenol